JOURNAL OP THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM HARVARD UNIVERSITY ALFRED REHDER EDITOR JOSEPH H. FAULL anno CLARENCE E. KOBUSKI ASSOCIATE EDITORS VOLUME XIX JAMAICA PLAIN, MASS. 1938 Reprinted with the permission of the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University KRAUS REPRINT CORPORATION rk 1968 No No oO N No DATES OF ISSUE 1. (pp. 1-98, pl. 217-218) issued January 28, 1938. . 2. (pp. 99-190, pl. 219-223) issued April 27, 1938. . 3. (pp. 191-290) issued July 14, 1938. . 4. (pp. 291-400, pl. 224-225) issued October 28, 1938. Printed in U.S.A. TABLE OF CONTENTS A Synopsis oF ACMENA DC., a VALID GENUS OF THE MYRTACEAE. SE Cre a he BE POPE nso bad beet eeeest etiwsdtadena New or NOTEWORTHY “sent oo PLaAnts. With three text illus- PPALIONS: UTE fk oc ko oh ceeded ee eae aweea. New SPECIES, VARIETIES AND COMBINATIONS FROM THE HERBARIUM AND THE COLLECTIONS OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM. With plates iy aia elon By Als red Render: soo oi seed os iwavesaaeseedeeeues Notes ON SOME ASTRAGALUS SPECIES OF ECUADOR AND PERU. By TOG Te OR ioe Seb one che bee oe betes ee eds beaks A MISINTERPRETED FORMOSAN SPECIES, EUPHORBIA CALONESIACA, Se eee Ce Be heh eke de hece eee te eee bees On THE INDO-CHINESE SPECIES OF SYZYGIUM GAERTNER. By E. D. DO ONT AUER OPO a ics ede te ea nah Gs a id. wees Rea Te SOME UNDESCRIBED SPECIES FROM MEXICO AND GUATEMALA. By Jvan DE SONS oe SNe aad ae ON ER akin ne ena ee ee NEw SPECIES OF BAUHINIA FROM CHINA. By Luetta Chen ........ NoTEs ON CHINESE EUPHORBIACEAE. By Leon Croizat ............ NOMENCLATURAL Notes ON Hypericum. By Henry J. Lott ........ CYTOLOGICAL EvIDENCE ON THE STATUS OF THE GENUS CHAMAE- CRISTA MoeNcH. With one text figure. By Harold A. Senn ...... THe Errect oF CoLCHICINE ON SOMATIC CELLS OF TRADESCANTIA PALUDOSA. With plates 219 and 220. By Ruth I. Walker ......... PUCCINIASTRUM ON EPILOBIUM AND ABIES. By J. H. Faull ........ BoTANICAL RESULTS OF THE ARCHBOLD EXPEDITIONS, XI. NoTEs ON THE VEGETATION OF THE FLY AND Wass! Kussa RIvers, BRITISH New Guinea. With plates 221-223 and map. By L. J. Brass .... THE MyrTAcEAE OF CHINA. By E. D. Merrill and L. M. Perry ..... New or NoTewortHy PLANTS FROM TEMPERATE SOUTH AMERICA. BYP I: J ORMSION: ».x4e se wae te ee ORK EER KOS 88 New SPECIES, VARIETIES AND COMBINATIONS FROM THE COLLECTIONS 264 OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM. By Alfred Rehder ..............4. NOMENCLATURAL NoTEs ON Hypericum. By Henry J. Lott ........ SEVEN BINOMIALS PrRoposED AS NoMINA AmBIGuUA. By Alfred Rehder, Ernest J. Palmer and Leon Crotsat .......0.cccccesvcees A CRITICAL CONSIDERATION OF HoutTuyn’s New GENERA AND NEW Spectres oF Pirants, By £0 ee we 1a eed een sve sad vaxeeeves 291 iv TABLE OF CONTENTS THE SPECIES OF SISYRINCHIUM IN URUGUAY, PARAGUAY AND BRAZIL. PY TOON AE PORNSON ck 55s cae eww da wknd eee ne sewers 376 THE BioLocy oF Rusts OF THE GENUS UREDINOPSIS. By J. H. Faull 402 THE RELATION BETWEEN STOMATA COUNTS AND CHROMOSOME NuM- Oe. By Tal 1. SOF beese ens enceusccasaaeesew (ERNE beneeae HOE THe Errect oF COLCHICINE ON THE DEVELOPING EMRRYO SAC OF TRADESCANTIA PALUDOSA. With plates 224 and 225. By Ruth I. VAP GLREP 5 win cote sek eine ln Ce UA EGE EE RR VEE DED LGR RG OES 442 ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee re 446 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE PUBLISHED WRITINGS OF THE STAFF AND STU- DENTS, JULY 1, 1937-JUNE 30, 1938 ........ 0... ccc cece eee eens 457 STAFF OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM, 1937-38 2.0.0.0 00 0c cece eee 461 CAURMCTIONS. Sia cerca dog ceeds eeuss £05 os oy eeee sea aeh eretabes™ 462 OER eee ink ew ne ee ees eee eee een pala ee 463 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM VoL. XIX JANUARY, 1938 NuMBER 1 A SYNOPSIS OF ACMENA DC., A VALID GENUS OF THE MYRTACEAE? E. D. Merritt AND L. M. PERRY THE GENERIC NAME Acmena, first appeared in Dict. Class. Hist. Nat. 11: 401 (repr. 5. 1826). 1827, as a nomen nudum, “Acmena, D.C. (Metrosideros floribunda, Smith.).” One year later it was adequately described in the Prodromus, 3: 262. 1828, together with two species and one variety. The deCandollean concept was generally accepted until 1841 when Wight, Ill. 2: 10-12, in a synopsis of the Indian Myrtaceae of the tribe Myrteae, reduced Acmena DC. to a subgenus of Eugenia Linn. Unfortunately he misinterpreted its characters, assigning to it certain Asiatic clavate-flowered species of Eugenia Linn., sensu latiore, so that Acmena, sensu Wight, is distinctly different from Acmena DC. Although in his remarks on genera and species he gave no reason for this interpretation, he later (p. 15) explained under Eugenia zeylanica: “This plant agrees so well with the character of Acmena parviflora (DC.) that I have no hesitation in quoting that as a synonym, a view in which I am further confirmed by the character of the fruit of A. floribunda, B, elliptica — viz. ‘bacca globosa alba’ which accurately describes that of E. (A.) Zeylanica.” However, Wight apparently based his conclusion on external fruit-characters for he regarded the significant character of the fruit as described by de Candolle “cotyledonibus conferruminatis” as unsatisfactory; this character did not at all apply to the fruits of the Asiatic clavate-flowered species that Wight erroneously placed under Acmena, Attention is called to the fact that Acmena ? parviflora DC. cannot possibly represent the type of the genus Acmena for de Candolle placed it here with doubt; it is a flowering specimen and probably rep- resents a species of Syzygium. 1Prepared under a grant ae the William F. Milton Fund and the Joseph H. Clark bequest, Harvard Univers 2 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX De Candolle’s work on this complex group of closely associated genera was remarkably well done, considering the comparatively little material that was available to him. Yet in his diagnosis of Acmena the floral elements are not sufficiently defined, for he overlooked the striking anther-characters although he did note and indicate the one other char- acter, the “cotyledonibus conferruminatis” by which Acmena is dis- tinguished from other types that have been placed under Eugenia, sensu latiore. Walpers, Repert. 2: 181. 1843, accepted Wight’s erroneous interpreta- tion of Acmena treating it as a genus rather than as a subgenus and in the relatively few times it has appeared since (Bentham, Jour. Bot. Kew Gard. Miscel. 4: 118. 1852, Fl. Hongk. 119. 1861; Thwaites, Enum. Pl. Zeyl. 118. 1859, Harvey, Gen. S. Afr. Pl. ed. 2, 112. 1868), it carries this concept except in Hook. Bot. Mag. 90: t. 5480. 1864. Bentham, F. Hongk. 1. c. characterized Acmena DC. as having the “characters of Syzygium, except that the calyx-tube is elongated and tapers to the base,” and added, “A genus which, if limited as proposed by Wight (as a section of Eugenia) comprises several Asiatic species, besides one or two Australian ones, to which last others would confine the group. It is probable, however, that most of the species should be united with Syzygium.” Five years later, Fl. Austral. 3: 280. 1866, he included Acmena DC. in the synonymy of Eugenia Linn. Bentham’s comment on this small genus, Jour. Linn. Soc. 10:-162, 163. 1869, is helpful in establishing the identity of de Candolle’s first species and also in directing attention to the original concept of the genus. He states: “Acmena, DC., was founded upon what was sup- posed to be the Metrosideros floribunda, Sm., with a Syzygium calyx and fruit, but with 5 very small free petals; but, owing to the imperfect materials he possessed, and the deficiency of authentic specimens, DeCandolle had confounded three very different plants: — 1. The true Metrosideros floribunda of Smith, with really 5-merous flowers, which has a capsular fruit, and is the Angophora intermedia, DC. 2. The plant figured by Ventenat as Smith’s M. floribunda, which is a true Eugenia of the section Syzygium (that is to say, it has the Syzvgium inflorescence and calyx) ... : in reducing it, with other Svzygia, to Eugenia, I have not been able to keep up the specific name of floribunda, preoccupied in the larger genus, and I have entered it in the ‘Flora Australiensis’ under that of E. Ventenatii. 3. Eugenia elliptica, Sm., which is Acmena floribunda £. elliptica, DC., and is in every respect a Syzygium with the petals always united in a small flat calyptra. This species, with very much the habit of E. Ventenatii, is remarkable for its 1938 ] MERRILL AND PERRY, SYNOPSIS OF ACMENA DC. 3 anthers with divaricate cells — a solitary exception, as far as hitherto observed, in the whole vast genus Eugenia, and which in this instance appears to have been overlooked by all botanists except F. Mueller (Italics ours). Here, again, I have been unable to keep up the original specific name, which was preoccupied, and have given it that of E. Smithii.’ Dr. W. R. Philipson of the British Museum has most kindly checked Metrosideros floribunda Sm. recently for us and finds it to agree with their specimens of Angophora intermedia DC. We have no authentic material of the plant figured by Ventenat as Metrosideros floribunda Sm. and are thus not in a position to say what is its true identity; certainly the plate (Vent. Jard. Malm. ¢. 75) closely resembles material collected from plants of Eugenia elliptica Sm. cultivated in European gardens, and Sir William J. Hooker evidently thought likewise, for, Bot. Mag. 90: ¢. 5480, he comments on the fact that “Eugenia elliptica . . . figured by Sims . . . is destitute of flowers, while, on the other hand, the fruit was unknown to Ventenat, who has well represented a flowering specimen.” One statement from Ventenat’s description in favor of Bentham’s interpretation is ‘“Antheres . . . s’ouvrant latérale- ment.” The third plant mentioned in Bentham’s discussion of Acmena DC., Eugenia elliptica Sm., undoubtedly belongs to de Candolle’s genus. In view of the evidence pointing to the fact that de Candolle associated non-congeneric materials in Acmena DC., we appealed to Professor B. G. P. Hochreutiner, Director of the Botanic Garden at Geneva for assistance. He graciously loaned us fragments of the three specimens representing Acmena floribunda DC. in the Prodromus Herbarium: 1. Jardin de Mr. Fulchiron (or Fulchiton), 1827; 2. Jardin des Plantes, h. pl. prair. XII, i. e. Prairal, ann. XII, Prairal being one of the months of the French republican calendar established in 1793, the date cor- responding to April-May, 1804; and 3. Sieber 598. All of these un- questionably represent a single species and are readily identifiable. Possibly they are varietally distinct from Eugenia elliptica Sm. but we strongly doubt it. De Candolle separated the species and the variety on leaf-outline which we have found to be a fickle character at times. Unfortunately, even though his material and his descriptions all may be embodied in a single concept, the binomial Acmena floribunda DC, will have to be excluded because it was based nomenclaturally on Metro- sideros floribunda Sm. = Angophora intermedia DC. The plant which de Candolle erroneously accepted as Metrosideros floribunda Sm., not being specifically distinct from Acmena floribunda B. elliptica DC. we have no choice but to accept the latter as actually typifying the genus. The second species, A. ? parviflora DC., manifestly cannot be the type as 4 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. xx de Candolle was not certain that it belonged in Acmena, it is probably a Syzygium. Two other names, Lomastelma Raf. and Xenodendron Laut. & K. Schum., have been proposed for the genus. Owing to the rarity of Rafinesque’s publications, we quote below the entire paragraph, Sylva Telluriana, 107. 1838, devoted to this particular entity. Article “657. LomastetMa Raf. (edge crown) diff. Eugenia, cal. integro repando non 4fido, bacca globosa monosp. — Type L. elliptica Raf. Eug. do Sm. & c. Australian Shrub.” Apart from the cross-references to this genus as a synonym of Eugenia Linn. in Dalla Torre & Harms, Genera Siphonogamarum, and in Index Kewensis where also Lomastelma ellip- tica Raf. is listed as “= E. venosa?”’, we have been unable to find any further consideration of the name. Rafinesque’s treatment is a purely bibliographic one, as there is no reason to believe that he saw any material representing Smith’s species. Lomastelma Raf. is antedated by Acmena DC. by ten years. The genus Xenodendron with the type-species X. polyanthum was independently described by Lauterbach and K. Schumann, Fl. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee, 461. ¢. 16. 1901, and because of their erroneous interpretation of certain morphological characters it was placed in the Sonneratiaceae (Crypteroniaceae). The proposed new genus attracted no attention until Professor L. Diels, Director of the Botanic Garden at Berlin, in a very illuminating paragraph, Bot. Jahrb. 57: 414. 1922, emending both the original description and the errors of the plate, removed it from obscurity and re-established it with clearly defined char- acters in the Myrtaceae (its true alliance being with Eugenia Linn, sensu latiore). The genus, as originally described, was characterized by polygamous flowers with cupulate or scarcely dentate calyx, stamens (see ¢. 16) indefinite and in an interrupted row before the petals, fila- ments short, anthers minute, anther-sacs orbicular and extrorsely dehiscent by a central pore, and a rudimentary narrowly pyriform pistil. With Schlechter’s better material for study and with access to the type of Xenodendron, Professor Diels has noted that the flowers are hermaph- roditic, whether or not polygamous is questionable, very small calyx- lobes are present (not shown in ¢. 16), the stamens are not interrupted but are equally distributed on the calyx-tube just inside the calyx-lobes and the petals, and the central part of the figure of the flower (¢. 16) is not a rudimentary pistil but rather the style of the gynoecium. Although at the time Professor Diels’ paper was published the fruit was still un- known, the character of Xenodendron are so clearly defined that we can only consider it to be a synonym of Acmena DC. as we interpret the latter. 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, SYNOPSIS OF ACMENA DC. 5 Just as the distinctive characters of the anthers together with the other floral features, as assigned to the genus by Professor Diels, cor- recting the erroneous original description, gave Xenodendron some sig- nificance; likewise, in our study of the Chinese and the Bornean species of Eugenia Linn., sensu latiore, the characters of the anthers and the puzzling structure of the fruits of Eugenia subdecurrens (Miq.) Merr. & Chun were our clues when searching for a group to which it seemed expedient to transfer this species. Beginning our work with the broader concept of Eugenia Linn., along with our revision of the Bornean species, we hoped to discover what, if any, segregate genera were tenable. A number of these were proposed long ago and later reduced, but in a few cases these generic names now tend to appear rather fre- quently in some contemporary studies. In previous discussions of the differences (or the lack of them) between these genera, such as Syzygium Gaertn. Jambosa DC., and Eugenia Linn., much has been said concerning the weakness of the calyptrate character of the corolla; yet, only a few workers have mentioned, even incidentally, the oriental group characterized by strictly calyptrate calyces. For this group we have reinstated the generic name Cleistocalyx Blume.* Again, owing to the paucity of fruiting collections complementary to the relative abundance of flowering material in herbaria, little attention has been given to the fruit characters. It has been our good fortune to have at hand enough specimens with sufficiently mature fruits to com- pare the structure of the developed embryos in at least half the species represented. This character, with correlative ones, seems to provide a reasonably good basis for generic segregation. To be sure, very often more collections are desirable to confirm our deductions; nevertheless, when one is sufficiently familiar with the group, in some instances at least, it is possible to predict within definite limits the type of embryo which will develop within the seed from a certain type of flower. In most fruits the embryo readily separates into two cotyledons revealing a minute or an elongated hypocotyl concealed between them; but, in the fruits of Eugenia subdecurrens (Miq.) Merr. & Chun we were greatly puzzled by its structure. We scanned the descriptions of the species under its various names hoping to find some explanation of this par- ticular kind of embryo and incidentally searching for some clue to its relatives and to its position within the genus. Most authors have been content to leave it in Eugenia, sensu latiore, but de Candolle, Wallich, 1Merrill, E. D. and Perry, L. M. Reinstatement and revision of Sane oe Blume (including perR A. Gray), a valid genus of the Myrtaceae, Jour. A Arb. 18: 322-343. t. 215. 1937 6 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX Miquel, and Gibbs, under one name or another placed it in Syzygium; and yet it utterly lacks the calyptrate petals, the most emphasized dis- tinguishing character of Syzygium, sensu strictiore. We found that Koorders & Valeton, Meded. Lands Plant. 40: 158. 1900 (Bijdr. Boomsoort. Java, 6: 158), after describing the fruit con- tinued as follows, “Semen immaturum magnum, structura singulari, placenta arboriformi-ramosa ex apice (hilo) ad medium usque intrusa, cotyledonibus conferruminatis intus multilobatis arcte accreta.” This is an adequate word-picture of the structure of the young embryo, although, without some knowledge of its mode of growth and develop- ment, or a morphological study based on fresh material, it is rather diffi- cult to interpret in modern morphological terms. We suggest that the part which is designated as placenta is possibly hypocotyl; yet, we can- not be sure whether the many-lobed structures extending forward from this are primordial leaves infolded in cotyledonary tissue or cotyledons imbedded in “endosperm” or whether the true explanation is widely at variance with both of these suggestions. The first interpretation is more in keeping with the accepted idea of endosperm lacking (in this group of genera) and cotyledons conferruminate or cotyledons closely combined, as given in descriptions where cotyledons are mentioned at all. In the young embryo, the outer surface is chiefly smooth and shows an apparent line of division ordinarily to be interpreted as the commissure of the cotyledons; inside a much branched structure extends more or less irregularly in all directions, the cotyledons in turn being lobed within to dovetail with this making in all usually a compact body in which the parts may be recognized by the differences in color (dried embryo soaked in water to examine the structure). As the embryo approaches maturity the lobes tend to separate leaving open spaces within. The older embyros, at least after drying, are somewhat wrinkled, sometimes out- wardly appearing as if a line of cleavage were present; still, in cross section, the cotyledons apparently are grown together. The seed-coat seems to adhere very closely to the pericarp; or, if this thin layer is not the seed-coat, it has disappeared, since the naked embryo falls out when the outer or fleshy portion is cut open: we know that it was present on the campylotropous ovule. Although Koorders and Valeton gave a full description of this fruit under Eugenia acuminatissima Kurz, they fig- ured, Atlas Baumart. Java, 3: f. 507. 1915, that of another very closely related species, E. melanosticta (Mig.) Koord. & Val. An examination of the figure of the latter shows such marked resemblance in so many details that it is impossible to doubt their close relationship and the fact that they should be treated as congeneric. 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, SYNOPSIS OF ACMENA DC, r Granting then that in Eugenia acuminatissima Kurz and E. melano- sticta Koord. & Val. this distinctive structure of the embryo is sufficient for generic segregation and realizing the precariousness of genera not characterized by habit or floral structure, we carefully examined the flowers for correlative characters and found that the anthers were also unique within the genus Eugenia. In those species having the peculiar embryo-characters above mentioned, the anther-sacs are almost globose, somewhat divaricate and open by a terminal slit or pore; whereas, in other species of Eugenia (including Syzygium and Jambosa) the anther- sacs are parallel and open longitudinally. Our Bornean material contains a third species with immature flowers but with habit so characteristic that we dissected a bud fully expecting to find subglobose anthers with divaricate anther-sacs and terminal dehiscence and our expectations were verified. Three Australian species also appear to be congeneric. One wide- ranging species of that continent, Eugenia Smithii Poir. (Eugenia ellip- tica Sm.), fairly well represented in our herbarium by both flowering and fruiting specimens has attracted some attention. Bentham, Fl. Austral. 3: 282. 1866, described the anthers as “small, with distinct globular divaricate cells” and added: “The anthers with divaricate cells are, so far as hitherto observed, exceptional in the genus.” This comment has been repeated in other publications, and when F. M. Bailey, Queensl. FI. 2: 657. 1900, described the flowers of E. hemilampra F. v. Muell. ex Bail., he observed, “Anthers with globular divaricate cells, as in E. Smithii.’ Eugenia Smithii Poir. was originally characterized as E. elliptica by Sir J. E. Smith, Trans. Linn. Soc. 3: 281. 1797, who, on account of the structure of the fruit, remarked, “No plant in this order has given me so much trouble, to determine its genus, as this.” The structure of the fruit of the Australian material is, we believe, comparable to that of E. subdecurrens (Miq.) Merr. & Chun, although there is a more definite cleavage between the lobed structures and the cotyledons outside: then too, in the former, at least in the dried material of what seems to be fairly mature fruit, is an apparent line of division which per- haps is fair evidence that these are cotyledons; at any rate it explains why the cotyledons have been described as closely combined. Baron von Mueller published an excellent illustration of the habit, flower, sta- mens and fruit of this species under the name Syzygium brachynemum F. v. Muell. Pl. Colony Victoria, Lithograms, Suppl. t. 18. 1864-65, this and the plates of E. melanosticta (Miq.) Koord. & Val. and E. brachy- andra Maiden & Betche, Fl. N. S. Wales, 8: ¢. 275. 1923, are the only pictorial representations in which the structure of the fruit is shown. 8 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. xIx Here then are six apparently congeneric species belonging to the tribe Myrteae and closely associated with Eugenia Linn. sensu latiore, which, if considered as a unit, range from Burma, southern China, Hainan, Siam and the Malay Peninsula to Sumatra, Java, Timor, Borneo, the Philip- pines, New Guinea, the Solomon Islands and Australia. Holding these in reserve while continuing the main course of our work scrutinizing specimens and scanning various publications on the Myrtaceae for syno- nyms, noting remarks on generic differences, and comments on species, we located the three generic names discussed above, Acmena ib Ope Lomastelma Raf. and NXenodendron Laut. and K. Schum., which we interpret as applying to the same natural group, and one readily dis- tinguished from Eugenia, sensu latiore, by both seed and floral characters. We accept Acmena DC. as the oldest valid name for this genus, and reduce the other two to synonymy. “The summary given below includes eleven species which have come to our attention at this time; doubtless there are more masquerading under Eugenia. We have examined the collections of the New York Botanical Garden, the Bornean material and some Javan specimens in the Buiten- zorg Herbarium, United States National Herbarium, Gray Herbarium and Arnold Arboretum, also a few unnamed Bornean specimens from the Rijks Herbarium. We have scanned Ridley’s descriptions of Eugenia based on the Wollaston New Guinea Expedition material for possible Acmena species. Through the courtesy of Dr. J. Ramsbottom, Keeper of Botany, British Museum, Mr. C, A. Weatherby, Senior Curator of the Gray Herbarium, obtained for us one flower of each of six species col- lected on this trip and described by Ridley as having globose or sub- globose anthers. Two of these, which we had strongly suspected to belong in Acmena DC. prove to represent the genus. Others suggesting the genus, but known to us only by the original description, are omitted owing to their imperfect characterizations. No natural sequence of the species can be given until more is known of the structure of the fruits of the various species; further, until more material is available to show variable as well as constant features, the key must necessarily be drawn up on superficial characters shown in the few collections we have repre- senting eight species and such distinctive characters as we could find in the descriptions of the other three. Acmena DC. Prodr. 3: 262. 1828: Reichenbach, Consp. 176. 1828; Bartling, Ordin. 332. 1830; Don, Gen. Syst. 2: 851. 1832; Spach, Veg. Phan. 4: 173. 1835; Meisner, Gen. 108 (77). 1837; Endlicher, Ench. Bot. 651. 1841; Brongniart, Enum. Gen. 123, 1843; Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 738. 1847; Hook. Bot. Mag. 90: ¢. 5480. 1864. 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, SYNOPSIS OF ACMENA DC. 9 Lomastelma Raf. Sylv. Tellur. 107. 1838. Xenodendron Laut. & K. Schum. Fl. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee, 461, t, 16. 1901; Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. Erganzungsh. 2: 239 f. 33. 1907; Diels, Bot. Jahrb. 57: 414. 1922. Flores parvi, hermaphroditi, saepius quinquepartiti; calyce turbinato, tubo ovario adnato, limbo truncato-undulato vel in lobos brevissimos Jatos in alabastro subinvolutos diviso. Petala minutissima, libera, vel in calyptram subdepressam deciduam connata. Stamina indefinita, saepius in seriebus paucis disposita; filamentis brevibus, flexuosis; antheris minutis, loculis subglobosis, divaricatis, rima vel poro apicali dehiscenti- bus. Ovarium inferum, 2—3-loculare; ovulis paucis, campylotropis; stylo cylindrico-pyriformi vel subcylindrico deorsum paullo incrassato. Bacca subglobosa, calycis limbo plus minusve orbiculari coronata, monosperma, testa pericarpio adnata; cotyledonibus conferruminatis intus plurilobis (de quo cf. notas in praefatione). Arbores glabrae vel parce puberulae. Folia integra, opposita, vel subopposita, vel ad rationem revera alter- natam vergentia; glandulis oleiferis conspicuis vel obscuris. Inflore- scentia terminalis vel axillaris; floribus paniculatis, in ramulis ultimis in triadibus dispositis. Although in general appearance the several representatives of this genus strongly suggest the small-flowered species of Syzygium Gaertn. as we interpret it (including Jambosa DC., and Eugenia Linn., pro parte, as to most of the Old World species) the group is sharply delimited by the distinctive characters of the anther-sacs (subglobose, divaricate, opening by a terminal pore or slit) and the singular character of the embryo, the conferruminate cotyledons being very distinctive. The genus is thus readily recognizable from both flowering and fruiting material. In Syzygium Gaertn. as we have interpreted it, to include Jambosa DC. and most of the Old World species that have been placed in Eugenia Linn. the anthers open by lateral valves, and the cotyledons are not coherent, Because of the imperfect characterization of Acmena DC. (the conferruminate cotyledons stressed but the striking anther characters not mentioned), the very sketchy characterization of the genus Lomastelma Raf., in which no really striking differential character is indicated, and the very erroneous original description of Xenodendron Laut. & K. Schum., we have considered it expedient to prepare the new generic description as given above. The eleven recognized species extend from the Andaman Islands, Tenasserim, Siam, and southeastern China through Malaysia, including the Philippines, to the Solomon Islands, and northern, eastern and south- ern Australia. 10 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. xIx KEY TO THE SPECIES A. Rachis and branches of the inflorescence ~~ puberulent. eaves subcoriaceous; acumen about one-fourth as lo ong as the blade; base acute; petiole and hare beneath minutely puberulent CPR oa wis hein ae aa ae dacann aie ee ete 1. A. polyantha. B. Leaves coriaceous; acumen about one-third as long as the blade; base obtuse; petiole and midrib glabrous beneath (Borneo). 2. A. caudata. A. All parts glabrous. eaves with a long slender acumen: pericarp hard when dry. D. Branchlets 4-angled and strongly marginate; calyx definitely pustulate (Java) ..............cccea eee 3. A. melanosticta. D. Branchlets compressed or if occasionally 4-angled not at all marginate ; calyx not welds (Indo-Malaysia ). . AL acuminatissima., C. Leaves short-acuminate: pericarp usually este broken when dry, hard in A. brachyandra (Australia; fruit unknown in Papuan species ). FE. Stamens twice as long as the petals. Leaves chiefly with a slender cuneate base: primary veins ascending. Branchlets terete or slightly compressed: leaves with a secondary submarginal vein, not glandular- punctate CAG oa tr tc tah dal hem eenee. 8. A. divaricata. G. Branchlets sulcate or 4- angled with lines running down from the base of the petioles; leaves with a single sub- marginal vein, glandular-punetz H. Leaves thick-coriaceous, up to “11 em. long; fruit crimson (fide Bailey) (Australia) 5. 4. hemilampra. H. Leaves coriaceous, up to 5 7 one: fruit purplish CAustraliay 66 dds nce anc 6a. A. Smithii var. minor. F. Leaves with an acute or obtuse base: primary veins somewhat p pipiens branchlets terete, often glandular-pustulate GD Seka ata Sebo ud crx ees yerer ee 6. A. Suuthii. E. Sera: see as long as the eon Leaves cuneate or acute at the base; venation obvious. J. Leaves lanceolate to lance-elliptic; oil-dots obscure or wanting. K. Tlowers sessile. L. Branchlets angled, with raised lines running down from the base of the petioles: leaves lanceolate, with primary veins spreading-ascending and im- pressed above, often forking before joining the submarginal vein; secondary veins almost. as obvious as the primary ones (Australia). A. brachyvandra,. nn 1938 ] MERRILL AND PERRY, SYNOPSIS OF ACMENA DC. ll L. Branchlets compressed or terete; leaves oblong to lance-elliptic, venation open; primary veins arcuate-ascending and not impressed above ; sec- ondary venation inconspicuous (Australia). 8. A. divaricata. K. Flowers pedicellate (Papua) ........9. A. dispansa. J. Leaves broadly elliptic, sprinkled with minute oil-dots CHAE 0 eae isle 694 xR Se eee eee eee 10. .4. Dtelstt. apua : I. Leaves sate at the base; venation obscure (Papua). 11. A. lacwtfolta. 1. Acmena polyantha (Laut. & K. Schum.) comb. nov. Xenodendron polyanthum Laut. & K. Schum. Fl. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee, 461, ¢. 16. 1901; Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. Ergan- zungsh. 2: 239, f. 33. 1907; Diels, Bot. Jahrb. 57: 415. 1922. New Guinea, Sattelburg, Bamler 5 (fragm., type of Xenodendron polyanthum, Berlin Bot. Gard.); Mount Kani, Schlechter 16736 (fragm., Berlin Bot. Gard.). Through the courtesy of Professor Diels, Director of the Botanic Garden at Berlin, we have been enabled to examine a fragment of the type material of Xenodendron of which X. polyanthum Laut. & K. Schum. is the type-species. The plant unquestionably belongs to the enus Acmena DC. The leaves closely resemble those of A. acumi- natissima (Blume) but are somewhat thinner in texture; the petiole and the midrib on the lower surface of the blade as well as the branchlets of the inflorescence are finely puberulent; probably the branchlets are also puberulent; this is true in A. caudata Merr. & Perry, a Bornean species with glabrous leaves but with puberulent branchlets and axes of the inflorescences; this same type of puberulence is also found in some species of Syzygium. 2. Acmena caudata sp. nov. Arbuscula -- 6 m. alta; ramis teretibus, plerumque glabris; ramulis ultimis teretibus vel leviter compressis, minute puberulis, circiter 1 mm. diametro; foliis lanceolatis vel anguste ovatis, 4.5—-9 cm. longis, 1.5—3 cm. latis, apice anguste obtuseque acuminatis, acumine + 2 cm. longo, basi obtusis vel subrotundatis, supra olivaceo-viridibus, costa impressa, venis venulisque vix perspicuis, subtus pallidioribus, nigro-punctatis, costa elevata, venis primariis inconspicuis 2-4 mm. remotis, venulis obscuris; petiolo + 3 mm. longo, graciliter ruguloso; inflorescentiis axillaribus terminalibusque, late ramosis, usque ad 11 cm. longis, rachi puberulo atque etiam ramis ramulisque gracilibus; alabastris sessilibus, obconicis, deorsum gradatim valde attenuatis, 3.5(—4.5) mm. longis, calycis lobis minutis vel tubo truncato. 12 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM (VOL. xIx Dutcu Borneo, Western Koetai, near Kemoel, Endert 3922 (type, Herb. Buitenzorg), at + 1600 m. alt. This species strongly resembles A. acuminatissima (Blume) both in habit and in technical characters; yet, it is readily distinguished by the finely puberulent branchlets and inflorescence; the leaves are somewhat more closely veined and less tapering at the base than in the latter species and the slender branches of the inflorescence tend to be divaricate. None of the flowers are in full anthesis, nevertheless, a dissection of the bud shows the stamens with the anthers typical of this genus. 3. Acmena melanosticta (Migq.) comb. nov. Jambosa melanosticta Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1(1): 432. 1855. Eugenia melanosticta Koord. & Val. Meded. Lands Plant. 40: 159. 1900 (Bijdr. Boomsoort. Java, 6: 159); Koord. Exkursionsfl. Java, 2: 683. 1912; Koord.-Schumach. Syst. Verzeichn. 1(1°27): 56. 1913; Koord. & Val. Atlas Baumart. Java, 3: f. 507. 1915 WESTERN JAvA, Preanger, Pangentjongan, Koorders 57008, 5671f, 139608, 140728, 302518, herb. Buitenzorg, A species closely related to A. acuminatissima (Blume), but differing in the strongly margined 4-angled branchlets, the shorter petioles, the more or less obscure submarginal vein very close to the margin, and the profusely but minutely pustulate calyx. 4. Acmena acuminatissima (Blume) comb. nov. Myrtus acuminatissima Blume, Bijdr. 1088. 1826, Sysygium ? acuminatissimum DC. Prodr. 3: 261, 1828. Sysygium altissimum Wall. List, no. 3588. 1831, nomen nudum, fide Kurz et Duthie. Jambosa acuminatissima Hassk. Cat. Hort. Bogor. Alt. 262. 1844; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1(1): 438. 1855. Sysygium subdecurrens Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1(1): 449, 1855, Eugenia acuminatissima Kurz, Rep. Pegu, App. A. Ixiii. 1875, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 46(2) : 67. 1877, For. Fl. Brit. Burma, 1: 487. 1877; Duthie in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 483. 1878; Forbes & Hemsl. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 296. 1887; Koord. & Val. Meded. Lands Plant. 40: 155. 1900 (Bijdr. Boomsoort. Java, 6: 155); King, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 70(2): 126. 1901 (Mater. FI. Malay. Pen. 3: 556); Dunn & Tutcher, Kew Bull. Add. Ser. 10: 105. 1912; Koord. Exkursionsfl, Java, 2: 683. 1912; Koord.-Schumach. Syst. Verzeichn, 1( 1222); 39, 1913; Koord. & Val. Atlas Baumart. Java, 3: f. 506. 1915; Ridl. FI. Malay Pen. 1: 747. 1922, Jour. Bot. 68: 34. 1930; non Mig. (1847), nec Berg (1857-59), Eugenia Cumingiana Vidal, Phan. Cuming. Philip. 173. 1885; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 636. 1931. Eugenia saligna sensu C. B. Rob. Philip. Jour. Sci. Bot. 4: 392. 1909; Merr. Jour. Str. Branch Roy. As. Soc. 77: 224. 1917, 79: 20. 1918, 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, SYNOPSIS OF ACMENA DC. 13 Enum. Born. Pl. 433. 1921, Enum. Philip. Pl. 3: 176. 1923, Lingnan Sci. Jour. 5: 137. 1927, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 15: 216. 1929; non Jambosa gna Miq. Syzygium Cumingianum Gibbs, Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 42: 76. 1914. Eugenia attenuattfolia Merr. Philip. Jour. Sci. 18: 299. 1927. Eugenia eucaudata Elm. in Merr. Enum. Philip. Pl. 3: 176. 1923, syn. Eugenia subdecurrens Merr. & Chun, Sunyat. 2: 289. 1935. SouTH ANDAMAN, Bumlitan, King’s collector s. n.: TENASSERIM, Helfer 2393: Stam (fide Craib): SoUTHERN CHINA, iveantung. Shi- wan-da-shan, Tso 23424; Ting Wu Shan, Tstang 1530, 1565, Chun 6379, Liang 60316; Sunyi District, Wang 31838; Hongkong, Ford 21 (phot. of spec. in Kew Hb.); Kwangsi, Seh-feng, Dar Shan, South Nanning, Ching 8266; Hainan, Liang 63367, 63371, 63438, 63692, 64736, 65256, 65331, Wang 33232, 34486; Yaichow, Liang 62212, 63277, How 70354; Po-ting, How 73046, 73405; Five Finger Mountain, McClure 2141 (C. C. C. 8682); Ka Chik Shan and vicinity, Ch’ang-kiang Dis- trict, Lau 2910 ; Ue Lung Shan, Lau 3165 ; Lin Fa Shan, Lam Ko District, Tsang 381 (L. U. 15880): MALAY PENINSULA, Gopeng, King’s collector 4331; Pulau Boetong, Curtis 654: SuMATRA, Forbes s.n., 1662, 2848a, 2872: Banca, Horsfield s. n.: BORNEO, British North Borneo, Upper Kinabalu, Gurulau Spur, Clemens 59878; Penibukan, Clemens 50269, Tenompok, Clemens 26865, 28369, 29346, 29773, 29942, 29942a, 29991, 29995 ; Tawao, Elmer 21723; Karukan, Goklin (B. N. B. For- estry Dept. 3024); Sarawak, near Kuching, Haviland 2931; Mattang, Beccari 1547; Baram District, Miri River, Hose 533; Samatan, Fox- worthy 143; Cotta di Santubong, Beccari 2177; Dutch Borneo, Balik- papan, Mentawir, Atjil 34 (Boschproefstation bb 13926); Asem-Asem, near Pleihari, Dachlan 1176, Delmaar 1147, Verkenner s. n.; West Koetai, near Tg. Gsoei, Endert 1938; near L. Petah, Endert 3472 ; near M. Moentai, Endert 2007: PHILIPPINE IsLANDs, Luzon, Bataan Prov- ince, Lamao River, Mt. Mariveles, Whitford 1198, 1228, Borden (For. Bur. 811, 2385), Meyer (For. Bur. 2406, 2628, 2801, 2807, 3004); Lamao Forest Reserve, Curran (For. Bur. 6248, 6269); Batangas Prov- ince, Ramos (Bur. Sci. 22456); Benguet Province, Baguio, Elmer 8748 ; Camarines Province, Paracale, Alambra (For. Bur. 34336); Ilocos Province, Paraiso (For. Bur. 23607); Isabela Province, Barros (For. Bur. 26099); Laguna Province, Ramos (Bur. Sci. 20411), McGregor (Bur. Sci. 23034), Mabesa (For. Bur. 23790); Los Bafos (Mt. Maquiling), Elmer 17802; Pampanga Province, Mount Arayat, Ramos (Bur. Sci, 22443); Principe-Tayabas Province, Baler, Merrill 1064; Rizal Province, Ahern’s collector (For. Bur. 475, 2896), Maneja (For. 14 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX Bur. 23957), Loher 13888; Bosoboso, Ramos (Bur. Sci. 1494); Sorsogon Province, Ramos (Bur. Sci. 23578); Irosin (Mt. Bulusan), Elmer 14491, 15233, 15433, 15764, 17299; Tayabas Province, Pagbalao, Merrill 1930; Zambales Province, Curran & Merritt (For. Bur. 8104); Alabat Island, Ramos & Edano (Bur. Sci, 48203); Cantanduanes, Ramos (Bur, Sci. 30314, type of E. attenuatifolia); Sibuyan, Capiz Province, Magallanes (Mt. Giting-Giting), Elmer 12353; Mindoro, Mount Calavite, Ramos (Bur, Sct. 39386); Paluan, Ramos (Bur. Sct, 39594): Leyte, Rosenbluth (For. Bur, 12725), Wenzel 1097, 1121, 1492, 1540, 1578, 1728, Phasis (For. Bur. 25781); Bohol, Ramos (Bur. Sct. 43258); Negros, Santos (For. Bur. 23495); Min- danao, Bukidnon Subprovince, Rola (For. Bur. 26528); Misamis Province, Miranda (For. Bur. 20271); Mount Malindang, Mearns & Hutchinson (For. Bur. 4771); Davao District, Todaya (Mount Apo), Elmer 11904; Zamboanga District, Villamil (For. Bur. 21878); Agusan Province, Cabadbaran (Mount Urdaneta), Elmer 14209; Basilan, Reillo (Bur. Sci, 16295), Miranda (For. Bur. 18931): JAvA, without definite locality, Zollinger s.n., Teysmann s. n., Blume s.n. (isotype of Myrtus acuminatissima Blume); Semarang, Tolomojo, Koorders 58138; Bata- via, Gunong Liiang, van Steenis 2356; Madiun, Ngebel, Koorders 386138: Timor, without locality, Forbes 3847: SoLomMon IsLANDs, Guadalcanal Island, Kajewski 2553. After critically examining the material above cited, we fail to find any combination of characters or any single character strong enough to enable us to distinguish more than one species. The synonymy is suffi- cient to indicate something of the variation present. In the leaves of some of the dried specimens, e. g. Kajewski 2553 and part of the Philip- pine collections, apparently resinous dots or glands are lacking, in others they are so small as to be found only by scrutiny with a hand lens, but there are all gradations from these to glands large enough to be seen with the naked eye. Another variation is the presence of very definitely 4-angled branchlets in King’s collector 4331, Forbes s.n., 2872, Koorders 58138, Clemens 26865, 29991, 29942, Endert 3472, Elmer 11904, 14491, 15764, Merrill 1064, Ramos (Bur, Sci. 23578, 30314, 43258), Wenzel 1097, 1121, 1492, 1540, 1578, 1728, and Mearns & Hutchinson, Curran é& Merritt, Miranda, Villamil, Phasis with For. Bur. 4771, 8104, 18931, 21878, 25781 numbers respectively. The remaining collections cited have either terete or slightly compressed or sulcate branchlets. Forbes’ specimen from Timor has smaller leaves and somewhat prominent sec- ondary venation; possibly it is not conspecifie. Eugenia attenuatifolia Merr. is represented in our herbarium only by the type-collection in 1938 ] MERRILL AND PERRY, SYNOPSIS OF ACMENA DC. 15 young fruit; the infructescences are somewhat more compact with stouter branches than usual in the typical form of Acmena acuminatissima (Blume), but since the rachis and its branchlets show a tendency to thicken as the fruits develop, it seems best at present to regard this as a slight variant within the species. Haviland 2931 is deserving of further comment. Ridley, Jour. Bot. 68:35. 1930, writes, “The plant from Sarawak (Haviland 2931) referred by Merrill hi this species (E. acumi- natissima Kurz.) is certainly E. subdecussata.” Perhaps this is a mixed collection; but the specimen ‘of Haviland 2931 we have borrowed from the Botanic Garden at Buitenzorg, although superficially suggesting E. sub- decussata Duthie, does not match our material of that species in any significant detail. Without question, A. acuminatissima (Blume) is its closest affinity. Although the leaves are more rounded at the base than in most of the material referred to this species, it is difficult to dis- tinguish them from those in some of the Philippine specimens. In many collections of this species it is to be noted that the leaves are not always strictly opposite, often one leaf of a “pair” being attached 4 to 8 mm. above the other; in other cases they are strictly opposite. It is suspected that the leaf position may have been one of the reasons why Lauterbach and K. Schumann placed Xenodendron in the Sonnera- tiaceae rather than in the Myrtaceae. They described X. polyvanthum, the type of the genus, as having “‘folia nunc manifeste decussata nunc alternantia.” 5. Acmena hemilampra (F. v. Muell. ex F. M. Bail.) comb. nov. Eugenia hemilampra F. v. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Austr. 9: 145. 1875 (name proposed); F. M. Bail. as Queensl. Fl. Suppl. 1: 23. 1886; Moore & Betche, Handbk. Fl. N. S. Wales, 207. 1893; F. M. Bail. Bot. Bull. : 8. 1894 (first descr. fls., “tn, Queensl. Fl. 2: 657. 1900. Picea Smithii Poir. var. coriacea Domin, Bibl. Bot. 22: 1031. 1928. AUSTRALIA, Queensland, Thornton Peak, Brass 2285; Mount Alex- ander, Daintree River, Kajewski 1494; Blunder Creek, near Brisbane, White 7153, Frazer Island, Kajewski 43; Mount Bartle Frere, Johnson ; Stradbrooke Island, southern end of Moreton Bay, White 3374; oe White s. n.; Tallebudgera Creek, White 1873, 6406; Coalstoun Lakes at base of eons Rock, White 7702 ; between Bich and Burleigh Heads, White s. n.; Lismore, Cheel s.n. Bailey, Syn. Queensl. Fl. Suppl. 1: 23, says, “This tree is separated from E. Smithii by Baron von Mueller on account of its thicker and more blunt leaves which are more dull on the under side, and also the less divergent veins.” The epithet emilampra was inconclusively published by F. v. Mueller 16 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. xIx either as a variety of Eugenia Smithii (i. e. Acmena Smithii) or as a new species, with a Latin description. After working with the meagre collections available, we can quite understand why Baron von Mueller could not decide whether he had a variety or a species. The species is variable, some specimens being undoubtedly distinct, others scarcely separable from Acmena Smithii (Poir.) except in the lines running down the branchlets and the paucity of glands on the under surface of the leaves and on the branchlets. 6. Acmena Smithii (Poir.) comb. nov. Eugenia Smithi Poir. Encye. Suppl. 3: 126. 1813; Benth. & Muell. FI. Austr. 3: 282. 1866; F. v. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Austr. 9: 145. 1875; F. M. Bail. Syn. Queensl. Fl. 189. 1883; F. v. Muell. Key Syst. Victor. . UL: 232. 1887-88, 2: f. 60. 1885; Moore & Betche, Handbk. Fl. N. S. Wales, 207. 1893; F. M. Bail. Queensl. Fl. 2: 657. 1900, ean ae Cat. Queensl. Pl. 208. 1913; Ewart & Davis, FI. North. Terr. Austr. 201. 1917; Maiden, For. Fl. N.S. Wales, 8: ‘427, t. 264. 1921; Domin, Bibl. Bot. 22: 1031. 1928; Ewart, Fl. Vict. 795, f. 295. 1930. Eugenia elliptica Smith, Trans. Linn. Soc. 3: 281. 1797; Sims, Bot. Mag. 44: t. 1872. 1817; non Lam. Myrtus Smithit Spreng. Syst. Veg. 2: 487. 1825. Acmena floribunda DC, B. elliptica DC. Prodr. 3: 262. 1828. Acmena floribunda DC. Prodr. 3: 262. 1828, quoad desc., excl. syn.; ook. Bot. Mag. 90: t. 5480. 1864. Lomastelma elliptica Raf. Sylv. Tellur. 107. 1838. Syzygium brachynemum F. v. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Austr. 4: 59. 1864, Pl. Colony Victor. L sae tela Suppl. ¢. 78. 1864-65. Eugenia brachynema F. v. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Austr. 4: 59. 1864, in n. sy Syzygium Smith Ndz. in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(7): 85. 1893. Australia, Victoria, New South Wales, Queensland and Northern Territory (fide Maiden). AusTRALIA, Victoria, eastern Gippsland, F. v. Mueller s.n.: New South Wales, without definite locality, Caley s. n., Oldfield s.n.; Sydney, U. S. Expl. Exped, s.n.; Eden, comm, Maiden; near Sydney, Anderson 121; Sealers Cove, Walters s.n., Wilhelm s.n.; Hastings River, Beckler s.n.; Brisbane River, F. v. Mueller s. n.; Sussex Inlet Heads, Maiden s. n.; Chambers gulla via Wyong, Helms 890; Tuggerah via Wyong, Helms 938 (fruit abnormal). 6a. Acmena Smithii var. minor (Maiden) comb. nov. Eugenia Smithti var. minor Sr Agric. Gaz. N. S. Wales, 9: 581. 1898, For. Fl. N.S. W. 7: 431. 1921. 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, SYNOPSIS OF ACMENA DC, 17 Queensland, Upper Albert River, White s. n.; Gadgarra, Atherton, Kajewski 1092; Roberts Plateau, White 6075; Goodna, Brisbane Dis- trict, White & Francis s.n.: New South Wales, Coramba, Boorman s. n. ; Upper Hastings River, Maiden s. n.; Byron Bay, Maiden & Boren S.N. Maiden, op. cit., notes ‘““Leaves, flowers and fruits are alike smaller than those of the normal species,’’ he also quotes Boorman’s field-note, ‘A very distinct plant from the normal species, being of a more tapering growth, and grows to a slender tree of 10-20 feet or more high, much after the style of Myrtus fragrantissima.” This variety seems to us practically as distinct from Acmena Smithii (Poir.) as is A. hemilampra (F. v. Muell. ex Bail.). The young branchlets are somewhat 4-angled or sulcate with elevated lines or very narrow wings extending down from the petioles. In this character, as well as in a tendency for the leaves to be broader above the middle, the variety more nearly approaches A. hemz- lampra (F. v. Muell. ex Bail.) than A, Smithii (Poir.); however, in the scanty material which we have of each of these, some collections so nearly combine the characters of all that we prefer to leave them in status quo merely noting that they belong to the genus Acmena. 7. Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) comb. nov. Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & eo Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 5. 1898; Maiden, For. Fl. N. S. Wales, 8: 31. t. 275. er AUSTRALIA, Queensland, Mount citi White 1948. Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) has longer leaves and much larger fruit than A. Smithii (Poir.) and its allies. It is readily separated from A. divaricata Merr. & Perry by the close and impressed (above) venation of the leaves and by the angled branchlets. 8. Acmena divaricata sp. nov. Arbor usque ad 20 m. alta; ramulis compressis vel teretibus + cinereo-brunneis; foliis suboppositis vel alternis, anguste oblongis vel lanceolato-ellipticis, breviter acuminatis, basi acutis vel acuminatis, 11-18 cm. longis, 3—5.5 cm. latis, coriaceis, minutissime vel vix punctatis, costa supra impressa subtus elevata, venis primariis supra inconspicuis, subtus perspicuis, saepe arcuato-anastomosantibus vel in venam intra- marginalem nunc duplicem confluentibus; petiolo 9-13 mm. longo, transverse ruguloso; inflorescentiis paniculatis, terminalibus axillari- busque, 5-16 cm. longis, solitariis vel trinis, aliquando e basi ramosis, rachi compressa, ramulis divaricatis + angulatis; alabastris 4-5 mm. longis, apice 2.5-3 mm. diametro, sessilibus, turbinatis, basi stipitatis; 18 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX calycis lobis minutis, petalis singillatim deciduis, staminibus vix 2 mm. longis, filamentis flexuosis; fructibus ignotis. AustraLiA, North Queensland, Daintree River, Kajewski 1479, holo- type in Arnold Arboretum, isotype in the New York Botanical Garden Herbarium: CryLon, Peradeniya Gardens (planted), Alston 146, This species is perhaps most nearly related to A. brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) but differs in the compressed branchlets, the much more open panicle, the longer stamens, the slightly longer petioles and the more open and unimpressed venation of the leaves. 9. Acmena dispansa (Ridl.) comb. nov. Eugenia dispansa Ridl. Trans. Linn. Soc. II, 9: 47. 1916. Papua, Wollaston Exped. to Dutch New Guinea, one flower from type seen. The short stamens with subglobose anthers, the calyx and the spread- ing panicle suggested that this species might belong to the genus Acmena, and now as noted in the introduction, we have had the privilege of examining a flower, hence, place the species in this genus without hesitancy. 10. Acmena Dielsii sp. nov. Arbuscula 8-10 m. alta; ramulis compressis vel obscure angulatis; foliis suboppositis, late ellipticis, apice acutis vel breviter acuminatis, basi acutis, 10-17 cm. longis, 4.5-8 cm. latis, pergamaceis, subtus minutissime nigro-punctatis, costa supra impressa subtus elevata, venis primariis utrinque aequaliter manifestis, oblique patulis, 5-10 mm. remotis, irregulariter intra marginem in venam intramarginalem nunc duplicem confluentibus, venulis laxe reticulatis, + obscuris; petiolo 7-8 mm. longo, ruguloso, fusco; inflorescentiis terminalibus, a basi ramosis, rachi compressa, ramulis divaricatis, ultimis angustissime alatis, ala- bastris + 3 mm. longis, apice 2 mm. diametro, sessilibus vel breviter pedicellatis, turbinatis, basi stipitatis; calycis lobis minutis vel tubo truncato, petalis singillatim deciduis, staminibus circiter 0.6 mm. longis: fructibus ignotis. Papua, Gawarere, Brass 675 (type,,Arn. Arb. Herb.), November 22, 1925, rain forest at about 300 m. alt. Acmena Dielsii appears to be more like the Australian A. brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) than any of the other known species of the genus, but the leaves are much broader and elliptic with more divergent vena- tion and with minute dark glands sprinkled over the lower surface. 11. Acmena laevifolia (Ridl.) comb. nov. Eugenta laevifolia Ridl. Trans. Linn. Soc. I, 9: 48. 1916. 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, SYNOPSIS OF ACMENA DC. 19 Papua, Wollaston Exped. to Dutch New Guinea, one flower of the type seen. Said by Ridley to be allied to Acmena acuminatissima (Blume) (under Eugenia) and A. dispansa (Ridl.) (as Eugenia). The gray-green color of the leaves is fairly characteristic of this genus. DOUBTFUL AND EXCLUDED SPECIES ACMENA ACUMINATA Walp. Repert. 2: 181. 1843 = Eugenia acuminata Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. 2, 2: 492; attributed by Walpers to Wight, Ic. 2: t. 607. 1843, and later transferred by Miquel to Syzygium acuminatum Mia. FI. Ind. Bat. 1(1): 452. 1855. ACMENA BRACTEOLATA Walp. Repert. 1. c. = Eugenia bracteolata Wight. AcmENA CuHampionir Benth. Jour. Bot. Kew Gard. Miscel. 4: 118. 1852 — Eugenia Championi Hemsl. ACMENA ? CHINENSIS Planch. Hort. Donat. 84. 1854-58. Jambosa chinensis Hort. ex Planch. 1. c. in syn. The description was based on specimens cultivated in Europe, presum- ably in the garden at San Donato, near Florence, Italy. To it Planchon referred a sterile specimen collected by Callery at Macao. He says that its facies is entirely that of Acmena floribunda DC. He had only flower- ing material and the sterile Callery sheet. We have been unable to place this among the known Chinese species of Eugenia from the de- scription alone. We are convinced, however, that it cannot possibly be an Acmena, There is no direct evidence that the European cultivated plant came from China. Dr. Pellegrin failed to find the Callery speci- men in the Paris herbarium under Planchon’s binomial or under Eugenia floribunda and E. Smithit. ACMENA CLAVIFLORA Walp. Repert. 2: 181. 1843 = Syzygium clavi- florum Wall. ACMENA FLORIBUNDA DC. Prodr. 3: 262. 1828 = Angophora inter- media DC Probably owing to misnamed cultivated material, de Candolle received a wrong impression of Metrosideros floribunda Sm. which he cited as the basis of his species; since the true identity of the latter is Angophora intermedia DC., the species Acmena floribunda must be excluded from the genus Acmena. ACMENA GERRARDI Harvey, Gen. S. Afr. Pl. ed. 2: 112. 1868 = Syzygium Gerrardi Burtt-Davy. ACMENA GRATA Walp. Repert. 2: 181. 1843 = Syzygium gratum Wall. ACMENA LANCEOLATA Thw. Enum. Pl. Zeyl. 119. 1859 = Syzygium lanceolatum Wight & Arn. 20 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIx ACMENA LEPTANTHA Walp. Rep. |. c. = Syzygium leptanthum Ndz. ACMENA OBLATA Walp. Rep. |. c. = Syzygium oblatum Wall. ACMENA ? PARVIFLORA DC. Prodr. 3: 262. 1828. This species is known to us only through the original description which lacks definite diagnostic characters. Doubtless Syzygium is represented. ACMENA WIGHTIANA Walp. Repert. 2: 181. 1843 = Syzygium Wight- zanum Wight & Arn. ACMENA ZEYLANICA Thw. Enum. Pl. Zeyl. 118. 1859 = Syzygium zeylanicum DC. ARNOLD ARBORETUM, Harvarp UNIVERSITY. 1938 ] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 21 NEW OR NOTEWORTHY INDO-CHINESE PLANTS E. D. MERRILL With three text illustrations SOME YEARS ago I published two papers on the Indo-Chinese flora,’ the types of the various species therein described being deposited in the University of California herbarium. Although important additional Indo-Chinese collections were received while I was associated with that institution up to the end of 1929, little time was available to me to study this material. These collections included supplementary speci- mens from Dr. A. Petelot, and important collections made in the vicinity of Hue by R. W. Squires of Shanghai in 1927, and the more extensive collections made by Chaplain and Mrs. Joseph C, Clemens near Hue and Tourane, during the same year. In 1931 Mr. Squires made an important second collection in the vicinity of Dalat, southern Annam, the duplicates of which were distributed from the New York Botanical Garden. The preliminary identifications were made by me, as was the case with the first Squires collection and the Clemens material. After my transfer to New York in January, 1930, Dr. Petelot con- tinued to send material from time to time for identification. At inter- vals some of the specimens were more intensively studied, and a part of the general results are embodied in this paper, which is largely, but not entirely, based on his material. The actual types of the new species herein described are thus in part deposited in the Britton Herbarium, New York Botanical Garden, in part in the Herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum. Attention is called to one rather important contribution that, because of its rather obscure place of publication, tends to be overlooked by bot- anists who are concerned with a study of the rich flora of Indo-China. This is the enumeration of the Boden Kloss? collection from southern Annam, published in 1921. In this paper 191 species are enumerated, 2 genera and 39 species being described as new. There are naturally many additions to the list of species recognized in those parts of the “Flore générale de |’Indo-Chine” issued previous 1Merrill, E. D. New species of plants from Indo-China. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 10: 423-430. 1924; (II) 12: 127-143. 1926. Saar A. a et al. On plants from pas Annam by Messrs. E. G. oe Moo B. Rendle, H. N. Ridley, and H. F. Wernham, with an aes by the eieee ae C. Boden Kloss. Hone aH Hist. Soc. Siam 4: 109-160. 1921. 22 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX to 1921, while in those parts issued since: that date, various species pro- posed by the British botanists have been overlooked. Thus in the treat- ment of the Compositae (1932-34) the new species of Vernonia, Blumea, Wedelia, Gynura, and Lactuca are not accounted for; in the Rubiaceae (1922-23) no mention is made of the new species of Hedyotis, Olden- landia, Mussaenda, Psychotria, and Lasianthus, in the Labiatae (1936) the new species of Acrocephalus and Soules: are lacking, and in the treatment of other families issued in 1921 or later one fails to find Begonia langbianensis Baker f. and Melastoma Klossii Baker f. In the present paper forty-two new species are described, and about seventy-five previously described ones are for the first time accredited to Indo-China. Of these about twenty represent genera hitherto not recorded from that country. These genera are Amentotaxus, Platycarya, Champereia, Holboellia, Pseuduvaria, Pileostegia (Schizophragma), Boenninghausenia, Pentaphylax, Turpinia, Platea, Bretschneidera, Tilia, Craigia, Hartia, Huodendron, Trigonotus, Elsholtzia, Wightia, Nertera, and Hymenopogon. All but one are in groups that have been covered by published parts of the “Flore générale.”’ Supplementing these records notes on the nomenclature of certain species are included, some new names are proposed, and a few previously described species are reduced to synonymy. Here, as in other cases where comprehensive “‘floras’’ have been published, their parts appear- ing over a long period of time, it is found that the earlier parts, issued before many regions have even been visited by a botanist or a collector, are now inadequate as a guide to the actual flora. In most tropical countries vast accretions are to be expected to the list of known species as explorations progress and as the resulting collections are studied, and Indo-China is no exception to this observation. TAXACEAE Amentotaxus argotaenia (Hance) Pilger, Bot. Jahrb. 54: 41. 1916. Podocarpus argotaenia Hance, Jour. Bot. 21: 357. 1883. Podocarpus insignis Hemsl. Jour. Bot. 23: 287. 188 Cephalotaxus argotaenia Pilger, Pflanzenreich 18(1V- 5): 104. 1903. Inpo-CutnA, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 3897, August, 1933, alt. 1500 m. A monotypic genus, new to Indo-China, previously known from Formosa, Kwangtung, Hupeh, and Szechuan. JUGLANDACEAE Platycarya strobilacea Sieb. & Zucc. Abh. Akad. Miinch. 3: 742. ¢. 5, f. 1. 1843; Rehd. & Wils. in Sargent, Pl. Wils. 3: 180. 1916. 1938 ] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 23 Inpo-Cutna, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 4794, August, 1933, alt. 1700 m. Japan, through central China to Kwangtung and Yunnan; the genus is new to Indo-China. MORACEAE Ficus cardiophylla Merr. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 13: 129. 1926. Ficus Bonti Gagnep. Not. Syst. 4:86. 1927, Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- Chine 5: 767. 1928. The type of Ficus cardiophylla Merr. is Petelot 1291, from Cho Ganh, Tonkin, and that of F. Bonii Gagnep. was from Lang-he, Mount Den, near Ninh-binh,. Tonkin. I see no differences between the two. I have seen no specimens of Bon 4045, but Balansa 741, identified by Gagnepain as representing his species, safely represents F. cardiophylla Merr. Ficus Tikoua Bureau, Jour. Bot. Morot 2: 213. ¢. 7. 1888; Rehder, Jour. Arnold Arb. 17: 76, 1936. Inpo-Cuina, Tonkin, route from Chapa to Lo Qui Ho, Petelot 5981, July, 1928. The Indo-Chinese form differs somewhat from the Chinese one but I believe it represents the same species. Ficus Bonatii Lév. is a synonym. Yunnan, Szechuan, Kweichow, Kwangsi, Hunan, and Hupeh. Ficus Cavaleriei Lév. Mém. Acad. Cienc. Barcelona III, 6: 148. 1907, Repert. Sp. Nov. 4: 83. 1907; Rehd. Jour. Arnold Arb. 10: 128. 1929, 17: 78. 1936. Inpo-Cu1na, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 5978, April, 1930, alt. about 1400 m. Kweichow, Kwangsi (Tsang 21962), and Kiangsi (Wang 464). URTICACEAE Oreocnide obovata (C. H. Wright) Merr. Sunyatsenia 3: 250. 1937. Debregeasia obovata C. H. Wright in Forbes & Hemsl. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 26: 492. 1899. Villebrunea paradoxa Gagnep. Not. Syst. 4: 130. 1928, in Lecomte, Il Gén. Indo-Chine 5: 881. f. 103, 22-23, f. 104, 2-3. 1929. Wright’s species of 1899 is manifestly the same as the one described by Gagnepain in 1928, and clearly Oreocnide (Villebrunea) is repre- sented rather than a Debregeasia. The species occurs in Indo-China, Yunnan, and Kwangsi. PROTEACEAE Helicia annularis W. W. Sm. Notes Bot. Gard. Edinb. 10: 178. 1918. 24 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX Inpo-Cutna, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 1626, July, 1924, alt. about 1500 m. Yunnan. The specimen is incomplete, the flowers fallen. It conforms closely to some of the Yunnan material referred to Smith’s species. New to Indo-China. Helicia cauliflora sp. nov. Arbor parva, 5-6 m. alta, inflorescentiis exceptis glabra, ramis teretibus, ramulis ultimis 1.5-2 mm. diametro: foliis lanceolatis vel anguste oblongo-lanceolatis, integris, coriaceis, 8-12 cm. longis, 2-3 cm. latis, utrinque angustatis, basi cuneatis, apice obtusis vel obscure breviter obtuse acuminatis, margine integerrimis, supra in sicco viridibus, nitidis, subtus pallide brunneis, nervis primariis utrinque circiter 8, distantibus, gracilibus, manifestis, subtus leviter elevatis, arcuato-anastomosantibus, reticulis primariis sublaxis, manifestis; petiolo 6-10 mm. longo, glabro; racemis 12-15 cm. longis, solitariis vel depauperato-fasciculatis, in trunco vel ramis vetustioribus e tuberculis lignosis usque ad 2.5 cm. diametro orientibus; rhachi consperse breviter adpresse brunneo- pubescente, pedicellis leviter pubescentibus, subcrassis, 5-7 mm. longis, in paribus dispositis sed ad basin vix connatis; floribus 3—3.5 cm. longis, ovario oblongo-ovoideo vel anguste oblongo, glabro, glandulis hypogynis discum 4-lobatum formantibus. Inpo-CuiNa, Tonkin, route from Vinh Yen to Tam Dao, A. Petelot 5684, May, 1935, in savannas, A species essentially characterized by its lanceolate, entire, relatively narrow leaves and particularly by its racemes being borne on woody tubercles on the trunk or main branches. Helicia Petelotii sp. nov. Arbor circiter 10 m, alta, ramulis ultimis circiter 7 mm. diametro, decidue subcastaneo-pubescentibus; foliis coriaceis, late oblongo- oblanceolatis, usque ad 30 cm. longis et 9 cm. latis, integris, basi abrupte acutis, utrinque glabris vel subtus secus costam leviter pubescentibus, nervis primariis utrinque circiter 20, subtus elevatis, distinctis, curvatis, haud vel obscure anastomosantibus; petiolis circiter 2 cm. longis, subdecidue castaneo-pubescentibus, vetustioribus glabris; racemis saltem 25 cm. longis, in trunco vel in ramis vetustioribus, perspicue ferrugineo-pubescentibus; floribus circiter 3 cm. longis, pedicellis crassis, ad basin vix vel obscure connatis, 6-7 mm. longis, ferrugineo-pubescenti- bus; antheris 4 mm. longis; ovario glabro, glandulis hypogynis in disco annulato obscure 4-lobato connatis. Inpo-Curna, Tonkin, slope west of the first ridge, Massif du Fan Tre 1938 ] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 25 Pan, near Chapa, A. Petelot 5721, July, 1931, alt. about 1400 m. In general, well characterized by its elongated, many-nerved, entire, and essentially glabrous leaves as well as by its racemes being borne on the trunk and larger branches. Helicia stenophylla sp. nov. Arbor parva, ramulis novellis et inflorescentiis obscure consperse adpresse. pubescentibus exceptis glabra, ramulis ultimis elongatis; foliis lanceolatis vel anguste lanceolatis, coriaceis, 9-11 cm. longis, 1-1.5 cm. latis, supra nitidis, in sicco plerumque viridibus, subtus brunneis, in- tegris vel in parte quarta superiore remote pauceque serratis, utrinque angustatis, basi acutis, apice obtuse acuminatis, nervis primariis utrin- que circiter 8, distantibus, subtus perspicuis, arcuato-anastomosantibus ; petiolo 8-10 mm. longo; racemis gracilibus, axillaribus, solitariis, quam foliis multo longioribus, usque ad 25 cm. longis, obscure consperse adpresse cupreo- vel brunneo-pubescentibus, indumento subdeciduo ; floribus parvis, extus parcissime adpresse pubescentibus, circiter 1.2 cm, longis, gracilibus, pedicellis circiter 4 mm. longis, ad basin in paribus leviter (ca. 1 mm.) connatis, bracteis anguste lanceolatis, acute acumi- natis, 1-1.5 mm. longis, bracteolis solitariis, vix 1 mm. longis; ovario glabro, anguste ovoideo; glandulis hypogynis 4, pallidis, haud 1 mm. longis, subliberis vel leviter connatis. Inpo-Curna, Annam, near Tourane, J. & M. S. Clemens 3487, May- July, 1927, a small tree along river margins. A species strikingly characterized by its slender, slightly appressed- pubescent racemes which are much longer than the leaves, the latter being very narrow, lanceolate, gradually narrowed upward to the blunt acumen, and entire or with a very few widely scattered small teeth in the upper one-fourth. OPILTIACEAR Champereia manillana (Blume) eee ena Jour. Sci. Bot. 7: 233. 1912, Enum. Philip. Fl. Pl. 2: Cansjera manillana Blume, Mus. Bot. oe -Bat. 1: 246. 1850. ia aed Griffithiana Planch. ex Kurz, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 44(2) . 1875; Gamble, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 75(2): 277. 1912 (Mater. a Malay. Penin. 5: 77), Inpo-Cut1Nna, Tonkin, Vinh Yen Province, route from Vinh Yen to Tam Dao, alt. 100 m., Petelot 4822, April, 1933. Including Champereia Griffithiana Planch. (1875) and C. Griffithi Kurz (1877) this species extends from Tenasserim and the Malay Peninsula, to Formosa, and through the Philippines to the Moluccas. 26 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIx The Indo-Chinese form has cauline inflorescences, these sometimes also on the branches, but in other characters does not appear to be different from Blume’s Philippine type. In the Philippine form the inflorescences are sometimes on the branches below the leaves. The genus is new to Indo-China. OLACACEAE Schoepfia fragrans Wall. Tent. = — 18, pl. 9. 1824; Mast. in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 1: 581. 1875: INpo-Cu1Na, Laos, Tranninh cat Petelot 444, July, 1931. India to western China. CARYOPHYLLACEAE Stellaria paniculata Edgw. Trans. Linn. Soc. 20: 35. 1846: Edgw. & Hook. f. in Hook, f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 1: 229. 1874. Inpo-Cu1NA, Tonkin, route from Lo Qui Ho to Ta Phinh, near Chapa, alt. 1700 m., Petelot 4761, October, 1933. Western Himalayan region and the Khasia Mountains to Siam and Yunnan. Stellaria aquatica (L.) Scop. Fl. Carn. ed. 2, 1: 319. 1772. Cerastium aquaticum Linn. Sp. Pl. 439. 1753. INpo-Cuina, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 5716, April, 1936, along roads, alt. 1500 m. Widely distributed in Europe and Asia, introduced in North America. Cerastium vulgatum Linn. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 627. 1762; Edgew. & Hook. f. in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 1: 228. 1874 INDo-CHINA, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 5717, April, 1936, along roads. Widely distributed in Europe and temperate Asia, introduced in North America. This is the Linnaean species sensu latiore, and is probably referable to the var. trivialis Link as defined by Edgeworth and Hooker f. The species is new to Indo-China. RANUNCULACEAE Clematis Buchananiana DC. Syst. 1: 140. 1818: Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 1: 6. 1872. INpo-Cu1Nna, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 5248, October, 1933, in thickets, alt. 1500 m. Eastern Himalayan region. The specimen, with immature buds, is a much better match for Indian material, Wallich, Hooker & Thomson, than it is for Chinese material referred to de Candolle’s species by Finet & Gagnepain, Bull. 1938 ] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 27 Soc. Bot. France 50: 541. 1904, which Rehder & Wilson, Sargent PI. Wils. 1: 324. 1913, refer to Clematis nutans Royle var. thyrsoidea Rehd. & Wils. LARDIZABALACEAE Holboellia grandiflora Réaub. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 53: 453. 1906; Gagnep. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 14: 67. 1908; Rehder & Wils. in Sargent Pl. Wils. 1: 346. 1913. Inpo-Cut1na, Tonkin, Chapa, Massif du Song Ta Van, Petelot 5935, April, 1936, alt. about 1500 m. Szechuan. The genus is new to Indo- China. The flowers are not quite mature, the staminate ones being about 1.2 cm. long, and the stamens 8 mm. long. Gagnepain indicates the stamens as 9 mm. and the sepals as 16 to 20 cm. long; the leaves on the specimen cited are 4-foliolate, and the leaflets very closely match Wilson’s material on which the species was based. Stauntonia Brunoniana Wall. List no. 4952. 1832, nomen nudum; Hemsl. in Hook. Ic. 29: t. 2843. 1907; Wu, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 13: 367. 1936. Parvatia Brunoniana Decne. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 1: 190. t. 12A. 1837: Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 1: 108. 1872; Gagnep. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 14: 66. 1908. Stauntonia trifoliata Griff. Notul. 4: 330. 1854, Ic. Pl. As. t. 495. f. 2-3. 1854. Inpo-Cuina, Tonkin, Chapa, Massif du Song Ta Van, Petelot 5933, July, 1935, alt. about 1600 m. Yunnan and Assam. The second species of the genus to be recorded from Indo-China. SCHISANDRACEAE Illicium parvifolium sp. nov. Arbor parva, glabra, ramis teretibus, ramulis ultimis circiter 1.5 mm. diametro; foliis verticillatis, oblongo-ellipticis vel ellipticis, subcoriaceis, 2.5-6 cm. longis, 1.5—2.5 cm. latis, apice obtusis vel late acutis vel sub- rotundatis, basi late acutis, in sicco supra viridibus, subtus pallide brunneis, nervis primariis utrinque 5—6, obscuris, obscure anastomo- santibus, interdum subobsoletis; petiolo 5-10 mm. longo; floribus pro genere inter minores, axillaribus, solitariis, pedicellis circiter 1 cm. longis, perianthii segmentis majoribus orbiculari-ellipticis, concavis, rotundatis, circiter 1 cm. longis et 8 mm. latis, exterioribus multo minori- bus; staminibus circiter 15, 4 mm. longis, filamentis crassis, 1.5—2 mm. 28 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIx latis, antheris usque ad 2 mm. longis; carpellis circiter 10, anguste lanceolatis, longe acuminatis, glabris, acumine patulo vel subrefracto. Inpo-Cu1na, Annam, Mount Bana, J. & M. Clemens 4192, May-July, 1927, in forests, a small tree near the summit of the mountain, flowers white, pink outside. A species in facies closely approximating the Hainan Jllicium oligan- thum Merr, & Chun, characterized by its small, obtuse, obscurely nerved, verticillate leaves and its small flowers. It differs from J.’ oli- ganthum Merr. & Chun in its somewhat larger, more numerous, longer, long and slenderly acuminate carpels, their tips spreading or refracted. Schisandra grandiflora (Wall.) Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 1: 44. 1872. Kadsura grandiflora Wall. Tent. Fl. Nepal. 10, ¢. 14. 1824. INpo-CuiNna, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 4768, 4788, August, 1933, alt. 1500 to 2000 m. India to Yunnan, Szechuan, and Hupeh. ANNONACEAE Pseuduvaria indochinensis sp. nov. Arbor 8-10 m. alta, dioica, ramis glabris, ramulis ultimis 1 mm. dia- metro, breviter pubescentibus; foliis oblongis, chartaceis 15-20 cm. longis, 5—6 cm. latis, acuminatis, basi late acutis vel subrotundatis, supra costa excepta glabris, pallide olivaceis, nitidis, subtus paullo pallidiori- bus, ad costam nervosque breviter pubescentibus glabrescentibus, nervis primariis utrinque 10-12, subtus elevatis, perspicuis, sub marginem arcuato-anastomosantibus; petiolo breviter pubescente, 3 mm. longo; floribus axillaribus et in axillis defoliatis, fasciculatis, pubescentibus, flavidis, pedicellis breviter pubescentibus 10-12 mm. longis, infra medio 1-bracteolatis, bracteolis orbiculari-reniformibus, 1 mm. longis, 1.5 mm. latis, late rotundatis; sepalis orbiculari-ovatis, rotundatis, 1.5-2 mm. longis, pubescentibus; petalis exterioribus reniformi-ovatis, rotundatis, pubescentibus, 2 mm. longis, 2.6 mm, latis, interioribus arcuatis, stipitatis, stipite 3 mm. longo, lamina triangulari-ovata, 4 mm. longa et lata, extus pubescente, intus glabra, margine ciliata: antheris circiter 30, 0.8 mm. longis, connectivo truncato. Inpo-Cu1Nna, Tonkin, Hoa Binh Province, near Muong Thon, route from Hanoi to Hoa Binh, 4. Petelot 4698, March, 1933. The first representative of the genus to be recorded from Indo-China. Most botanists place Pseuduvaria under Mitrephora, but the genus is clearly more closely allied to Orophea, differing from both Mitrephora and Orophea in being strictly dioecious. 1938 ] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 29 Fissistigma Petelotii sp. nov. Frutex scandens, floribus exceptis glaber vel subglaber, ramis tereti- bus, subatris, in sicco plus minusve corrugatis; foliis coriaceis, oblongis vel oblongo-ellipticis, 20-26 cm. longis, 9-10 cm. latis, apice rotundatis vel late obtusis, basi late rotundatis, supra pallide olivaceis, nitidis, glaberrimis, subtus glaucis vel subglaucis, obscure breviter adpresse pubescentibus, nervis primariis utrinque circiter 15, subtus perspicuis, elevatis, patulo-curvatis, arcuato-anastomosantibus, reticulis gracilibus, laxis; petiolo 1-1.5 cm. longo, atro, glabro; floribus axillaribus, ala- bastro subgloboso, pedicellis circiter 1.5 cm. longis, sursum incrassatis, breviter adpresse subferrugineo-pubescentibus; calycis lobis sub- triangularibus, coriaceis, circiter 1 cm. latis, glabris vel leviter pube- scentibus, in sicco verruculosis; petalis exterioribus late ovatis, acutis, 12 mm. longis, coriaceis, concavis, extus dense breviter ferrugineo- pubescentibus, intus sursum cinereo-pubescentibus, deorsum glabris, interioribus paullo brevioribus quam exterioribus, intus glabris, extus breviter pubescentibus; staminibus numerosis, antheris 2.2 mm. longis; carpellis paucis, lanceolatis, sursum leviter pubescentibus, cum stylis 5 mm. longis, ovulis numerosis. INpo-CutNA, Tonkin, Province of Hoa Binh, near Muong Thon, route from Hanoi to Hoa Binh, Petelot 4862, March, 1933. Characterized by being nearly glabrous, except for the subglobose flowers, as well as by its elliptic to oblong-elliptic, ample leaves which are broadly rounded at their bases and rounded or broadly acute at apices. Fissistigma acuminatissimum sp. nov. Frutex scandens, ramis teretibus, glabris, ramulis breviter adpresse pubescentibus, circiter 1 mm. diametro; foliis lanceolatis vel oblongo- lanceolatis, graciliter acuminatis, basi late acutis, 8-14 cm. longis, 2—4 cm. latis, chartaceis vel subcoriaceis, in sicco supra pallide olivaceis, glabris vel parcissime adpresse ciliatis, subtus brunneis, consperse brevi- ter adpresse pubescentibus; nervis primariis utrinque circiter 20, subtus perspicuis, elevatis; petiolo 6-10 mm. longo, breviter adpresse pube- scente; floribus terminalibus axillaribusque, solitariis vel binis vel trinis, circiter 2 cm. longis, pedicellis circiter 1.5 cm. longis, breviter pubescenti- bus, bracteolis lanceolatis, acuminatis, circiter 4 mm. longis; sepalis lanceolatis vel oblongo-lanceolatis, perspicue acuminatis, intus glabris, extus adpresse pubescentibus, 8 mm. longis, deorsum circiter 3.5 mm. latis; petalis exterioribus oblongo-lanceolatis, acuminatis, 2 cm. longis, deorsum 8 mm. latis, extus dense adpresse pubescentibus, intus puberu- 30 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX lis; sepalis interioribus quam exterioribus paullo minoribus, circiter 1.6 cm. longis, extus pubescentibus, intus in parte inferiore glabris, sursum puberulis; staminibus numerosis, multiseriatis, 2 mm. longis, connectivo crasso, obtuso; ovario cum stylo 3.5 mm. longo, adpresse hirsuto, stylis hirsutis, cylindraceis; ovulis circiter 6. Inpo-CuinaA, Tonkin, Chapa, Massif du Song Ta Van, A. Petelot 5797 (type), April, 1936, in forests, alt. about 1500 m. The same species is apparently represented by Petelot 4864, from Lo Qui Ho, Chapa, a specimen with very immature 3-flowered inflorescences with young buds only. This seems to be allied to Fissistigma chrysosericeum (Finet & Gagnep.) Merr., but the leaves have twice as many lateral nerves as does that species. LAURACEAE Beilschmiedia foveolata sp. nov. Arbor glabra, circiter 10 m. alta, ramis ramulisque teretibus, laevis; foliis chartaceis vel subcoriaceis, 10-15 cm. longis, 3.5—5 cm. latis, basi acutis, apice caudato-acuminatis, acumine 1.5—2 cm. longo, recto vel fal- cato, in sicco utrinque subconcoloribus, pallide olivaceo-viridibus, sub- nitidis, nervis primariis utrinque circiter 7, subcurvato-adscendentibus, arcuatis, in utraque pagina dense manifesteque foveolato-reticulatis, costa supra plana, subtus elevata; petiolo 2—3 cm. longo; floribus ignotis; infructescentiis in axillis superioribus, brevibus, pedicellis 8—15 mm. longis, paullo incrassatis, siccis sursum circiter 5 mm. diametro; fructi- bus globosis, 2 cm, diametro. INpDo-Cu1Na, Tonkin, Chapa, alt. 1700 m., Petelot 5380, August, 1930. In spite of the fact that the flowers are unknown, I judge this to be a Beilschmiedia in the alliance with B. Foxiana Gamble of the Malay Peninsula, another species characterized by its densely subfoveolate- reticulate leaves. 8. foveolata differs in its caudate-acuminate leaves, apparently shorter inflorescences, and in its globose not ellipsoid, smooth or somewhat wrinkled, not pustular fruits. Beilschmiedia Roxburghiana Nees in Wall. Pl. As. Rar. 2: 69. 1831; Liou, Laur. Ch. Indoch. 110. 1933. Laurus bilocularis Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. 2, 2: 311. 1832. Inpo-Cutna, Tonkin, Chapa, along the Ngoi Bo stream, alt. 1200 m., Petelot 5379, 5379 bis, February and July, 1931, the former in flower, the latter in fruit. Assam to Tenasserim, Yunnan and Kwangsi. Chun’s record of this as occurring in Kwangtung was based on a 1938] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 31 reduction of Beilschmiedia fagifolia Nees which may or may not be correct. I have seen no Kwangtung material that I would refer to B. Roxburghiana Nees. The species is new to Indo-China. Lindera Chunii Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 7: 307. 1931; Liou, Laur. Ch. Indoch. 133. 1933 Inpo-Cutna, Tonkin, Province of Thai Nguyen, route from Hanoi to Thai Nguyen, Petelot 4751, 4752, February, 1933. Kwangsi, Kwangtung, and Hainan. The species has already been recorded from Indo-China by Liou, on the basis of Poilane 10289 from Quang-tri, Annam. Machilus oreophila Hance, Ann. Sci. Nat. IV Bot. 18: 227. 1862; Liou, Laur. Ch. Indoch. 51. 1933. Inpo-Cutna, Tonkin, route from Tam Dao to Vinh Yen, Petelot 4680, April, 1931. Fukien, Yunnan. The type was from Fukien; Liou credits the species to Yunnan, but gives no other range. The inflorescences are longer peduncled than in 6789 Herb. Hance, the type collection by De Grijs, herb. British Museum. Litsea verticillata Hance, Jour. Bot. 21: 356. 1883; Liou, Laur. Ch. Indoch. 171. 1933; Allen, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 25: 373. 1937. Litsea ieee Lecomte, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (Paris) V. 5:85. 1913, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 5: 133. 1914; Liou, 1. ¢ INDO-CHINA, Paine Thai Nguyen, Petelot 4888, October, 1933, in open forests. Kwangsi, Kwangtung, and Hainan. Liou thought that both Litsea multiumbellata Lecomte and L. brevt- petiolata Lecomte might prove to be but forms of Hance’s species. He further notes the close resemblance of all three to Actinodaphne glomerata Nees. Dr. Allen placed L. multiumbellata Lecomte as a synonym of Litsea verticillata Hance and L. brevipetiolata Lecomte as a variety of the same species. I judge that with almost equal propriety one might place the species in either Litsea or in Actinodaphne. Litsea euosma W. W. Sm. in Notes Bot. Gard. Edinb. 13: 166. 1921; Allen, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 25: 368. 1937. Inpo-Cutna, Tonkin, route from Laokay to Chapa, alt. 1000 to 1300 m., Petelot 3381, February, 1929. Yunnan, Burma, Indo-China. This is apparently distinct from Litsea cubeba (Lour.) Pers. It may not, however, be distinct from L. mollis Hemsl., the type of the latter being a specimen with immature flowers. L. mollifolia Chun (1934) is 32 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL, XIX a synonym of Hemsley’s species, and is an unnecessary name as Litsea mollis Hemsl, (1891) is older than L. mollis Boerl. (1900). Cryptocarya hainanensis Merr. Philip. Jour. Sci. 21: 343. 1922; Liou, Laur. Ch. Indoch. 100, 1933 INpo-CHINA, Tonkin, Province of Bac Giang, route from Hanoi to Langson, near Song Cau, Petelot 5245, March, 1933. Hainan. This has already been recorded from Indo-China by Liou, I. c., on the basis of specimens collected in Annam by Poilane. PAPAVERACEAE Corydalis eras Franch, Jour. Bot. Morot 8: 291. 1894; Repert. Sp. Nov. 20: 288. 1924. INpo-CHINA, at Chapa, Petelot, s. n., February, 1930, on rocks in a cascade, route from Lo Qui Ho to Ta Phinh, alt. 1700 m. Hupeh, Szechuan, Kwangsi, and Yunnan; new to Indo-China. SAXIFRAGACEAE Polyosma dolichocarpa sp. nov. Arbor circiter 10 m. alta, perspicue villosa, ramis ramulisque dense pubescentibus; foliis coriaceis, oblongo-ellipticis vel anguste oblongo- obovatis, integerrimis, graciliter acute acuminatis, basi acutis, 7-10 cm. longis, 3—4 cm, latis, supra glabris, olivaceis, nitidis, subtus pallidioribus, perspicue subvillosis; nervis primariis utrinque 8—10, supra subimpressis, subtus elevatis, manifestis, arcuato-anastomosantibus; petiolo 1—1.5 cm. longo, dense villoso; racemis terminalibus, solitariis, sub fructu 10-12 cm. longis, perspicue pubescentibus, pedunculatis; pedicellis circiter 5 mm, longis, villosis; bracteolis villosis, lineari-lanceolatis, 2—4 mm. longis; fructibus anguste oblongis, 13 mm. longis, circiter 4 mm. diametro, sursum leviter angustatis, in sicco perspicue longitudinaliter sulcatis, consperse pubescentibus, sepalis persistentibus oblongo-ovatis vel triangulari-ovatis, acutis, 1.5-2 mm. longis. INpo-CuINA, Annam, Mount Bana, near Tourane, J. & M.S, Clemens 4221, May-July, 1927, a slender tree up to 40 ft. high, in forests, the fruits purple. A species strongly characterized by its indumentum, its acutely acuminate, prominently nerved leaves, and especially by its greatly elongated, prominently sulcate fruits. Pileostegia viburnoides Hook. f. & Th. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 2: 76. t. 2.1857; C. B. Clarke, Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 405. 1878. Schizophragma viburnoides Stapf, Bot. Mag. 155: t. 9262. 1931. 1938] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 33 Inpo-Cu1NnaA, Tonkin, near Chapa, Petelot 1465, August, 1932, alt. about 1500 m. Liu Kiu Islands and Formosa to Kwangtung, Kiangsi, Kwangsi, Kweichow, Hupeh, and Szechuan. The genus is new to Indo- China, whether this species be considered as a Pileostegia or as a Schizophragma. PITTOSPORACEAE Pittosporum oblongilimbum sp. nov. Frutex vel arbor parva, glabra, ramis teretibus, ramulis ultimis 2 mm. diametro; foliis coriaceis, anguste oblongis, alternis vel subverticillatis, in sicco olivaceis, supra nitidis, 10-18 cm. longis, 2-3 cm. latis, acumi- natis, basi acutis, nervis primariis utrinque circiter 12, obscuris, distanti- bus, inconspicue arcuato-anastomosantibus; petiolo 5-10 mm. longo; cymis terminalibus, fasciculatis, 3—4 cm. longis, paucifloris, laxis, gracili- bus, pedicellis 6-10 mm. longis; calycis tubo 1.5—2 mm. longo, lobis 5, oblongis vel oblongo-ovatis, apice obtusis vel subacutis, 2.5-3 mm. longis, glabris; petalis circiter 14 mm. longis, sursum 4 mm. latis, apice rotundatis, deorsum leviter angustatis, basi 2 mm. latis; filamentis 8 mm. longis, antheris oblongis, 3 mm. longis, introrse dehiscentibus, basi obtusis; ovario breviter stipitato, leviter pubescente, 1-loculari, placentis 2, quaque 6-ovulatis; stylis glabris. Inpo-Curna, Tonkin, Chapa, A. Petelot 5947, April, 1936, alt. about 1500 m. A species well characterized by its rather thick, narrowly oblong or almost strap-shaped, rather abruptly acuminate, obscurely nerved leaves and its slender, lax, few-flowered cymes which are born in terminal fascicles, 2 to 4 at the tip of each branchlet. Judging from the ovary characters the capsules should be 2-valved. HAMAMELIDACEAE Altingia chinensis (Champ.) Oliver ex Hance, Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 13: 103. 1873; Lecomte, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 30: 391. 1924. Inpo-CuHrNa, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 5944, April, 1936. Kwangtung, Kwangsi. The species is closely allied to the Malaysian A. excelsa Noronha. It has already been recorded from Chapa by Lecomte as an additional species for the Indo-Chinese flora. Altingia gracilipes Hemsl. var. serrulata Tutcher, Rep. Bot. For. Dep. Hongkong 1914: 31. 1915; Chun, Sunyatsenia 1: 173. 1933, 242. 1934. 34 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX INDo-CHINA, Annam, near Tourane, Clemens 3388. I also refer Tsiang 6677 from Kweichow here. Hongkong. In his treatment of the Hamamelidaceae of Indo-China, Guillaumin admits A. gracilipes Hemsl. and includes in his description the typical form with entire leaves and forms with toothed leaves, ROSACEAE Photinia prunifolia (H. & A.) Lindl. Bot. Reg. 23: sub ¢. 1956. 1837. Photinia serrulata Lindl. var. prunifolia H. & A. Bot. Beechey Voy. 185. 1833 Inpo-Cu1NA, Tonkin, Massif du Tam Dao, Petelot 3866, December, 1931, in forests, alt. about 1000 m. Southeastern China; new to Indo- China. Fragaria nilgerrensis Schlecht. ex J. Gay, Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. Bot. 8: 206. 1857: Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 344, 1878 Inpo-Cuina, Tonkin, near Chapa, route to the pass of Lo Qui Ho, Petelot 4597, July, 1931, alt. about 1800 m. Khasia and Nilghiri Moun- tains in India to western and central China; new to Indo-China. Pygeum lancilimbum sp. nov. Arbor 8-15 m. alta, ramis teretibus, glabris, ramulis circiter 1 mm. diametro, breviter pubescentibus; foliis lanceolatis, chartaceis ad sub- coriaceis, graciliter subcaudato-acuminatis, basi acutis vel subrotundatis, 6-11 cm. longis, 1.5—2.5 cm, latis, supra glabris, olivaceo-brunneis, sub- tus pallidioribus, junioribus consperse pubescentibus, vetustioribus glabris, glandulis binis, immersis, 2 mm. latis, usque ad 8 mm. supra laminae basim in pagina inferiore locatis; nervis primariis utrinque circiter 5, curvato-adscendentibus, gracilibus, reticulis subobsoletis; petiolo 5-8 mm. longo, primo pubescente, demum glabrescente; spicis axillaribus, solitariis, petiolo vix longioribus, densifloris, ferrugineo- pubescentibus; bracteolis deciduis, trifidis, lobis linearibus, usque ad 4 mm, longis, intermedio quam lateralibus brevioribus; floribus confertis, sessilibus vel brevissime pedicellatis, calycis tubo infundibuliformi, 2 mm. longo, 3 mm. diametro, extus consperse adpresseque ferrugineo- pubescente, intus glabro vel fundo plus minusve barbato, lobis 6 vel 7, oblongo-ovatis, plerumque obtusis, 0.5-1 mm. longis, ferrugineo- ciliatis; petalis 0; staminibus circiter 16, filamentis glabris, usque 4 mm. longis; ovario glabro. INpo-CuHINA, Tonkin, neighborhood of Chapa, Massif du Fan Tre Pan, alt. 1400-1700 m., Petelot 4499 (type), 4589, September, 1931, and August, 1930; near Chapa, alt. 1200 m., Petelot 4588, July, 1930; 1938 | MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 35 route to Lo Qui Ho, alt. 2000 m., Petelot 4592, September, 1931, a tree 8 to 15 m. high. A species well characterized by its lanceolate, slenderly caudate- acuminate, obscurely reticulate leaves, its dense axillary spikes about equaling the petioles in length. The characteristic trifid bracteoles fall before the flowers open. Prunus Wallichii Steud. Nomencl. ed. 2, 2: 404. 1841; Merr. Contr. Arnold Arb. 8: 72. 1934. Cerasus acuminatus Wall. List no. 719, 1829, nomen nudum, Pl. As. Rar, 23/8. t : Prunus acuminata D. Dietr. Syn. 3: 42. 1843, non Michx. Inpo-Curna, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 4587, 5705, October, 1932, and August, 1935, in forested ravines, alt. 1500 to 1700 m. Himalayan region to Yunnan, Kwangsi and Kweichow, Burma, Siam, and northern Sumatra. New to Indo-China. LEGUMINOSAE Caesalpinia stenoptera sp. nov. Ficure 1. Frutex scandens, C. nugae affinis, differt capsulis valde inaequilaterali- bus, in latere angustiore rectis vel leviter concavis, distincte alatis; ramis teretibus, glabris; foliis circiter 15 cm. longis, bipinnatis, rhachibus primariis secundariisque remote retrorse aculeatis, aculeis circiter 1 mm. longis; pinnis 2-paribus, 7-10 cm. longis; foliolis plerumque 3-paribus, chartaceis vel subcoriaceis, aequilateralibus, ovatis vel oblongo-ovatis vel late oblongo-lanceolatis, perspicue obtuse acuminatis, basi obtusis vel subrotundatis, utrinque nitidis, 2.5-5 cm. longis, 1.3-2 cm. latis, subreticulatis, nervis primariis utrinque circiter 10; leguminibus sub- orbicularibus, compressis, 3—3.5 cm. longis, circiter 3 cm. latis, valde inaequilateralibus, in latere latiore suborbicularibus, in latere angustiore subrectis vel convexis et distincte crasse alatis, ala circiter 2 mm. lata, stylis persistentibus circiter 8 mm. longis. Inpo-Cuina, Tonkin, Cao Bang Province, Ban Gioc, A. Petelot 4757, June, 1933. A species in the group with Caesalpinia nuga Ait., but with very dif- ferently shaped fruits, distinctly winged on the nearly straight or slightly convex narrow side, the wider side suborbicular and not at all winged. Bauhinia dolichobotrys sp. nov. (§ Phanera). Frutex alte scandens, inflorescentiis exceptis glaber, ramulis ultimis teretibus, glabris, nitidis, laevibus, purpureo-brunneis, 4-5 mm. dia- metro; foliis oblongo-ellipticis, coriaceis, nitidis, olivaceis, subtus paullo 36 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. xIx pallidioribus, 7-12 cm. longis, 3—5 cm. latis, basi rotundatis, 5-nerviis, apice breviter acuminatis, integris, apiculatis, vel leviter retusis, nervis primariis supra basin utrinque circiter 3, gracilibus, haud perspicuis; petiolo glabro 1.5-3.5 cm. longo; cirrhis glabris vel subglabris, circiter 3 cm. longis, gracilibus; inflorescentiis terminalibus, simpliciter race- oF») saessy Ficure 1. CAESALPINIA STENOPTERA Merr. A, leat: B, fruit. mosis, multifloris, saltem 35 cm. longis, dense breviterque nitide cupreo- pubescentibus, pedicellis circiter 2 cm. longis, bracteolis acicularibus, curvatis, usque ad | cm. longis, alabastris oblongo-ellipsoideis: floribus circiter 4 cm. longis, coccineis, calyce 2 cm. longo, dense breviterque nitide cupreo-pubescente, in parte inferiore circiter 7 mm. longa et 5 mm, diametro cylindraceo, sursum ampliato, et usque ad 1 cm. latis, dentibus 5, vix 3 mm. longis, usque ad 6 mm, latis, plerumque obtusis: petalis omnibus unguiculatis, utrinque plusminusve pubescentibus, 2.5-3 cm. longis, vexillo 1.5 cm. lato, late ovato, basi leviter cordato, 1938 ] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 37 apice obscure apiculato, petalis reliquis angustioribus, rotundatis; staminibus fertilibus 3, filamentis glabris, 3.5 cm. longis, staminoideis 2, glabris, 4-6 mm. longis; ovario pubescente, ovulis circiter 10. Inpo-Cu1Nna, southern Annam, Dalat, R. W. Squires 818, April 17, 1931, climbing to a height of 20 m. in forests along river banks, flowers scarlet. A remarkable species characterized by its oblong-elliptic, entire or very slightly retuse, never cleft or divided leaves, its greatly elongated, terminal, simple, many-flowered simple racemes, and its characteristic flowers. Counting the lower pedicels from which the flowers have fallen and the numerous crowded buds in the upper part of the raceme, each individual raceme may bear in excess of 150 flowers. The racemes elongate gradually as the flowers develop. It is not closely allied to any of the 41 species admitted by Gagnepain as occurring in Indo-China, but in accordance with his arrangements falls in the group of those with three stamens and pubescent ovaries. RUTACEAE Boenninghausenia albiflora (Hook.) Rchb. ex Heynhold, Nomencl. Bot. Hort. 1: 126. 1840; Rehd. Jour. Arnold Arb, 14: 225. 1933. Ruta albiflora Hook. Exot. FI. ¢. 79. 1823-27. Inpo-Cutna, Tonkin, Chapa, alt. 1600 m., Petelot 4762, August, 1933. India to Japan, southward to Luzon and Java. The genus is new to Indo-China. SIMARUBACEAE Ailanthus sutchuensis Dode, Bull. Soc. Dendr. France 1907: 192, fig. a. Repert. Sp. Nov. 7: 8. 1909. Ailanthus altissima (Mill.) Swingle var. sutchuensis Rehd. & Wils. (sutchuenensis) in Sargent, Pl. Wils. 3: 449. 1917. Inpo-Cu1na, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 5832, August, 1930, alt. about 1600 m. Yunnan, Szechuan, Hupeh. Dode’s species is a weak one, very closely allied to Ailanthus altissima (Mill.) Swingle, a common species in China, usually known as A glandulosa Desf. Rehder & Wilson may be correct in reducing it to varietal status under A. altissima. The fruits, however, are distinctly larger than in the latter species. MELIACEAE Munronia Petelotii sp. nov. FIGURE 2. Suffrutex erectus, simplex, circiter 30 cm. altus; caulibus teretibus, 38 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX deorsum glabris, pallidis, sursum plusminusve breviter pubescentibus, novellis dense pubescentibus; foliis 1-foliolatis, longe petiolatis, mem- branaceis, oblongis vel late oblongo-oblanceolatis, 9-11 cm. longis, 2-3 cm. latis, integris, supra glabris, subtus obscure breviter pubescenti- bus, basi cuneatis vel acutis, apice acutis vel obtusis apiculatisque, nervis Sanne ee ee = = gE er 1 | 3) Figure 2. Munronta Peterotit Merr. A, an entire plant; B,a flower, enlarged; C, details of the staminal tube showing two anthers and the cleft lobes. Pa primariis utrinque 5 vel 6, gracilibus, vix vel obscure arcuato-anasto- mosantibus; petiolo gracili, leviter pubescente, 2.5—3 cm. longo; floribus paucis, pedicellis circiter 7 mm. longis; sepalis 5, anguste oblongis, obtusis, leviter pubescentibus, 2.5 mm. longis, 0.8 mm. latis; corollae tubo 1.5 cm. longo, extus consperse parcissime pubescente, circiter 1.5 mm, diametro; lobis 5, obovatis, 7-8 mm. longis, 4.5—5 mm. latis, apice rotundatis, leviter cucullatis, tubo stamineo exserto, lobis ad 1 mm. longis, fissis; antheris quam lobis duplo longioribus. INDo-CHINA, Annam, Quang Binh Province, My Duc, Petelot s, n. 1938 |] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 39 July, 1930, a small plant growing in a hole or cavity on the wall of a cave. Herb. N. Y. Botanical Garden. This is apparently sufficiently characterized by its slenderly petioled, thin, entire, 1-foliolate leaves. The lower part of the stem of the single plant seen appears as if it might have been decumbent. Munronia heterophylla sp. nov. Suffrutex erectus, simplex, 15-30 cm. altus, caulibus_ teretibus, glabris, 2 mm. diametro, sursum breviter pubescentibus; foliis in parti- bus superioribus plusminusve confertis, pinnatis, 3- vel 5-foliolatis, 5-10 cm. longis, petiolo breviter pubescente, foliolis membranaceis, olivaceis, valde variabilibus, integris vel irregulariter crenato-serratis vel crenatis, obovatis vel lanceolatis, apice rotundatis vel acuminatis, 1.5—-5 cm. longis, 0.6-2 cm. latis, utrinque parce consperseque pube- scentibus, nervis primariis utrinque 3-7, gracilibus; inflorescentiis axillaribus terminalibusque 1-floris vel depauperato-racemosis, breviter pubescentibus; floribus albidis, 5-meris, sepalis oblongis, obtusis vel acutis, breviter pubescentibus, 2 mm. longis; corollae tubo glabro, cir- citer 2.3 cm. longo 1 mm. diametro; lobis 5, patulis, glabris, ellipticis, subacutis, 1.3-1.5 cm. longis, 5-7 mm. latis; tubo stamineo 3 cm. longo, perspicue exserto, glabro; antheris 8, vix 1 mm. longis; disco cylindrico, 7 mm. longo; ovario obscure pubescente. Inpo-CHr1Na, southern Annam, near Dalat, R. W. Squires 823, April 12, 1932, in open rocky forests, only a few plants seen. This is apparently most closely allied to Munronia sinica Harms from which it differs notably in its vegetative characters and in its much shorter flowers. It is not closely allied to the two species hitherto recorded from Indo-China, Munronia pauciflora Harms and M. Robin- sonii Pellegr. More often the lower leaves are 3-foliolate and rather prominently toothed, while the upper ones usually have 5 leaflets which are normally entire and often larger than those on the lower leaves; again the terminal leaflet is always larger than the lateral ones. EUPHORBIACEAE Acalypha Gagnepainii nom. nov. Acalypha siamensis Gagnep. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 70: 874, Feb. 28, 1923, Lecomte Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 5: 340. 1925, non Oliv. 1922. S1aM, Pierre. Acalypha siamensis Oliv. in Gage, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 9: 238. 1922; Ridl. Fl. Malay Penin. 3: 274. 1924. 40 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIx Acalypha Evrardii Gagnep. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 70:871. 1923, Lecomte FI]. Gén. Indo-Chine 5: 336. 1925. Inpo-CuiNnA, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra. Aporosa yunnanensis (Pax & Hoffm.) Metcalf, Lingnan Sci. Jour. 10: 486. 1931. Aporosa Wallichtt Hook. f. var. yunnanensis Pax & Hoffm. Pflanzenr. 81 (IV. 147. xv): 90. 1922. A porosa lanceolata sensu Hance, Jour. Bot. 17: 14. 1879, non Thwaites. INpo-CuHINA, Tonkin, Hoa Binh Province, route from Hanoi to Hoa Binh, Petelot 5867, May 23, 1936, a shrub 3 to 4 m. high, in thickets, calcareous formations. Yunnan, Kwangsi, Kwangtung, and Hainan. This may have been included by Gagnepain, Lecomte Fl. Gén. Indo- Chine 5: 562. 1927, in his concept of Aporosa Wallichii Hook. f., as he credits the latter to Yunnan. Macaranga Henryi (Pax & Hoffm.) Rehd. Sunyatsenia 3: 240. 1936. Mallotus Henryi Pax & Hoffm. Pflanzenr. 63 (IV. 147. vii): 177. 1914. Inpo-Cu1naA, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 1390, 1799, July, 1924, and 1925, with pistillate and staminate flowers. Kwangsi and Yunnan. Rehder in transferring this distinct species from Mallotus to Maca- ranga, where it manifestly belongs, has given a very complete description based on abundant material. It belongs in the section ECHINOCARPAE. PENTAPHYLACACEAE Pentaphylax spicata sp. nov. Arbor glabra, circiter 20 m. alta, ramis ramulisque teretibus, ramulis ultimis circiter 2 mm. diametro; foliis coriaceis, ellipticis vel oblongo- ellipticis, 6-10 cm. longis, 3-5 cm. latis, perspicue acuminatis, basi acutis, supra olivaceo-viridibus; nervis primariis utrinque circiter 7, gracilibus, adscendentibus, haud perspicuis, obscure anastomosantibus; petiolo 1-1.5 cm. longo; inflorescentiis spicatis, axillaribus, binis, usque ad 6 cm. longis; floribus ignotis; fructibus junioribus ellipsoideis, 5 mm. longis, glabris 5-loculatis, stylis 2 mm. longis, stigmatibus 5, brevissimis; sepalis persistentibus 5, coriaceis, late ovatis, obtusis, 2.5 mm. longis, margine breviter ciliatis; bracteolis binis, ovatis, acutis vel obtusis, 1.5 mm. longis, margine leviter ciliatis. Inpo-CuHINA, Tonkin, Chapa, Massif du Fan Tre Pan, Petelot 4376, July, 1931, alt. about 1400 m. Massif du Tam Dao, Petelot 3213, 4560, April and May, 1931, alt. 1400 m. A Symplocos-like species, allied to Pentaphylax euryoides Gardn. & Champ. of southeastern China, but with strictly spicate, not racemose 1938] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 41 infructescences, normally 2 spikes in each axil. The genus is new to Indo-China, the previously known representatives being P. euryoides Gardn, & Champ. and P. racemosa Merr. which may not be distinct from P. euryoides, both from southeastern China, and P. malayana Ridl. and P. arborea Ridl. of the Malay Peninsula. AQUIFOLIACEAE Ilex macrocarpa Oliv. Hook. Ic. 18: ¢. 1787. 1888. Inpo-Cu1na, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 4396, September, 1931, alt. about 1500 m. Hupeh, Anhwei, Kwangsi, Kwangtung, Kweichow, and Yunnan; new to Indo-China. CELASTRACEAE Celastrus gemmata Loesen. Bot. Jahrb. 30: 468. 1902; Rehd. Jour. Arnold Arb. 14: 250. 1933. Inpo-Cutna, Tonkin, Chapa, Massif du Song Ta Van, Petelot 5829, 5946, August, 1930, and April, 1936, alt. about 1950 m. Shantung to Kwangtung, westward to Kweichow, Seeman and Yunnan in China. Celastrus Hookeri Prain, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 73(2): 197. 1904; Rehd. & Wils. in Sargent, Pl. Wils. 2: 352.1915. Inpo-Curna, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 5936, April, 1936, alt. 1500 m. Fukien, Kwangtung, Kweichow, Kwangsi, Szechuan, and Yunnan in China, and Khasia and Sikkim in India. Celastrus Loeseneri Rehd. & Wils. in Sargent, Pl. Wils. 2: 350. 1915. Inpo-Cutna, Tonkin, Chapa, Massif du Song Ta Van, Petelot 5941, April, 1936, a large liana, flowers greenish, alt. about 1700 m. Hupeh, Kansu, Shensi, Szechuan, and Yunnan. Celastrus monosperma Roxb. Hort. Bengal. 18. 1814, nomen nudum, 1. Ind. 2: 394. 1824; Rehd. & Wils. in Sargent, Pl. Wils. 2: 357: 1915. INpo-Cu1NA, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 5931, April, 1936, in open forests, alt. 1600 m. Bengal and Assam to Yunnan and Kwangtung. Evonymus Petelotii sp. nov. Frutex erectus, glaber, ramis atro-brunneis, teretibus vel obscure sulcato-angulatis, ultimis circiter 2 mm. diametro, internodiis 3.5—7 cm. longis; foliis chartaceis, oblongo-ovatis vel oblongo-ellipticis, utrinque subolivaceo-viridibus concoloribus, nitidis, brevissime petiolatis, 7-12 cm. longis, 4—5 cm. latis, obtusis acutis vel leviter acuminatis, basi late rotundatis vel obtusis, margine crenulato-serrulatis, dentibus parvis, 42 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIx 1-2 mm. remotis, plerumque breviter apiculatis; nervis primariis utrinque 6-7, gracilibus, utrinque paullo elevatis, curvatis, arcuato- anastomosantibus; petiolo circiter 2 mm. longo; cymis axillaribus, soli- tariis, circiter 6 cm. longis (pedunculo gracili, circiter 3 cm. longo), paucifloris, dichotomis, usque ad 4 cm. latis, ramis primariis ad 1.5 cm. longis; floribus 4-meris, circiter 8 mm. diametro, petalis integris, orbiculari-ellipticis, rotundatis, 2.5-3 mm. longis. INpo-Cuina, Tonkin, Chapa, A. Petelot 5942, April, 1936, a shrub with greenish flowers growing along the borders of torrents, alt. about 1200 m. A species that in some respects suggests Euonymus Bockii Loes, and doubtless as closely allied to that as to any other described species. The leaves are much thinner, while the slenderly peduncled lax cymes are very different, being much longer than in Loesener’s species. Evonymus Balansae Sprague, Kew Bull. 1908: 180. Euonymus rhodacanthus Pitard, Lecomte Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 1: 870. 912 (syn. nov.) Both species are based on material collected by Balansa at Dong- Dang, Tonkin, cited by Sprague as Balansa 1451; Pitard cites merely the collector, not the number. Clearly a single species is represented, Pitard having overlooked Sprague’s earlier description. Evonymus Forbesiana Loesen. Bot. Jahrb. 30: 457. 1902: Rehd. Jour. Arnold Arb, 14: 246. 1933. INpo-CHINA, Tonkin, Bac Giang Province, between Pho Vi and Thanh Moi, Petelot 5870, June 5, 1935, a shrub in open forests. Kwei- chow, Szechuan, and Yunnan. STAPHYLEACEAE Turpinia montana (Blume) Kurz, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 64(2): 182. 875; Koord, Atlas Baumart. Java 1: ¢. 92. 1913: Merr. Contr. Arnold Arb. 8: 93. 1934, cum syn. Zanthoxylum montanum — Bijdr. 248. 1825. Maurocenia Zollingeri O. Ktze. Rev. Gen. Pl, 150. 1891. Turpinia parva saa & Val. Meded. Lands Plantent. 61: 249. 1903 (Bijdr. Boomsoort. Java 9: 24¢ Turpinia gracilis Nakai, Jour. Arnold Arb. 5: 79, 1924. INpo-Cuina, Anna, Mount Bana, Clemens 3894, May-July, 1903; Tonkin, Hoa Binh Srovuice, Muong Thon, route from Hanoi to Hoa Binh | Petelot 5259, May 23, 1936. I am unable to distinguish Turpinia gracilis Nakai, based on Henry 12039, from Yunnan, from Blume’s species. Rock 1548 from Siam is 1938] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 43 also referable here. Turpinia glaberrima Merr. of Kwangtung and Hainan is doubtfully distinct. Burma, Sumatra, Java. Turpinia cochinchinensis (Lour.) comb. nov. Triceros cochinchinensis Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 184. 1790, ed. 2, 230. 1793. Maurocenia cochinchinensis O. Ktze. Rev. Gen. Pl. 150. 1891. Turpinia nepalensis Wall. List no. 4277, 1830, nomen nudum; W. & A. Prodr, 156. 1834; Merr. Contr. Arnold Arb. 8: 94. 1934, cum syn. Inpo-Cutna, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 5216, 5929, July, 1930, and April, 1935, alt. about 1500 m.; Hanoi to Hoa Binh, Petelot 5388, March, 1935; Annam, Mount Bana, Clemens 3791, May-July, 1927. The authors of the “Flore générale de l’Indo-Chine” apparently over- looked this genus (and family), although at least three species of Tur- pinia occur in Indo-China. This form has been confused with T. pomifera (Roxb.) DC., a species of British India with much larger fruits, that does not occur in southeastern Asia or in Malaysia. In my extensive paper on Loureiro’s species (Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. II 24(2): 246, 1935) I merely indicated that Triceros cochinchinensis Lour. was a Turpinia. I am now convinced that Clemens 3791, a fruiting speci- men from reasonably near the probable type locality (Hue), represents Loureiro’s species, for this specimen has fruits with three short horns (remains of the styles) mentioned by Loureiro, and the character whence he derived his generic name. India to southern China, and Malaysia. Turpinia indochinensis sp. nov. Arbor glabra, circiter 10 m. alta, ramis ramulisque teretibus, ultimis circiter 3 mm. diametro, internodiis 3-7 cm. longis; foliis simplicibus, ellipticis vel obovato-ellipticis, coriaceis, 8-19 cm. longis, 4-10 cm. latis, in sicco olivaceo-brunneis, acuminatis, basi late acutis, margine sub- incrassato-serratis, dentibus plusminusve incurvato-apiculatis, nervis primariis utrinque 8-12, manifestis; petiolo 1.5-3 cm. longo, inflore- scentiis paniculatis, terminalibus, pedunculatis, multifloris, usque ad 12 cm. longis: floribus numerosis, in ramulis ultimis plus minusve confertis, 5-6 mm. longis, pedicellis circiter 2 mm. longis, bracteolis quam pedicellis paullo brevioribus; sepalis subcoriaceis, ellipticis vel obovato-ellipticis, 3-5 mm. longis; petalis submembranaceis, anguste oblongo-obovatis vel late oblanceolatis, quam sepalis paullo brevioribus; filamentis latis, planis, petalis subaequantibus; ovario glabro, 3-loculari, stylis 3, brevibus. Inpo-Curna, Tonkin, Massif du Tam Dao, Petelot 3881, November, 1930, alt. about 900 m., a tree 10 m. high with white flowers. The striking character of this species is its simple leaves which in texture and general appearance approximate those of some forms that 44, JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL XIx are currently referred to Turpinia pomifera DC. and T. nepalensis Wall., these and their allied species, however, always having pinnate leaves. ICACINACEAE Gomphandra obscurinervis sp. nov. Frutex circiter 3 m. altus, ramulis et petiolis et inflorescentiis adpresse pubescentibus, ceteroquin glabris; ramis teretibus, ramulis ultimis 1 mm. diametro; foliis lanceolatis, coriaceis, in sicco subatris vel brunneis, nitidis, 5-12 cm. longis, .7—-2.5 mm. latis, acuminatis, basi acutis, nervis primariis utrinque 5—7, distantibus, curvatis, obscuris, obscure anasto- mosantibus, interdum obsoletis, reticulis plerumque obsoletis; petiolo 5-10 mm. longo; cymis axillaribus subterminalibusque, pedunculatis, trichotomis, circiter 3 cm. longis, leviter adpresse pubescentibus, pedunculo circiter 1 cm. longo; floribus 4- vel 5-meris, sessilibus, plerumque in triadibus in ramulis ultimis dispositis, calycibus cupulatis, glabris, 1.5 mm. longis latisque, truncatis, dentibus 4 vel 5, minutissimis: corolla 5 mm. longa, lobis plerumque 4, triangulari-ovatis, acutis, apice inflexo-appendiculatis; staminibus 5, filamentis 5-6 mm. longis, sursum intusque barbatis, antheris ellipsoideis, 1 mm. longis; fructibus oblongis, cylindricis, glabris, 2 cm. longis. INpo-Curna, Tonkin, Massif du Tam Dao, A. Petelot 4359 (type), May, 1931, alt. 1100 m.; Chapa, A. Petelot 4463, September, 1932, alt. about 1600 m. A species among the very few known from Indo-China apparently most closely allied to Gomphandra cambodiana Pierre. It is well char- acterized by its narrow, lanceolate, obscurely nerved leaves. Platea latifolia Blume, Bijdr. 647. 1826; Ridl. Fl. Malay Penin. 1: 426. 1922. INpo-Cuina, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 1787, April, 1925, alt. about 1500 m.; Annam, route to Haut Donai, Poilane 20987, Sept. 24, 1932. Java, Malay Peninsula, Hainan; the first representative of the genus to be recorded from Indo-China. ACERACEAE Acer decandrum Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour, 11: 47. 1932, Merr, & Chun, Sunyatsenia 2: 269. t. 56. 1935. Inpo-Cuina, Tonkin, Tam Dao, Petelot 5060, October 15, 1936, a tree 5 m. high, alt. about 900 m. Hainan, Acer Fabri Hance, Jour, Bot. 22: 76. 1884; Metcalf, Lingnan Sci. Jour. 11: 204. 1932. 1938] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 45 Invo-Cutna, Tonkin, between Chapa and Lo Qui Ho, in deep ravines, alt. about 1600 m., Petelot 5823, April, 1936. Kwangtung, Kwangsi, Szechuan, and Hainan, with a variety extending to Hupeh, Kiangsi and Kweichow. Acer Fenzelianum Hand.-Mazz. Oester. Bot. Zeitschr. 82: 250. 1933. The type of this was a specimen collected at Chapa by Fenzel. It is represented by Petelot 5059 bis from the same locality, August, 1931. Acer oblongum Wall. var. concolor Pax in Hook. Ic. 19: sub ¢. 1897. 1889, Pflanzenr. 8(IV. 163): 32. 1902. Inpo-Cu1na, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 5366, Sept., 1930, in forests, alt. about 1500 m. The species from India to central China, the variety in China, SAPINDACEAE Allophylus macrodontus sp. nov. Suffrutex 0.8 m. altus (fide collectoris), caulibus teretibus, perspicue lenticellatis, glabris vel subglabris, circiter 4 mm. diametro, cortice pallide brunneo; foliis longe petiolatis, 3-foliolatis, petiolo 10 cm. longo, consperse adpresse pubescente; foliolis in sicco utrinque viridibus, mem- branaceis, utrinque glabris vel ad costam breviter adpresse pubescenti- bus, oblongo-ellipticis, 16-20 cm. longis, 7-9 cm. latis, acuminatis, basi acutis, deorsum integris, in parte superiore grosse et irregulariter subundulato-dentatis, dentibus paucis, 2-3 cm. distantibus, aliquando 1.5 cm. latis, subrotundatis apiculatisque; nervis primariis utrinque circiter 12, gracilibus, perspicuis; petiolulis breviter adpresse pubescenti- bus; inflorescentiis axillaribus, gracilibus, simplicibus, racemosis, brevi- ter depauperato-pubescentibus, petiolum subaequantibus; floribus pro genere inter minores, circiter 3.5 mm. diametro, breviter (1 mm.) pedicellatis, solitariis, 1-2 mm. remotis, sepalis suborbicularibus, glabris, concavis, 2 mm. longis, petalis sepala aequantibus, deorsum angustatis, sursum barbatis; filamentis glabris; ovario leviter pubescente. INpo-Cu1Nna, Tonkin, Sontoy Province, route to the Notre Dame rocks, A. Petelot 5909, October 8, 1936. A species characterized not only by its small size for those in the trifoliolate group, the plant being less than one meter high, but also by its long-petioled, 3-foliolate, very coarsely undulate-toothed, uniformly green, membranaceous, glabrous leaflets, and by its solitary, simple, slender, few-flowered, simple racemes that are about as long as the petioles, the flowers not at all crowded, mostly 1 to 2 mm. apart and solitary, very rarely two together. After Radlkofer’s arrangement of the species it belongs in the group with Allophylus serratus Radlk., 46 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VOL. XIX A, fuscus Radlk., A. sootepensis Craib, and A. viridis Radlk., dis- tinguished from all by numerous characters, the most evident one being perhaps the coarsely repand-toothed leaves. Allophylus Petelotii sp. nov. Frutex scandens, partibus junioribus inflorescentiisque exceptis glaber, ramis teretibus, glabris, subgriseis, ramulis 2 mm. diametro, consperse adpresseque pubescentibus; foliis 1-foliolatis, late oblanceolatis, chartaceis vel submembranaceis, 15-19 cm. longis, 4-6 cm, latis, supra olivaceis, glabris, nitidis, subtus pallidioribus, obscure pubescentibus vel glabrescentibus, deorsum integris, sursum distanter denticulatis, basi acu- tis, apice acuminatis, nervis primariis utrinque circiter 10, curvatis, anas- tomosantibus, distinctis; petiolo consperse pubescente, 1 cm. longo; inflorescentiis axillaribus, solitariis, simpliciter racemosis, folia sub- aequantibus, breviter consperse pubescentibus, pedicellis circiter 1.5 mm, longis, glabris; floribus albidis, 2.5 mm. diametro, sepalis binis exterioribus orbiculari-ovatis, obtusis, leviter pubescentibus, 1 mm. diametro, binis interioribus petaloideis, orbiculari-obovatis, concavis, 2 mm. diametro; petalis 4, membranaceis, leviter pubescentibus, 1.5—1.8 mm, longis, obtusis, squamis crassis, leviter pubescentibus, 1 mm. longis; filamentis glabris, 2 mm. longis, ovario 2-loculari, leviter pubescente. [INpo-CuiNaA, Tonkin, Massif du Tam Dao, A. Petelot 4360 (type), May, 1931, “liane a fleurs blanches.” Also represented by Petelot 4814 from Pho Vi, Province of Bac Giang, May, 1933, a shrub 1.5 m. high. A species unrelated to any of those recorded from Indo-China, char- acterized by its simple leaves and racemes, the latter about equalling the former in length. It resembles Allophylus samarensis Merr. of the Philippines. Allophylus viridis Radlk. Sitzungsber. Math.-Phys. KI]. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. 38: 229. 1909, Pflanzenr. 98b (IV-165) : 564. 1932. INpo-CHINA, Tonkin, Cho Ganh, Petelot 1237, September, 1923, on limestone hills. Hainan; the species is new to Indo-China. BRETSCHNEIDERACEAE Bretschneidera pao ies Hook. Ic. 28: ¢. 2708. 1901; Chun, Sunyatsenia 1: 265. INpo-CHINA, Tonkin, Ge Petelot 5830, 5831, April, 1936, in forests, alt. about 1500 m. Hunan, Kweichow, i ieniaiie: and Yunnan. A striking addition to the Indo-Chinese flora, this sole representative of the family previously known only from China. 1938 ] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 47 SABIACEAE Meliosma Clremensiorum sp. nov. ($Pinnatae ) Arbor parva; ramis teretibus, lenticellatis, glabris, pallidis, ramulis ultimis leviter pubescentibus, circiter 4 mm. diametro; foliis pinnatis, circiter 45 cm. longis, petiolis breviter adpresse pubescentibus, foliolis plerumque 11, integris, chartaceis vel subcoriaceis, oblongo-ellipticis vel oblongis, 9-17 cm. longis, 4-7 cm. latis, superioribus majoribus, basi acutis, apice breviter acuminatis, supra olivaceis, glabris vel ad costam breviter pubescentibus, subtus pallidioribus, ad costam nervosque breviter adpresse pubescentibus, nervis primariis utrinque in foliis in- ferioribus circiter 8, in foliis superioribus circiter 15, subtus manifestis, elevatis, arcuato-anastomosantibus; paniculis saltem 15 cm. longis, pedunculatis, breviter brunneo-pubescentibus, ramis primariis paucis, inferioribus ad 10 cm. longis, floribus sessilibus, in ramulis ultimis spicatim dispositis, haud confertis, spicis 1-2 cm. longis, paucilloris; bracteis bracteolisque ovatis, acutis vel acuminatis, pubescentibus, 0.5 mm. longis; sepalis ovatis, glabris vel subglabris; ovario subgloboso, pubescente, circiter 1 mm. diametro, stylis glabris, ovarium aequantibus. Inpo-Curna, Annam, Mount Bana, J. & M.S. Clemens 3775, May- July, 1927, a small tree in forests, flowers dull yellow. This is the first pinnate-leaved species of the genus to be recorded from Indo-China. Its alliance seems manifestly to be with Meliosma Arnotti- ana Walp., from which it differs not only in its indumentum but also in its spicately and rather distantly arranged flowers, those of Walpers’ species being glomerate on the ultimate branchlets. Meliosma dolichobotrys sp. nov. (§ Simplices). Arbor parva 6-8 m. alta, ramulis novellis inflorescentiisque exceptis glabra vel subglabra, ramis teretibus, ultimis circiter 3 mm. diametro, lenticellatis, obscure breviter pubescentibus; foliis late oblongo-oblanceo- latis vel oblongo-obovatis, chartaceis, integerrimis, apice acutis vel rotundatis, basi acutis, utrinque manifeste et dense sed non profunde subfoveolatis, reticulis ultimis vix 0.3 mm, diametro, supra olivaceis, nitidis, subtus pallidioribus, utrinque ad costam nervosque obscure con- sperse pubescentibus, ceteroquin glabris, 9-16 cm. longis, 4—8 cm. latis, nervis primariis utrinque 12-18, subtus elevatis, manifestis, sub mar- ginem curvato-anastomosantibus; petiolo 2.5-3.5 cm, longo, consperse adpresseque breviter pubescente; paniculis terminalibus, solitariis, erectis, longe pedunculatis atque exsertis, pedunculo circiter 10 cm. longo, paniculis diffusis, multifloris, circiter 20 cm. longis, ramis primariis paucis, patulis, 12-15 cm. longis, perspicue pubescentibus; floribus 48 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIx sessilibus, numerosis, parvis, in ramulis ultimis dense spicatim dispositis, vix glomerulos formantibus; bracteis lanceolatis, acuminatis, pubescenti- bus, bracteolis minoribus; sepalis ovatis, margine ciliatis, ceteroquin glabris; ovario glabro. INDo-CuINA, Tonkin, Thai Nguyen Province, between Thai Nguyen and Phan Mé, A. Petelot 4801, May, 1933, in open forests. In some respects this species resembles Meliosma Fordii Hemsl. but differs remarkably in its long-peduncled, exserted panicles and _ its rounded, obtuse, or somewhat acute but not acuminate leaves which are minutely and shallowly subfoveolate on both surfaces, the ultimate reticulations being about 0.3 mm. in diameter. Meliosma sterrophylla sp. nov. (§ Simplices). Arbor 7-8 m. alta, inflorescentiis leviter pubescentibus exceptis glabra, ramis ramulisque teretibus, rigidis, ultimis 3 mm. diametro; foliis sim- plicibus, integerrimis, rigidis, coriaceis, ellipticis vel obovato-ellipticis, longe petiolatis, 10-15 cm. longis, 4.5-8 cm. latis, breviter obtuse acuminatis, basi acutis vel decurrenti-acuminatis, in sicco supra laevibus, subcastaneis, subtus pallidioribus, brunneis, utrinque glaberrimis; nervis primariis utrinque circiter 12, supra leviter impressis, subtus valde elevatis, perspicuis, arcuato-anastomosantibus, reticulis primariis ele- vatis, perspicuis, undulato-subparallelis; petiolo 2.5—4 cm. longo, glabro; paniculis terminalibus et in axillis superioribus, circiter 15 cm. longis, rigidis, ramosis, consperse breviter brunneo-pubescentibus, floribus in ramulis ultimis subspicatim dispositis, haud glomeratis, sessilibus, brac- teis ovatis, leviter pubescentibus, 1.5 mm. longis; sepalis interioribus ovatis, rotundatis vel obtusis, glabris vel leviter pubescentibus, circiter 1 mm. longis; ovario globoso, glaberrimo, haud 1 mm. longo, stylis aequilongis. Inpo-Curna, Tonkin, Massif du Fan Tsi Pan, near Chapa, A. Petelot 4532, alt. about 1400 m., February, 1932. Among the simple leaved species Meliosma sterrophylla Merr. is dis- tinguished by its rigid glabrous branches and branchlets, its stiff, entire, prominently nerved, long-petioled, glabrous leaves, its stiff panicles which are only slightly pubescent, and its glabrous ovaries, the flowers spicately arranged on the ultimate branchlets, not in glomerules. Its alliance is with M. Tsangtakii Merr. of Hainan, but that species has distinctly pubescent leaves. Meliosma Petelotii sp. nov. (§ Simplices). Species M. rigidae S. et Z. affinis, differt areolis ultimis in foliis subtus planis, haud subfoveolatis, foliis glabris vel parcissime pubescentibus. 1938 ] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 49 Arbor 5-6 m, alta, ramis ramulisque teretibus, breviter subcinereo- pubescentibus vel puberulis, ultimis 3—4 mm. diametro; foliis lanceolatis vel oblanceolatis, coriaceis, 15-24 cm. longis, 2.5—7.5 cm. latis, distanter conspicue serratis, dentibus acutis vel acuminatis, 1-2 cm. remotis, margine deorsum integris, apice acuminatis, basi cuneatis, supra costa impressa puberula excepta glabris, olivaceo-brunneis, subtus pallidiori- bus, glabris vel ad costam nervosque obscure breviter pubescentibus; nervis primariis utrinque 16—22, subtus valde elevatis, perspicuis, sub marginem arcuato-confluentibus, reticulis ultimis manifestis, laxis; petiolo 1.5-2 cm. longo, puberulo; paniculis angustis, solitariis, termi- nalibus, dense breviter adpresse subferrugineo-pubescentibus, breviter pedunculatis, circiter 15 cm. longis, ramis primariis circiter 3 cm. longis, multifloris, floribus sessilibus, in ramulis ultimis glomeratim confertis; bracteis lanceolatis, acuminatis, 1.5 mm. longis, pubescentibus, bracteolis multo minoribus; sepalis late ovatis, concavis, rotundatis vel obtusis, glabris vel margine minute ciliatis, 1.5 mm. longis; ovario ovoideo, 1 mm. longo, glabro, stylis aequilongis. Inpo-CuHtNnA, Tonkin, near Chapa, A. Petelot 3556 (type), 5862, August, 1929, and July, 1935, in open forests, alt. about 1500 m. Both of these specimens were originally referred to Meliosma sim- plicifolia (Roxb.) Walp., but there were so many manifest differences that a more critical study was made of the available material. The conclusion is that a species very closely allied to the Japanese Meliosma rigida Sieb. & Zucc. is represented, there being, however, great differ- ences in the indumentum between this Indo-Chinese form and Japanese material and in the details of the reticulations. In the latter the ultimate reticulations on the lower surfaces of the leaves are more or less foveo- late, in the present one the areolae are smooth, not at all impressed. Meliosma dumicola W. W. Sm. Notes Bot. Gard. Edinb. 13: 170. 1921. INpo-Cutna, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 5863, April, 1936, alt. about 1500 m. Yunnan, Hainan. Petelot 3944 from the same locality, dis- tributed as M. simplicifolia Roxb., apparently represents the same species. Meliosma Fordii Hemsl. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 144. 1886. Inpo-Curna, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 5453, April, 1935. Kwangsi, Kwangtung, and Hainan; new to the Indo-China flora. RHAMNACEAE Rhamnus griseus sp. nov. Arbor inermis, circiter 10 m. alta; foliis subtus dense minuteque 50 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. X1x pallide griseo- ad subcinereo-puberulis, ramis glabris, teretibus, ramulis breviter pubescentibus; foliis alternis, discoloribus, supra olivaceis, glabris, nitidis, subtus pallide cinereis, chartaceis vel subcoriaceis, oblongo-lanceolatis vel oblongis, 6-15 cm. longis, 1.5—5 cm. latis, tenuiter acuteque acuminatis, basi late acutis vel subrotundatis, inte- gerrimis; nervis primariis utrinque 10-12, gracilibus, distinctis, ad marginem curvatis, obscure anastomosantibus; petiolo 1-2 cm. longo, pubescente; infructescentiis axillaribus, fructibus globoso-obovoideis, glabris, 5 mm. longis, fasciculatis, raro solitariis, vel depauperato- umbellatis, pedunculo usque 5—7 mm. longis, calycibus persistentibus puberulis, disciformibus, 2 mm. diametro. Inpo-Cu1na, Tonkin, Chapa, A. Petelot 4371 (type), July, 1931, 4568, August, 1929, alt. 1500 to 1600 m., fruits red. A species strongly characterized by its leaves being glabrous oliva- ceous and shining above, and pale cinereous or pale gray and densely puberulent beneath. The fruits are axillary, or in pairs, or up to 5 in fascicles or in shortly peduncled umbels. Ventilago leiocarpa Benth. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 5: 77. 1860. Inpo-Curna, Tonkin, Thai Nguyen Province, Thai Nguyen to Phan Mé, and Thai Nguyen to Bac Kon, Petelot 4690, 4807, April and May, 1933. Formosa, Kwangtung, Kwangsi, and Hainan. The Malay Penin- sula form referred here by some authors is Ventilago malaccensis Ridl. VITACEAE Ampelopsis cantoniensis (H. & A.) K. Koch, var. grossedentata Hand.-Maz, Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien 59: 104. 1922. Inpo-Cuina, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 5818, July, 1937, a liana 4 to 5 m. long, alt. 1500 m. Fukien, Kwangtung, Kiangsi, and Kweichow. Vitis multijugata Lév. is a synonym. ELAEOCARPACEAE Elaeocarpus Griffithii (Wight) A. Gray, Wilkes U. S. Expl. Exped. Bot. 1: 203. 1854; Kurz Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 39(2): 68. 1870; Mast. in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 1: 408. 1874; Gagnep. in Lecomte Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 1: 570, 1911. Elaeocar pus argyrodes Hance, Jour. Bot. 15: 330. 1877 (syn. nov.). The type of Hance’s species was a specimen collected in Cambodia by Pierre, the species not having been accounted for by Gagnepain in his treatment of the Indo-Chinese species; unfortunately Hance cited neither the collector nor the locality in describing his species. The reduction 1938 ] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 51 has been made from Hance’s description and an inspection of an excel- lent photograph of his type kindly supplied by Dr. J. Ramsbottom of the British Museum, Natural History. Practically all modern authors, including King, Ridley, Gagnepain, and others, credit the binomial Elaeocarpus Griffithii to Masters, who independently published it by transfer in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 1: 408. 1874. However, Kurz had made the same transfer four years earlier, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 39(2): 68. 1870, and both Kurz and Masters were long antedated by A. Gray. The three botanists independently based the binomial under Elaeocarpus on Monoceras Griffithii Wight, Il. 1: 84. 1838, which is earlier than Monoceras Griffithiti K. Muell. Annot. Elaeocarp. 12. 1849, the latter being a synonym of E. paniculatus Wall. The species occurs in Burma, Siam, Indo-China, the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo. Elaeocarpus griseo-puberulus sp. nov. (§ Dicera). Arbor circiter 15 m., alta, partibus junioribus et inflorescentiis et foliis subtus perspicue cinereo- vel griseo-puberulis; ramis teretibus, glabris, lenticellatis, circiter 4 mm. diametro, novellis dense puberulis; foliis oblongis, chartaceis vel subcoriaceis, 9-11 cm. longis, 3-4 cm. latis, leviter crenato-serratis dentibus subapiculatis, supra glabris, suboliva- ceis, subtus pallidioribus, dense adpresse puberulis, apice breviter acumi- natis, basi acutis; nervis primariis utrinque 9-12, subtus perspicuis, elevatis, curvato-adscendentibus, obscure arcuato-anastamosantibus, reticulis haud perspicuis; petiolo puberulo, circiter 2 cm. longo; racemis numerosis in axillis defoliatis, puberulis, 6-7 cm. longis; floribus numero- sis, 5-meris, pedicellis circiter 4 mm. longis; sepalis anguste oblongis, acutis, puberulis, 4 mm. longis; petalis 6 mm. longis, deorsum angusta- tis, laciniatis laciniis 8-9 linearibus 2—2.5 mm. longis, extus glabris, intus deorsum obscure pubescentibus, margine leviter ciliatis; stamini- bus circiter 15, filamentis brevibus, antheris oblongis, scabridulis, loculis subaequalibus, 1.5—1.8 mm. longis, obtusis; ovario ovoideo, dense cinereo- pubescente, stylis circiter 4 mm. longis, deorsum consperse subadpresse pubescentibus, sursum glabris; disco dense pubescente, annulato, cir- citer 1.5 mm. diametro, obscure crenulat INpo-CuHINA, Tonkin, Chapa, A. ae 3283, September, 1928, forests, alt. about 1500 m. A species which I have not been able to refer to any described species, characterized by its short, usually dense, appressed, cinereous or sub- cinereous, puberulent indumentum, characteristic of the tips of the branchlets, inflorescences, petioles, and the lower surfaces of the leaves. 52 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX TILIACEAE Tilia mesembrinos sp. nov. Arbor, ramis ramulisque teretibus, glaberrimis, ultimis circiter 2 mm. diametro; foliis oblique inaequilateraliterque ovatis, circiter 10 cm. longis et 6 cm. latis, supra subolivaceis, glabris vel in nervis basalibus breviter decidue stellato-pubescentibus, subtus densissime stellato- pubescentibus pilis albidis vel in nervis pallide brunneis, apice acutis, basi latissime inaequilateraliter acutis vel oblique truncatis, haud corda- tis, recto- vel curvato-dentatis dentibus 0.5-1 mm. longis 2—5 mm. remotis, subpatulis, versus basim integris; nervis primariis utrinque circiter 7, rectis, adscendentibus, subtus manifestis; petiolo 3-3.5 cm. longo, glabro vel sursum stellato-pubescente; cymis ut videtur 3-floris, sub fructu cum bracteis circiter 14 cm. longis, pedunculis glabris, circiter 3.5 cm. longis, pedicellis breviter stellato-pubescentibus; bracteis sessili- bus vel brevissime (1—2 mm.) crasse stipitatis, oblanceolatis, obtusis vel rotundatis, 10-14 cm. longis, sursum circiter 2 cm. latis, deorsum plus minusve angustatis, basi 60-8 mm. latis, obtusis, in sicco pallidis, utrinque breviter stellato-pubescentibus; fructibus ovoideis vel subellipsoideis, circiter 1 cm. longis, breviter apiculatis, subverruculosis et dense breviter pallide pubescentibus. INpo-Cuina, Tonkin, Massif du Song Ta Van, Chapa, A. Petelot 5808, August, 1936. This is the first representative of the genus to be recorded from Indo- China, the specific name being selected in reference to its rather unusual southern range as compared to most other species of the genus. It is well characterized by its entire leaf-bases being very broadly acute to obliquely truncate, not at all cordate, and by the very dense whitish indumentum covering the entire lower surface. In some respects it sug- gests Tilia mofungensis Chun & Wang of Kwangtung Province, China, but that species has somewhat cordate leaf-bases and a very different indumentum. STERCULIACEAE Craigia W. W. Smith & Evans Craigia yunnanensis W. W. Sm. & W. E. Evans Trans. Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb, 28: 69. ¢. 1. 1921. INDo-CHINA, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 3810, August, 1930, a tree 15 to 20 m. high, alt. about 1500 m. A monotypic genus previously known only from Yunnan. Sterculia scandens Hemsl. Kew Bull. 1908: 179. Inpo-CurINa, Tonkin, near Laokai, FE. H. Wilson 2796 (Henry 13643). 1938 | MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 53 This species was not accounted for by Gagnepain in his treatment of the Indo-China species in 1910. The specimen in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden bears a Yunnan label, but attached to it is Wilson’s original note, reading “2796 climber, fls. salmon-pink, ravine, Namthi route, 1 1-2 miles from Laokai 8/3.’ On the occasion of Wil- son’s visit to Henry in Yunnan it is apparent that he presented this material to the latter who gave it a number in his own series. It is suspected that the field note is erroneous in reference to the plant being scandent, for the herbarium material that I have seen shows every indi- cation of its having been an erect plant; and the scandent habit is not that of Sterculia: Yet the specimen represents a true Sterculia. Hem- sley’s citation is ‘““Tonking, Laokai, E. H. Wilson, 2796; A. Henry, 13643, collected by Mr. Wilson.” Dr. A. Petelot informs me that Laokai or Laokay is situated near the Yunnan border, on the railroad line from Hanoi to Yunnanfu, at the confluence of the Red and Namthi Rivers. Reevesia pubescens Masters in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 1: 364. 1874; Rehder, Jour. Arnold Arb. 15: 96. 1934, cum syn. Inpo-Cuina, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 6026, August, 1933, alt. about 1500 m. India to Yunnan, Kweichow and Kwangsi, southward to Java. ACTINIDIACEAE Actinidia indochinensis sp. nov. Frutex scandens, subglaber; ramis glabris, ramulis junioribus sub- decidue breviter granulato-puberulis; foliis ovatis vel elliptico-ovatis, utrinque subaequaliter angustatis, apice breviter acute acuminatis, basi acutis, chartaceis vel submembranaceis, 5—7 cm. longis, 2—4 cm. latis, in sicco olivaceo-viridibus, utrinque subconcoloribus, supra glabris, subtus secus costam nervosque obscure granulato-puberulis, margine infra medium integris, sursum distanter apiculato-serrulatis, nervis primariis utrinque 4—6, gracilibus, manifestis; petiolo 1-2.5 cm. longo, primo granuloso-puberulo demum glabro vel subglabro; inflorescentiis breviter granuloso-puberulis, 1—3-floris, petiolum subaequantibus; floribus 5- meris, circiter 2 cm. diametro; sepalis ovatis, obtusis, extus leviter granuloso-puberulis, membranaceis, 4—5 mm. longis; petalis albidis, obo- vatis, rotundatis, circiter 1 cm. longis et 7 mm, latis; staminibus circiter 30, 1-seriatis, filamentis 3-4 mm. longis, antheris flavidis, oblongo-ovatis, 1.5 mm, longis; ovario subgloboso, dense breviter pubescente, stylis cir- citer 25, filamenta subaequantibus. Inpo-Cu1na, Tonkin, Chapa, A. Petelot 5938 (type), 5940, April, 34 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIx 1936, a liana with white flowers in open forests at 1500-1600 m. altitude. A species clearly in the alliance with Actinidia callosa Lindl. and the second representative of the genus to be recorded from Indo-China. Perhaps Dunn would have placed this under his concept of Lindley’s species, of which he recognizes six varieties (Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 405-407. 1911), but particularly in the granular indumentum on the younger parts, inflorescences, and along the midrib and nerves on the lower surfaces of its leaves, it does not agree with any of the forms that he very briefly defined. Saurauia Oldhami Hemsl. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 79, 1886. Inpo-CurNnA, Tonkin, Cho Ganh, Petelot 820, January, 1923; Massif du Tam Dao, Petelot 4448, December, 1930. Formosa. I can see no reason for distinguishing this Indo-China form from Hemsley’s Formosan species; new to Indo-China. THEACEAE Hartia tonkinensis sp. nov. FicureE 3. Arbor, partibus junioribus exceptis glabra (floribus ignotis), ramis glabris, ramulis junioribus teretibus, 1 mm. diametro, adpresse pilosis pilis subalbidis nitidis, alabastris densissime nitide pilosis; foliis charta- ceis vel subcoriaceis, oblongo-obovatis, 3-6 cm. longis, 2—2.8 cm. latis, brevissime obtuseque acuminatis, basi subacutis, margine cartilagineo integro, supra olivaceis, glabris, subtus paullo pallidioribus, nervis pri- mariis utrinque 10-12, subtus manifestis, arcuato-anastomosantibus, glabris vel ad costam leviter adpresse ciliatis; petiolo 5-8 mm. longo, anguste alato, praesertim supra adpresse ciliato; alabastris dense adpresse albido-pilosis; capsulis ovoideis, glabris, breviter apiculatis, 1 cm. longis, 5-valvis, sepalis persistentibus, subobovatis, rotundatis, adpresse pubescentibus, circiter 4 mm. longis, seminibus compressis, brunneis, suborbiculari-ellipticis, 2.5-4 mm. longis, plerumque anguste alatis. Inpo-CuHina, Tonkin, Massif du Tam Dao, near Chapa, A. Petelot 3886, November, 1930. Characterized by its small glabrous capsules, small entire leaves, and small sepals. The petioles are less conspicuously winged than those of H. sinensis Dunn, The genus is new to Indo-China, the species on pre- liminary identification having been referred to the very closely allied genus Stewartia. Hartia tonkinensis is apparently most closely allied to H. micrantha Chun of Kwangtung Province, China. In connection with this item the following adjustment is desirable in 1938 ] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 55 connection with another Kwangtung species which has been described under different names in both Hartia and Stewartia: Hartia villosa (Merr.) comb. nov. Stewartia villosa Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 7: 315. 1931. Hartia kwangtungensis Chun, Sunyatsenia 2: 60. 1934, Ic. Pl. Sin. 5: 10. t. 210. 1937 (syn. nov.). The species described by Chun as Hartia kwangtungensis in 1934 is correctly placed if one wishes to retain Hartia as distinct from Stewartia, the two genera being very closely allied. Stewartia villosa described from Kwangtung material by me in 1931 manifestly represents the same species. Ficure 3. HartTIA TONKINENSIS Merr. A, a fruiting branch; B, a seed; C, a capsule; D, an inflated or winged petiole. Adinandra Millettii (Hook. & Arn.) Benth. & Hook. f. ex Hance, Jour. Bot. 16: 9. 1878. Adinandra Drakeana Franch. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris II. 5: 208. 1883 (Pl. David 1: 56). INpo-CuHINA, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 3751, 4308, July, 1930, 1931, 56 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX alt. about 1500 m.; Tam Dao, near Chapa, Petelot 3976, May, 1931, alt. about 900 m. Anhwei, Kiangsi, Fukien, Chekiang, and Kwangtung; new to Indo-China. GUTTIFERAE Hypericum attenuatum Choisy Prodr. Hyperic. 47. f. 6. 1821; DC. Prodr. 1: 548. 1824 Inpo-Cuina, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 3071, July, 1927, alt. about 1500 m. Baikal region eastward and southward to Kwangtung. Cratoxylon parvifolium Merrill sp. nov. Frutex erectus, glaber, ramis ramulisque teretibus, ramulis ultimis gracilibus, circiter 0.5 mm. diametro; foliis ellipticis vel obovato- ellipticis, chartaceis, 1.5-2.5 cm. longis, 1-1.5 cm. latis, basi late acutis, apice late rotundatis vel obtusis, interdum abrupte brevissime apiculatis, in sicco pallide subolivaceis, subtus pallidioribus et praesertim in parti- bus superioribus consperse glandulosis; nervis primariis utrinque circiter 5, gracilibus, haud perspicuis, arcuato-anastomosantibus, venulis ultimis inter reticulis liberis; petiolo 3-4 mm. longo; inflorescentiis axillaribus terminalibusque, solitariis, pedunculatis, plerumque bifloris, pedunculo 5-8 mm. longo, pedicellis 3—4 mm. longis; floribus pallide rubris; sepalis ellipticis vel oblongo-ellipticis, rotundatis, 5 mm. longis, 2.5 mm. latis; petalis anguste oblongis, basi angustatis, inappendiculatis, circiter 8 mm. longis et 2.5 mm. latis; phalangibus sub fructu 8 mm. longis, fila- mentorum parte libera 1.5 mm. longa; capsulis late lanceolatis, 1—-1.2 cm. longis, circiter 4 mm. diametro, sursum angustatis, stylis 3, brevibus, persistentibus. Inpo-Cuina, Annam, near Tourane, J. & M.S. Clemens 3454, May- July, 1927, a shrub on forested slopes, flowers pale red. A species belonging in the group with Cratoxylon ligustrinum (Spach) Blume (C. polyanthum Korth.), distinguished, however, by its very much smaller, differently shaped, usually broadly rounded leaves. The lower surface of the leaves is characteristically supplied with scattered dark colored glands, these being much larger and more numerous in the upper one-third of the leaf. The tips of the ultimate veinlets are free within the rather lax and not very distinct reticulations. FLACOURTIACEAE Casearia Petelotii sp. nov. Arbor parva, 7-8 m. alta, ramis ramulisque dense tomentosis, ultimis 4—5 mm. diametro; foliis coriaceis, oblongis, integris vel minute obscure 1938 ] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 57 denticulatis, 20-25 cm. longis, 6-8 cm. latis, acuminatis, basi leviter cordatis, subinaequilateraliter late rotundatis, in sicco supra atris vel atro-olivaceis, nitidis, glabris vel secus costam nervosque plus minusve pubescentibus, subtus paullo pallidioribus, perspicue breviter pubescenti- bus, costa crassa, valde elevata, dense pubescente, nervis primariis utrinque circiter 15, subtus perspicuis, elevatis, curvato-adscendentibus, vix vel obscure anastomosantibus; petiolo crasso, dense pubescente, 1 cm. longo; floribus axillaribus, fasciculatis, breviter pedicellatis, con- fertis, numerosis, pubescentibus, pedicellis ad 3 mm. longis, leviter pubescentibus; floribus circiter 7 mm. diametro, sepalis ellipticis vel elliptico-ovatis, rotundatis, 3 mm. longis, extus leviter pubescentibus; filamentis 2 mm. longis, leviter pubescentibus, antheris ellipticis, 0.8 mm. longis, haud apiculatis; staminodeis oblongis, 1 mm. longis, apice barbatis; ovario consperse ciliato cum stylo 2 mm. longo. Inpo-Cuna, Tonkin, Chapa, A. Petelot 5930, April, 1936, in forests, alt. about 1500 m. The alliance of this species is manifestly with Casearia villilimba Merr. and C. grewiaefolia Vent. as the latter is interpreted by Gagnepain. It impresses me as being well characterized by its unusually large, coria- ceous, many-nerved leaves as well as by its unusually dense indumentum. BEGONIACEAE Begonia Handelii Irmscher, Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien Math.-Nat. Kl. 58: 24. 1921, Mitt. Inst. Bot. Hamb. 6: 348. 1927; Hand.-Mazz. Symb, Sin, 7: 385. 1931. Inpo-Cutna, Tonkin, Phomoi, near Laokay, near the Yunnan border, Handel-Mazzetti 12. We have seen no specimens of this species and do not know whether or not the same form may have been treated by Gagnepain, Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 1095-1120. 1921, under some other name. At any rate Irmscher’s species was based on Indo-Chinese material. The original description is repeated in the 1927 and 1931 references. LYTHRACEAE Lagerstroemia calyculata Kurz in Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 41(2): 307. 1872; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 719. 1931 Lagerstroemia angustifolia Pierre ex Laness. Pl. Util. Colon. Fr. 323. 1886, nomen; Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 355. 1918, descr., Lecomte Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 965. f. 103. 1921 Inpo-CurnNa, southern Annam, Dalat, Squires 820, April, 1932. After comparing a series of Indo-Chinese specimens, including Pierre 4993, 58 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX Bejeaud 698, and Robert 14 with Siamese material, I agree with Craib that Pierre’s species is identical with the older Lagerstroemia calyculata Kurz. Indo-China, Siam and Burma. NYSSACEAE Nyssa sinensis Oliv. Hook. Ic. 20: ¢. 1964. 1891; Wang. Pflanzenreich 41(IV-220a) : 10. 1910. Inpo-Cuina, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 4236, July, 1931, alt. 1600 m. Kiangsu, Kiangsi, Hupeh, Anhwei, Kwangtung, Kwangsi, Kweichow, Szechuan and Yunnan; new to Indo-China. MELASTOMATACEAE Memecylon confertiflorum sp. nov. (§ Eumemecylon). Frutex 3-4.5 m., altus, glaber, ramis ramulisque teretibus, ramulis ultimis circiter 1 mm. diametro; foliis crasse coriaceis, ellipticis vel elliptico-ovatis, 5-9 cm, longis, 3-5 cm. latis, nitidis, apice obtusis, raro leviter retusis, basi acutis vel rotundatis, supra viridibus, subtus brunneo- olivaceis, costa supra impressa, subtus valde perspicua elevata, nervis primariis utrinque circiter 7, gracilibus, haud vel obscurissime anasto- mosantibus, inconspicuis, saepe obsoletis vel subobsoletis; petiolo 4—8 mm. longo; inflorescentiis axillaribus, multifloris, densis, subglobosis, circiter 1.5 cm. diametro, e cymis vel racemis multis brevibus fascicu- latis paucifloris compositis; floribus pedicellatis, 4-meris, lilacinis, calycibus circiter 2 mm. longis, tubo deorsum 1 mm. diametro, sursum ampliato, 2 mm. lato, breviter 4-denticulato; petalis oblongo-lanceolatis, acuminatis, crassis, 3 mm. longis; filamentis 8, 3 mm. longis; bracteolis minutis, basilaribus, INpo-CHINA, southern Annam, near Dalat, Squires 787, May 6, 1932, in forests. A species characterized by its terete branchlets, very coriaceous ob- scurely nerved leaves, dense globose axillary inflorescences, these com- posed of numerous short few-flowered racemes or depauperate cymes, and its thick acuminate petals, which with the filaments are about 3 mm. long. Its alliance is with Memecylon laevigatum Blume and M. Har- mandi Guill. ARALIACEAE Dendropanax venosus sp. nov. Frutex glaber, circiter 2 m. altus, ramulis ultimis 2 mm. diametro; foliis coriaceis, in sicco olivaceis vel olivaceo-brunneis, oblongis vel late oblongo-oblanceolatis, 6-16 cm. longis, 1.5-4 cm. latis, acutis vel 1938 ] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 59 acuminatis, basi acutis, 3-nerviis, margine leviter revoluto, in foliis minoribus integerrimo, in majoribus deorsum integro, sursum distanter acuminato-serrato, dentibus plus minusve incurvatis, circiter 1 mm. longis, inter se 0.5—2 cm. distantibus; nervis primariis, basalibus excep- tis, utrinque 7-11, in utraque pagina elevatis, subtus valde perspicuis, arcuato-anastomosantibus, secundariis minus manifestis alternantibus, reticulis primariis sublaxis, leviter elevatis; petiolo 1.5—5 cm. longo; in- florescentiis umbellatis, terminalibus, solitariis, pedunculo crasso, circiter 8 mm. diam.; fructibus paucis (circiter 6-8), ovoideis, circiter 8 mm. longis, 5-locellatis, leviter sulcatis, dentibus persistentibus 5, triangulari- bus, acutis, 1 mm. longis; stylis 5, subliberis, crassis, patulis vel re- curvatis, saltem 1 mm. longis. Inpo-Curna, Annam, Mount Bana, J. and M.S. Clemens 4401, May- July, 1927, fairly frequent near the summit of the mountain. This differs from the Hainan Dendropanax oligodontus Merr. & Chun in its coriaceous, more prominently nerved leaves and particularly in its free or nearly free spreading or recurved styles, the style of D. oligo- dontus being simple and columnar. Dendropanax Chevalieri (Viguier ) comb. nov. (Gilibertia Chevalieri Viguier in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- Chine 2: 1181. f. 141. 1923), the only other species of the genus hitherto recorded from Indo-China, has the free styles of the present species but its leaves are entire, and apparently with much fewer primary lateral nerves. Gilibertia Ruiz & Pavon is invalidated by the earlier Gilibertia Gmelin, Dendropanax Decne. & Planch. being the next older name. Textoria Miquel, based on a Japanese species, is apparently not gen- erically distinct from the American forms. ERICACEAE Agapetes cauliflora sp. nov. Suffrutex ramosus usque ad 30 cm. altus; caulibus deorsum glabris, circiter 4 mm. diametro, sursum plus minusve patule setosis, circiter 2 mm. diametro, ramulis ultimis dense brunneo-setosis, pilis patulis, usque ad 2 mm. longis, plerumque capitato-glandulosis; foliis in ramu- lis ultimis plus minusve confertis, coriaceis vel subcoriaceis, sessilibus, integris, oblongo-ellipticis, 4-6 cm. longis, 1.5—-2.5 cm. latis, acutis vel obscure acuminatis, basi subacutis vel obtusis, nervis lateralibus utrinque 5—7, gracilibus, in utraque pagina leviter elevatis, haud per- spicuis, arcuato-anastomosantibus; floribus solitariis vel binis trinisve, in axillis defoliatis longe infra folia, circiter 2.5 cm. longis, pedicellis 5-6 mm. longis, pilis subflaccidis patulis 1-2 mm. longis subcapitato- glandulosis vestitis; calycibus circiter 6 mm. longis, tubo 4 mm. dia- 60 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM LVOL. XIX metro, lobis anguste ovatis, acutis vel acuminatis, 2 mm. longis, patule hirsutis; corolla circiter 2.5 cm. longa, tubo sursum leviter ampliato, extus patule hirsuto, lobis ovatis, obtusis, circiter 3 mm. longis; stamini- bus 10, filamentis leviter pubescentibus, albidis, 1 cm. longis; antheris 6 mm, longis, basi rotundatis, apice in tubum 3-3.5 mm. longum pro- ductum, calcaribus leviter curvatis, circiter 1.5 mm. longis; ovario glabro. INpo-CuiNa, Tonkin, Massif du Song Ta Van, Chapa, 4. Petelot 5947, August, 1936, on calcareous rocks at the base of a tree, alt. about 1900 m. Those parts of the stems and branches more or less covered with debris bear rather numerous roots, while attached to the stem is an irregularly ovoid woody growth resembling the underground thickened parts of certain epiphytic or semi-epiphytic Melastomataceae. The branching is largely beneath the covering debris, the tips of the branches protruding and bearing the apical leaves and the lateral flowers. The species seems to be allied to Agapetes oblonga Craib of Yunnan, differ- ing in its leaves being crowded at the very tips of the branchlets, in its lateral not axillary flowers, which are hirsute, the spreading hairs on the pedicels, calyx and corolla being more or less capitate-glandular. Vaccinium chapaense sp. nov. Frutex erectus, multiramosus, ramis glabris, rigidis, ramulis circiter 1 mm. diametro, glabris vel novellis leviter pubescentibus; foliis numero- sis, parvis, coriaceis, rigidis, nitidis, obovatis, 1-1.4 cm. longis, 8-9 mm. latis, obtusis vel rotundatis, basi acutis, deorsum integris, sursum mani- feste crenatis, crenulis utrinque plerumque 3, nervis primariis utrinque 3 vel 4, supra leviter impressis, subtus subelevatis, petiolo 1 mm. longo, glabro; infructescentiis terminalibus, subracemoso-spicatis vel fructibus solitariis, rhachibus subangulatis, glabris, ad 8 mm. longis; fructibus immaturis circiter 4 mm. diametro, subsessilibus vel brevissime pedi- cellatis, circiter 8-locellatis, subgloboso-obovoideis, seminibus paucis, bracteis binis submembranaceis oblanceolatis vel obovatis glabris 5—6 mm. longis ut videtur deciduis suffultis; calycis dentibus 5, parvis, late ovatis, obtusis vel subacutis, subinflexis. Inpo-CuinA, Tonkin, Chapa, Col du Lo Qui Ho, A. Petelot 3896, August, 1933, alt. about 2000 m. A species characterized by its small, obovate, coriaceous, distinctly nerved and somewhat reticulate, rather conspicuously crenate leaves, usually three crenules on each side in the upper one-half, the lower half of the leaves with entire margins. It does not appear to be closely 1938 ] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 61 allied to any of the sixteen species credited to Indo-China by Dop. Its general alliance seems to be with Vaccinium Nummularia Hook. f. & Th. of Sikkim and Bhotan. Type, herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden, isotype herb. Arnold Arboretum. MYRSINACEAE Embelia Henryi Walker, Jour. Washington Acad. Sci. 27: 200. f. 3. 1957, INpo-CuHINA, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 3827, 3599, August, 1930, and September, 1929, alt. about 1700 m. Yunnan. Rapanea yunnanensis Mez, Pflanzenr. 9 (IV. 236) : 358. f. 60. 1902. Inpo-Cutna, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 7950, April, 1936, in open forests at 1500 m. alt. Yunnan. PRIMULACEAE Lysimachia Pierrei Petitm. Bull. Acad. Int. Géogr. Bot. 18: 337. 1908. The type of this species was indicated by Petitmengin as preserved in the herbarium of the Paris Museum, and it is hence curious that Bonati failed to account for the species in his treatment of the Indo- Chinese species (Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 3: 758-764. 1930). It was based on an Indo-Chinese specimen collected by Pierre “Hab. in sabulosis ad Kampot Cambodiae (L. Pierre, 4. 1874). From Petit- mengin’s description it should fall very near the form Bonati described as Lysimachia peduncularis Wall.; Petitmengin compares it with L. ramosa Wall., L. floribunda Z. & M., and L. callipes Hemsl. Lysimachia ramosa Wall. List no. 1490, 1829, nomen nudum, Duby in DC. Prodr. 8: 65. 1844; Pax & Knuth, Pflanzenr. 22 (IV. 237): Diet ate LI0S, INpo-CuHtNA, Tonkin, Lo Qui Ho, near Chapa, Petelot 4763, August, 1933, alt. about 2000 m. Eastern Himalayan region and the Khasia Mountains, Burma, and Yunnan. The Philippine form referred here by Pax & Knuth is Lysimachia fragrans Hayata; the Javan form placed here probably does not repre- sent Wallich’s species. Lysimachia Petelotii sp. nov. (§ Alternifoliae). Herba glabra, caulibus procumbentibus, ad nodos radicantibus, ramis paucis, 10-25 cm. altis, erectis, sursum folia 3 vel 4 bene alter- nantes gerentibus; foliis chartaceis, integris, ellipticis vel elliptico- ovatis, 5-13 cm. longis, 3-7 cm. latis, acutis vel brevissime apiculato- 62 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX acuminatis, basi acutis, nervis primariis utrinque circiter 6, subtus elevatis, perspicuis, petiolo crasso, 2-3 mm. longo; floribus flavidis, axillaribus, solitariis, pedicellis filiformibus, 4-5 cm. longis; calycibus fere ad basin 5-partitis, sepalis oblongo-ovatis vel ovato-lanceolatis, manifeste acuminatis, 2-4 mm. longis; corolla flavida, campanulato- subrotata, profunde 5-partita, lobis oblongo-ellipticis, usque ad 1.3 cm. longis, acutis vel subobtusis; capsulis ignotis. INpo-CuinaA, Tonkin, Chapa, A. Petelot 5444, April, 1935, in open forests on calcareous formations, alt. about 1500 m., type in the Gray Herbarium. A remarkable species, when dry with a very persistent and pronounced odor of fenugreek (Trigonella Foenum graecum) as in Lysimachia Foenum-graecum Hance. It is manifestly allied to Hance’s species, which extends from Kwangtung and Kwangsi to Szechuan and Yunnan, differing in its remarkable large leaves and its much larger flowers. It is scarcely more closely allied to the Indian L. evalvis Wall. than it is to Hance’s species. STYRACACEAE i biaristatum (W. W. Sm.) Rehd. Jour. Arnold Arb. 16:- 344, f¢. Styrax biaristatus W. W. Sm. Notes Bot. Gard. Edinb. 12: 233. 1920; C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. 1933: 365. Inpo-Cu1NA, Tonkin, vicinity of Chapa, Petelot 3803, August, 1930, 4373, September, 1931. Yunnan, Kweichow, Kwangsi in China, and also occurring in Burma; a variety in Kwangtung Province, China. This recently described, strongly characterized genus is represented by two known species and one variety, the generic range being Burma, northern Indo-China, Yunnan, southeastern Tibet, Kweichow, Kwangsi, and Kwangtung. SYMPLOCACEAE Symplocos Guillauminii nom. nov. Symplocos trisepala Guillaum. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 79: 176. 1932, Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 3: 1024. 1933, non Merr. 1917. Indo-China. OLEACEAE Jasminum longisepalum Merr. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 10: 429, 1924. sired conan Gagnep. in Lecomte & Humbert, Fl. Gén. Indo- 1056. 1933 (syn. nov.). eo overlooked my description of 1924 based on Petelot 773, 1938 ] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 63 973, from Cho-Ganh, Indo-China. Jasminum longisetum Gagnep. safely represents the same species. Jasminum pentaneurum Hand.-Mazz. Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien 59: 109. 1922; Kobuski, Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 167. 1932. INpo-CutNa, Tonkin, Phu Ho, Petelot 1514, October, 1923. Kwang- tung, Kwangsi. This specimen is clearly referable to Handel-Mazzetti’s species. It is suspected that this form was included by Gagnepain in his concept of Jasminum subtriplinerve Blume (Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 3: 1049. 1933) Jasminum Duclouxii (Lév.) Rehd. Jour. Arnold Arb. 15: 307. 1934. Melodinus Duclouxii Lév. Repert. Sp. Nov. 2: 114. 1906. Jasminum Schneideri Lév. Monde Pl. I. 18: 31. 1916. Jasminum dumicolum W. W. Sm. Notes Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 12: 207 1920; Kobuski, Jour. Arnold Arb. 13: 166. 1932. Inpo-Cu1na, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 5939, April, 1936, in open for- ests, alt. 1500 m. Yunnan. Léveillé erroneously credited Ducloux 112, on which his two binomials were based, to Kweichow. Osmanthus Matsumuranus Hayata, Jour. Coll. Sci. Univ. Tokyo 30(1): 192. 1911. Inpo-Cutna, Tonkin, Bac Giang Province, between Kep and Pho Vi, Petelot 5954, June 5, 1936, in open forests. Kwangsi, Kwangtung, Hainan, and Formosa. GENTIANACEAE Crawfurdia speciosa Wall. Tent. Fl. Nepal. 64. ¢. 48. 1826; C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 4: 106. 1883. INpDo-CuHINnA, Tonkin, Massif du Tam Dao, alt. 1000 m., Petelot 4554, December, 1930. Central and eastern Himalayan regions; new to Indo-China. Crawfurdia fasciculata Wall. Tent. Fl. Nepal. 63. ¢. 47. 1826; C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 4: 107. 1883. InpDo-Curna, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 3159, July, 1927, alt. 1500 m., Khasia Mountains and southeastern China. Petelot 4585, from the Massif du Tam Dao, a specimen in fruit, may be referable here. Canscora Petelotii sp. nov. Herba parva, annua, erecta, circiter 9 cm. alta, simplex vel parce ramosa, caulibus teretibus, glabris vel parce ciliatis, haud 1 mm. dia- metro; foliis inferioribus ovatis vel oblongo-ovatis, acutis, usque 64 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX ad 1.7 cm. longis et 1.2 cm. latis, parce ciliatis, nervis utrinque circiter 3, petiolo usque ad 2 mm. longo; bracteis bracteolisque foliaceis, per- foliatis, orbicularibus, reticulatis, glabris, 1 ad 1.5 cm. diametro; floribus albidis, solitariis, 1.4 cm. longis, 5-meris, calyce cylindrico, 6 mm. longo, dentibus acutis; corollae tubo calycem aequante, lobis 5, oblongis, obovatis, rotundatis, 7 mm. longis, 4-4.5 mm. latis, tenuiter 8-nerviis; staminibus 5, 3 brevioribus corollae tubum subaequantibus, 2 longioribus distincte (3—4 mm.) exsertis. INDo-CHINA, Laos, Province of Cammon, Kouan Pha Vang, 4. Petelot 4327, November, 1930. A rare plant growing on calcareous rocks at an altitude of about 140 m. This species superficially suggests a dwarfed form of Canscora per- forata Lam. and C. Wallichii C. B. Clarke, of India, differing markedly in its small size, terete, not 4-winged stems, and its 5-merous flowers. It is not closely allied to any of the other 5 species of the genus recorded from Indo-China. Representatives of the genus normally have 4-merous flowers, but this species is anomalous within the genus, as is the totally different C. pentanthera C. B. Clarke of the Malay Peninsula, in its 5-merous flowers. BORAGINACEAE Trigonotis macrophylla Vaniot var. verrucosa Johnston, Jour. Arnold Arb. 18: 4. 1937. INpo-CuHINA, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 4192, July, 1930, along roads in forests. This variety also in Kwangsi Province, China, the species and another variety in Kweichow Province, China. The first repre- sentative of the genus to be recorded from Indo-China. VERBENACEAE Clerodendron Squiresii sp. nov. Frutex scandens 5—7 m. altus, partibus junioribus inflorescentiisque plusminusve pubescentibus, ramis ramulisque pubescentibus, teretibus, ultimis 2 mm. diametro; foliis ovatis, chartaceis vel subcoriaceis, olivaceis, nitidis, integris, 4-8 cm. longis, 3—4.5 cm. latis, basi late subtruncato-rotundatis vel leviter cordatis, apice acutis vel breviter acuminatis, utrinque ad costam nervosque obscure pubescentibus demum glabrescentibus, nervis primariis utrinque 3 vel 4, subtus manifestis; petiolo 5-10 mm. longo, leviter pubescente; inflorescentiis terminalibus, multifloris, 10-15 cm. longis, 15-20 cm. latis, subcorymbosis vel ramis primariis plus minusve distantibus, patulis, inferioribus oppositis, ad 10 cm. longis, superioribus brevioribus, bracteis bracteolisque linearibus, 1938] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 65 pubescentibus, bracteis usque ad 3 mm. longis, bracteolis minoribus; calyce breviter cinereo-pubescente, 3 mm. longo, basi acuto, dentibus parvis, vix 0.5 mm. longis; corollae tubo gracili, circiter 8 mm. longo, albido, glabro, lobis oblongis vel oblongo-obovatis, rotundatis, 2 mm. longis; filamentis longe (ad 13 mm.) exsertis, glabris; fructibus cylin- dricis, oblongo-ellipsoideis, 5-7 mm. longis, 3 mm. diametro, rotundatis, adpresse hirsutis atque breviter pubescentibus, tarde dehiscentibus, in pyrenas 4 elongatas angustas dissilientibus. INDO-CHINA, southern Annam, Dalat, R. W. Squires 858, March 15, 1932, on sandy river banks, flowers white, fragrant. In all respects, except in its ultimately dehiscent fruits, this is a typical Clerodendron, apparently belonging in the group with Clerodendron Godefroyi O. Ktze. The fruiting calyces are very slightly enlarged, about 3 mm. in diameter, and about as long as wide. The fully ripe fruits split longitudinally into two equal parts, which in turn divide into two narrow single-seeded pyrenes, the dehiscence paralleling that of the fully mature fruits of the common Clerodendron inerme Gaertn. Clerodendron Petasites (Lour.) Moore, Jour. Bot. 63: 285. 1925; Merr. Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. II, 24(2): 338. 1935. V olkameria Petasites Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 388. 1790. Clerodendron laa elie Ktze. Rev. Gen. Pl. 506, 1891. Clerodendron Robinsonii Dop, Not. Syst. 4: 9. 1920, Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 4: 872. i; 39. Gy ta, te 2.1935 (syn. nov.). This fairly well characterized species, known only from Indo-China was originally described by Loureiro in 1790, Loureiro’s type, probably from the vicinity of Hue, being preserved in the herbarium of the British Museum. Moore examined this in 1925 and found it to be identical with Clerodendron subpandurifolium O. Ktze. (1891), type from Tourane. Dop overlooked both species in 1935, having re- described the same form in 1920 as Clerodendron Robinsonii Dop, type Robinson 1290 from Nha Trang. Loureiro’s specific name should be retained. Premna interrupta Wall. List no. 1778. 1929, nomen nudum ; Schauer DC. Prodr. 11: 633. 1847; P’ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1(3): 88, 1932. Inpo-CurNA, Tonkin, Chapa, alt. 1550 m., Petelot 4786, 5447, July, 1933, and April, 1935. India to Tibet and Yunnan LABIATAE Elsholtzia Patrini (Lepech.) Garcke, Fl. Halle 2: 213. 1856; Britt. 66 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. x1x & Brown, Ill. Fl. North. U.S. 3: 124. f. 3788. 1898; Hand.-Mazz. Symb, Sin. 7: 935. 1936. Mentha Patrini Lepech. Nova Acta Acad. Petrop. 1: 336. t. 8. 1783. Elsholtzia cristata Willd. in Roem, & Usteri Mag. Bot. 11: 5. 1790. INpo-Cuina, near Hanoi, Petelot 1370, April, 1924, planted. Widely distributed in Asia, introduced in Europe and in North America. It is very probable that this is the species considered by Loureiro to represent Origanum syriacum Linn.; Fl, Cochinch. 374. 1790. SOLANACEAE Solanum pittosporifolium Hemsl. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 26: 171, 1890. InpDo-CuiNnaA, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 4583, August, 1930, alt. about 1500 m. Szechuan and probably in other parts of western China. Lycianthes denticulata (Blume) Bitter var. leiophylla Bitter, Abh. Naturwiss. Ver. Bremen 24: 475. 1920. Inpo-Cuina, Tonkin, Mount Bani, Petelot 5459, August, 1931, alt. about 500 m. The variety in Tenasserim, the species in Java and Sumatra. SCROPHULARIACEAE Wightia elliptica sp. nov. Arbor circiter 8 m. alta, ramis ramulisque incrassatis, purpureo- brunneis, lenticellatis, in sicco plus minusve rugosis, ultimis circiter 5 mm, diametro, glabris; foliis crasse coriaceis, ellipticis, 10-20 cm. longis, 6-11 cm. latis, apice obtusis vel breviter obtuseque acuminatis, basi latissime acutis vel rotundatis, supra pallidis vel brunneis, glabris, subtus conspersissime breviter substellato-pubescentibus demum glabrescenti- bus, in axillis primariis glandulis paucis (circiter 5) ad 20 planis vel impressis plerumque vix 0.5 mm. diametro instructis; nervis primariis utrinque 4—6, supra impressis, subtus paullo elevatis, curvato-adscen- dentibus, obscure arcuato-anastomosantibus, reticulis distinctis; petiolo glabro vel parcissime pubescente, 1.5—4 cm. longo; thyrsis pedunculatis, ad 15 cm, longis, in ramis aphyllis erectis, ad 70 cm. longis, racemose dispositis; floribus numerosis, plus minusve confertis, circiter 3.5 cm. longis, pallide roseo-purpureis, pedunculo glabrescente, in partibus floriferis dense breviter ferrugineo-puberula, pedicellis usque ad 5 mm. longis; calyce 8-9 mm. longo, 6-7 mm. diametro, extus dense sub- stellato-puberulo, intus glabro, 3-lobato, lobis ovatis, circiter 3 mm. longis, binis acutis, altero rotundato, corollae tubo circiter 1.6 cm. longo, extus dense ferrugineo-puberulo, intus glabro, leviter curvato, 1938 | MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 67 lobis infimis oblong-ovatis, rotundatis, 8 mm. longis, lateralibus circiter 10 mm. longis, supremis bifidis, lobulis imbricatis, ovatis, obtusis, cir- citer 7 mm. longis; filamentis glabris, antheris oblongo-ellipsoideis, 4 mm. longis; ovario glabro. Invo-Curna, Tonkin, Chapa, 4. Petelot 4198, October, 1931, flowers mauve on leafless erect or ascending branches attaining a length of 70 cm. When I first studied this species it was referred to Wightia specio- sissima (D. Don) comb. nov. (Gmelina speciosissima D. Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 104. 1825; Wightia gigantea Wall. Pl. As. Rar. 1: 71. ¢. 81. 1830), but because of certain discrepancies observed, I then attempted to place it with one of the few other described species of the genus. It is clearly not the same as the Indian species mentioned above, nor can it be referred to Wightia A plinii Craib of Burma. Its closest ally seems to be Wightia Lacei Craib of Burma, from which it differs in its much larger leaves, glabrous petioles, somewhat different flowers, and apparently also in its very numerous axillary glands, varying from 4 or 5 to about 20 in each primary axil on the lower surface of the leaf; this character is not mentioned by Craib for either of the two species he described from Burma. The genus is new to Indo-China. Artanema longifolium (Linn.) Merr. Philip. Jour. Sci. 19: 380, 1921. Columnea longifolia Linn. Mant. 1: 90. 1767. Achimenes sesamoides Vahl, Symb, 2: 71. 1791. Artanema sesamoides Benth. Scroph. Ind. 39. 1836; Bonati in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 4: 384. 1927. INpo-Curna, southern Annam, Dalat, Squires 926, March 17, 1932, on sandy river banks. India to Indo-China, Malaysia, and Luzon. Other synonyms are Sesamum javanicum Burm. f. (1768), and Arta- nema longiflorum Wettst. (1891). Paulownia Fargesii Franchet, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 2: 280. 1896; Rehd. in Sargent, Pl. Wils. 1: 575. 1913. Inpo-CurNna, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 5861, April, 1936, alt. about 1600 m., in open forests. Szechuan, Yunnan. RUBIACEAE Ixora hainanensis Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 6: 287. 331. 1930. INpo-CuINA, southern Annam, near Dalat, Squires 910, June 10, 1932. A shrub with white flowers in open rocky forests. Kwangtung Province, China, and Hainan. In Ixora Henryi Lév. Repert. Sp. Nov. 13: 178. 1914, type Cavalerie 68 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIx 3496, Kweichow Province, China, the leaves are slenderly and sharply acuminate and the calyx-lobes are much shorter than the calyx tubes. I have not seen the Indo-Chinese material referred by Pitard to /xora Henryi Lév., but the specimen above cited, which may or may not repre- sent Jxora Henryi as interpreted by Pitard in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- China 3: 324. 1924, I believe to be safely conspecific with Jxora hainanensis Merr.; I. Henryi Lév., as originally described from Kwei- chow material, is distinctly different from Jxora hainanensis Merr. Ixora Pierrei nom. nov. Ixora gracilipes Pierre ex Pitard in Lecomte, Fl. Gen. Indo-Chine 3: 314. 1924, non Merr. 1915. A new name is needed for this Indo-China species the actual type being Pierre 3185, Mussaenda Squiresii sp. nov. Frutex 1-2 m. altus, ramis teretibus, elongatis, glabris, ramulis con- sperse hirsutis, ultimis circiter 2 mm. diametro; foliis chartaceis, oblongis vel oblongo-ovatis, 7-10 cm. longis, 2.5—3.5 cm. latis, supra olivaceis, subtus viridibus, graciliter acute acuminatis, basi acutis, utrinque con- sperse hirsutis, nervis primariis utrinque 7-9, gracilibus, manifestis; petiolo 5—7 mm. longo, ciliato-hirsuto; stipulis lanceolatis, acuminatis, ciliato-hirsutis, circiter 8 mm. longis; cymis terminalibus 6-8 cm. latis, multifloris, foliosis, ciliato-hirsutis, plerumque e basi 3-ramosis, ramis vel pedunculis 2—4 cm. longis; floribus aurantiacis, in ramulis ultimis plusminusve confertis; floribus circiter 2.5 cm. longis, calycis tubo ciliato-hirsuto, 2 mm. longo, lobis normalibus lanceolatis, acuminatis, ciliato-hirsutis, quam tubo duplo longioribus, lobo petaloideo lamina ovato- vel oblongo-lanceolata, 7-8 cm. longa et 1.5—3 cm. lata, in stipitem 2-3 cm, longum attenuata; corollae tubo gracili, consperse ciliato- hirsuto, 2 cm. longo, sursum leviter ampliato, 1-1.5 cm. diametro, lobis 5, oblongo-ovatis, acuminatis, 5 mm. longis, bracteolis linearibus, 5—8 mm. longis. INpo-CHINA, southern Annam, near Dalat, R. W. Squires 827, April 21, 1932, a shrub, in rocky open field, flowers bright orange. A species apparently allied to Mussaenda saigonensis Pierre among those where the calyx-lobes are much longer than the calyx-tubes, but with very different petaloid sepals. Nertera sinensis Hemsl. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 391. ¢. 10. 1888. INpo-CutnA, Tonkin, Chapa, Petelot 3127, July, 1927, alt. about 1500 m. Szechuan to Kweichow and Kwangtung. The genus is new to Indo-China. 1938 ] MERRILL, INDO-CHINESE PLANTS 69 Hymenopogon parasiticus Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. 2: 157. 1824; Pitard in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 3: 57. f. 4, 18-21, 6, 2-3. 1922. INpo-Cutna, Tonkin, near Chapa, Petelot 3138, 3254, September, 1927, and July, 1928, alt. 1500 to 1600 m. India to Yunnan and Siam. This was admitted by Pitard on the Siamese record; he had no material from French Indo-China. Prismatomeris Labordei (Lév.) Merr. ex Rehder, Jour. Arnold Arb. 18: 249. 1937. Canthium Labordei Lév. Repert. Sp. Nov. 13: 178. 1914 Lasianthus Labordei Rehd. Jour. Arnold Arb, 13: 340. 1932216:.325, Prismatomeris linearis Hutch. in Sargent, Pl. Wils. 3: 414. 1916. (syn. nov.). Inpo-Cutna, Tonkin, Chapa, route from Lo Qui Ho to Ta Phinh, and Massif du Fan Tri Pan, Petelot 3595, 4646, September, 1929, and February, 1932. Kweichow, Kwangsi, Yunnan. The flowers seem to be slightly larger than in the Chinese form, but none of the latter material that I have seen has fully mature ones. Clearly Prismatomeris linearis Hutch., type Henry 9040, cannot be dis- tinguished from Léveillé’s species. CUCURBITACEAE Gynostemma laxum (Wall.) Cogn. in DC. Monog. Phan. 3: 914. 1881 Zanonia laxa Wall. List no. 3727. 1830, nomen nudum, Pl. As. Rar. 29. 1831. Gynostemma crenulatum Ridl. Jour. Fed. Malay States Mus. 10:93. 1920 Inpo-Cutna, Tonkin, Mount Bani, Petelot 5682, May, 1935, alt. about 500 m. India to Burma, Siam, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, and Mindanao. King (Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 67(2): 41. 1898; Mater. Fl. Malay. Penin, 3: 385) accepted Clarke’s idea that a single species was repre- sented by the 3-foliolate (G. laxum Cogn.) and the 5-foliolate (G. pedatum Bl. = G. pentaphyllum (Thunb.) Mak.) forms. Craib, how- ever (Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 766. 1931), considers that Cogniaux was apparently justified in treating the plant with uniformly 3-foliolate leaves as specifically distinct from the 5-foliolate form. In any case the 3-foliolate form has apparently not previously been recorded from Indo- China. Craib placed G. crenulatum Ridl. as a synonym of G. laxum Cogn. 70 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. X1x Gynostemma siamicum Craib, Kew Bull. 362. 1918, Fl. Siam. Enum. Le 767,193, INpo-Cuina, Tonkin, Hoa Binh Province, near Muong Thon, route from Hanoi to Hoa Binh, Petelot 5385, February, 1931, in open forests. Siam. This agrees well with Craib’s description and differs from G. laxum Cogn. in exactly the characters that he emphasizes. Gymnopetalum quinquelobatum sp. nov. Herba scandens, ramis glabris vel parcissime pubescentibus, laevibus, 1-1.5 mm. diametro, sulcatis; foliis ambitu ovatis, profunde anguste 5-lobatis, ad 10 cm. longis et 8 cm. latis, utrinque papillatis, scabris, basi profunde cordatis, lobis basalibus ad 3 cm. longis, deflexis, laterali- bus patulis, usque ad 4 cm. longis, terminalibus rectis, usque ad 7 cm. longis, omnibus circiter 1 cm. latis, distanter sinuato-denticulatis, plerumque breviter apiculatis vel basilaribus plus minusve obovatis et paullo latioribus; petiolo circiter 1 cm. longo, pubescente: floribus ¢ axillaribus, solitariis, pedunculo 1-2.5 cm. longo, calycis tubo plus minusve pubescente, lobis lanceolatis, acuminatis, 8-9 mm. longis, 2 mm. latis, corolla 2 cm, longa, lobis ovatis, acutis; inflorescentiis ¢ axillari- bus, solitariis, longe pedunculatis, ad 12 cm. longis, pedunculo 6—8 cm. longo, subglabro, partibus floriferis bracteisque pubescentibus, bracteis in sicco brunneis, elliptico-ovatis, 2-2.5 cm. longis, inferioribus 2- vel 3-lobatis, superioribus plerumque irregulariter grosse dentatis; fructi- bus 5-6 cm. longis, 1.5 cm. diametro, perspicue longitudinaliter 10- carinatis, longe acuminatis, leviter pubescentibus. INpo-Cuina, southern Annam, near Dalat, R. W. Squires 943, March 18, 1932, on sandy river banks, flowers white. A species allied to Gymnopetalum cochinchinense (Lout.) Kurz, differentiated, however, by its deeply and narrowly 5-lobed leaves. COMPOSITAE Blumeopsis falcata (D. Don) comb. nov. Erigeron falcatum D. Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 172. 1825. Conyza fasciculata Wall. List no. 3017. 1831, nomen nudum. Laggera flava Benth. in C. B. Clarke, Comp. Ind. 90. 1876. Blumeopsis flava Gagnep. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 26: 76. 1920; Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 3: 567. f. 61, 1-6. 1924. Inpo-Cutna, Laos, Province of Tranninh, plaine des Jarres, Petelot 4612, India to Yunnan (Henry 11595A), Burma, Siam, Indo-China, and Hainan. The species has also been recorded from Penang, but this was probably due to an erroneously labelled specimen. ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 1938] REHDER, NEW SPECIES, VARIETIES AND COMBINATIONS 71 NEW SPECIES, VARIETIES AND COMBINATIONS FROM THE HERBARIUM AND THE COLLECTIONS OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM’ ALFRED REHDER With plates 217 and 218 Ostrya multinervis, sp. nov. PLaTE 217? Arbor 16 m. alta, ramulis maturis purpureo-brunneis lenticellatis sparse adpresse pilosis; gemmae oblongo-ovoideae, 5—6 mm. longae, perulis striatis glabris. Folia oblongo-lanceolata, 8-12 cm. longa et 3-4.5 cm. lata, caudato-acuminata, basi rotundata vel late cuneata, argute et inaequaliter subsimpliciter serratis dentibus aristatis, supra pilis longis adpressis conspersa et in costa pubescentia, subtus in costa et venis sparse pilosa, ceterum fere glabra, venis lateralibus 18-20 inter se 3-4 mm. distantibus et trabeculis satis conspicuis conjunctis; petioli 5-7 mm. longi; sparse adpresse pilosi. Amenta mascula immatura, bracteis abrupte cuspidatis striatis ciliatis. Inflorescentia fructifera 4.56 cm. longa, densa, pedunculo sparse adpresse piloso 1.5—2 cm. longo; bracteae utriculosae ellipticae, circiter 1.5 cm. longae, acutae, mucro- natae, basi late cuneata setulosae, nervosae, sparsissime adpresse pilosae ; nuculae anguste ovoideae, compressae, 6—7 mm. longae et 3-3.5 mm. latae, levissime striatae, apice ciliatae, pallide brunneae. Cutna. Hunan: Ma-ling-tung, Sinning Hsien, in mixed forest on slope, alt. 650 m., C. S. Fan & Y. Y. Li, no, 605, Oct. 13, 1935 (type). This species differs from the other Asiatic species of the genus in the more numerous and closer veins of the generally narrow and caudate- acuminate leaves. In the shape of its fruiting bracts and inflorescence it resembles O. japonica Sarg. but differs besides in the more numerous veins, in the nearly simple and closer serration of the nearly glabrous leaves and the stouter and shorter peduncle. Besides in the leaves it differs from O. Liana Hu in the larger and closely imbricate fruiting bracts and from O. Rehderiana Chun in the broad-cuneate, not stipitate, base of the fruiting bracts and the shorter and broader nutlet. 1Continued from vol. 14: 350. 2Plate 217. Ostrya multinervis Rehd. Holotype; 2/5. Bracts and nutlets; <2. 72 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIx Betula mandshurica (Regel) Nakai in Bot. Mag. Tokyo, 29: 42 (1915); Fl. Sylv. Kor. 2: 27, t. 14 (1915). Betula alba L. subsp. mandshurica Regel in Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, 38?: 399, t. 7, fig. 15 (1865) ; in DeCandolle, Prodr. 162: 165 (1868). Betula latifolia sensu Komarov in Act. Hort. Petrop. 22: 38 (FI. Mansh. IL) (1903), pro parte, non Tausch. Betula asa Sieb. var. a. mandshurica (Regel) H. Winkler in Engler, Pflanzenr, IV. 61 (Heft 19): 78 (1904). — Nakai in Jour. Coll Sei Tokyo, 31: 202 (Fl. Kor. IT) (1911). As Betula japonica Sieb. ex Winkl. is invalidated by B. japonica Thunb.’ which is a synonym of Alnus japonica (Thunb.) Sieb. & Zucc., and Betula latifolia of Komaroy is a misapplication of the name B. lati- folia Tausch, which is a synonym of B. papyrifera Marsh., the next oldest binomial available is B. mandshurica (Reg.) Nakai, thus B. mandshurica becomes the type of the species concept called generally B. japonica Sieb. and B. japonica becomes a variety. From var. japonica typical B. mand- shurica differs chiefly in the glabrous or less pubescent leaves only slightly or scarcely bearded in the axils of the veins beneath and broad cuneate to truncate at base. Betula mandshurica var. japonica (Miq.), comb. nov. Betula japonica Siebold in Verh. Bat. Genootsch. 12: 25 (Syn. Pl. Oec. - ) (1830), nom. nud. — Siebold & Zuccarini in Abh. Akad. Miinch. 229 (FI. Jap. Fam. Nat. 1: 105) (1846), nom. nud. — Winkler in te Pflanzenr. IV. 61 (Heft 19): 78 (1904), quoad var. g.— Nakai in Bot. Mag. Tokyo, 29: 42 (1915). — Schneider in Sar gent, Pl. Wilson. 2: 485 (1916).—Rehder, Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 140 (1927). — Non B. japonica Thunb. Betula alba var. pease ea in Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 2: 136 (Prol. Fl. Jap. 68) (1865). Betula alba re ba ae ae a. Tauschi ae in Bull. Soc. Bot. Nat. Moscou, 387: . 7, fig. 11-14 (1865); in DeCandolle, Prodr. 16?: 165 i non B, latifolia Tausch. Betula alba var. Tauschti (Reg.) Shirai in Bot. Mag. Tokyo, 8: 319 94), (18 Betula Bd ndula var. japonica Rehder in Bailey, Cycl. Am. Hort. 1: 159 (1900).— Schneider, Il]. Handb. Laubholzk. 1: 112, fig. 62q!-3 (1 a Betula pendula var. Tauschii Winkler in Engler, Pflanzenr. IV, 61 (Heft 19): 78 (1904).— Nakai in Jour. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, 31: 202 (Fl. Kor. IT) (1911). Betula japonica var. on Winkler in Engler, Pflanzenr. IV. 61 (Heft 19): 79 (19 Betula alba L. var. a sensu Shirasawa, Icon. Ess. For. Jap. 2: t. 11 (1908), non Spach. ‘Betula japonica Thunberg in Nov. Act. Soc. Sci. Upsal. 6: 45, t. 4 (1799). 1938] REHDER, NEW SPECIES, VARIETIES AND COMBINATIONS 73 Betula verrucosa var. japonica Henry in Elwes & Henry, Trees Gt. Brit. Irel. 4: 967 (1909). Betula pendula var. Tauschii Rehder in Bailey, Stand. Cycl. Hort. 1: 498 1914 For additional synonyms see Schneider in Sargent, PI. Wilson. 2: 5-486. Wirkler (1. c.), Schneider (1. c.) and other authors include under the name B. japonica all the varieties enumerated here under B. mandshurica. Nakai (in Bot. Mag. Tokyo, 29:42) keeps B. mandshurica and B. japonica as distinct species and refers var. kamschatica as a synonym to B. japonica. Both varieties, var. japonica and var. kamtschatica are From the type the var. japonica differs in the more or less pubescent leaves distinctly bearded in the axils beneath and usually truncate to subcordate at the base. Betula mandshurica var. kamtschatica (Regel), comb. nov. Betula alba subsp. 4. B. latifolia Tausch, B. kamtschatica Regel in Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, 382: 400, t. 7, fig. 16-20 (1865) ; in DeCandolle, Prodr. 162: 165 (1868) “subsp. rv, latifolia.” Betula pendula var. japonica f. typica Schneider in Ill. Handb. Laubholzk. 1: 113, fig. 628? (1904). Betula alba subsp. 1. B. verrucosa var. resinifera Regel in Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, 382: 398 (1865); in DeCandolle, Prodr. 16°: 164 (1868) “subsp. I, verrucosa 8. resinifera,” pro parte. Betula japonica var. resinifera (Regel) Winkler in Engler, Pflanzenr. IV. 61 (Heft 19): 79 (1904). Betula japonica var. y. camtschatica (Regel) Winkler in Engler, Pflan- zenr. IV. 61 (Heft 19):79 (1904).— Schneider in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 2: 486 (1916) “kamtschatica.” Betula alba var. vulgaris sensu Shirasawa, Icon. Ess. For. Jap. 2: t. 11, fig. 19-37 (1908), non Spach (1841). Betula japonica var. sachalinensis Koidzumi in Bot. Mag. Tokyo, 27: 563 (1913). — Matsumura, Ic. Pl. Koisikav. 2: 39, t. 104 (1914). This variety is very closely related to var. japonica and differs chiefly in the usually thinner leaves truncate or broad-cuneate at the base, more sharply doubly serrate and often slightly lobulate, glabrous or sometimes slightly pilose and with small axillary tufts of hairs beneath. Betula mandshurica var. szechuanica (Schneid.), comb. nov. Betula alba var. vulgaris Franchet in Jour. de Bot. 16: 406 (1899).— Burkill in Jour. Linn. Soc. 26: 497 (Ind. Fl. Sin. 2) (1899). — Non Spach. Betula japonica var. mandshurica sensu Schneider in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 2: 461 (1916), non B. alba subsp. mandshurica Regel. Betula japonica var. szechuanica Schneider in Sargent, Pl. Wilson. 3: 454 (1917).— Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 9: 24 (1928). 74 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIx This variety differs in its rhombic-ovate or triangular-ovate larger leaves, truncate or broad-cuneate at base, unequally dentate-serrate, densely glandular-punctate beneath and glabrous, dark dull green above. It occurs in western China and forms a tree with wide-spreading branches. Betula mandshurica var. Rockii (Rehd.), comb. nov. Betula japonica var. Rockii Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 9: 25 (1928). This form is known only from the Kokonor region and thus marks the northwestern limit of the range of the species. It is close to var. szechuanica but differs chiefly in its much smaller, cuneate, doubly serrate or even lobulate leaves and the suberect or ascending lateral lobes of the fruiting bract. In shape the leaves resemble those of B. pendula Roth, but the fruiting bracts are quite different. Sorbaria tomentosa (Lindl.), comb. nov. Spiraea Lindleyana Wallich, Num. List, no. 703 (1828), nom. nud. — Royle, Ill. Him. Bot. 203 (1839), nom. nud. — Lindley in Bot. Reg. 31: t. 33 (1845). Schisonotus tomentosus Lindley in Bot. Reg. 26: Misc., p. 71 (1840). Spiraca sorbifolia L. §. Lindleyana (Wall.) K. Koch, Hort. Dendr. 108 (1853). Spiraea sorbifolia sensu Hooker f., Fl. Brit. India, 2: 324 (1878), non Linnaeus, Sorbaria Lindleyana (Lindl.) Maximowicz in Act. Hort. Petrop. 6: 224 (1879). — Dippel, Handb. Laubholzk. 3: 503 (1893). — Schneider, Ml. Handb. Laubholzk. 1: 490, fig. 297, i-k, 299a (1905). — Rehder, Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 349 (1927), Basilima Lindleyana (Wall.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 215 (1891). — Koehne, Deutsch. Dendr. 223 (1893). Schisonotus Lindleyanus Nash in Jour. New York Bot. Gard. 19: 141 (1918). Though Lindley in 1840 (1. c.) cites as a synonym Spiraea Lindleyana Wall., a nomen nudum, his remarks show clearly that he was referring to the brietly characterized Himalayan representative of Spiraea sorbi- folia. At the same time he gave a brief description of the distinguishing characters of the genus Schizonotus published as a nomen nudum in 1828 (in Wallich, Num. List, no. 703). Aronia prunifolia (Marsh.), comb. nov. Mespilus prunifolia Marshall, Arbust. Am. 90 (1785). Pyrus floribunda Lindley in Bot. Reg. 12:t. 1006 (1826). Aronia (Pyrus) floribunda (Lindl.) Spach, Hist. Veg. 2: 89 (1834). — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 2: 44 (1920). Sorbus floribunda Heyvnhold, Nomencl. Bot. 773 (1840). 1938] REHDER, NEW SPECIES, VARIETIES AND COMBINATIONS 79 Aronia atropurpurea Britton, Man. 517 (1901) ; in Addisonia, 3: 1, t. 81 of ae var. atropurpurea (Britt.) Robinson in Rhodora, 10: rine 9 aia (Robins.) Nieuwland in Am. Midl. Nat. Pyrus atropurpurea (Britt.) Bailey in Rhodora, 18: 154 (1916). Pyrus melanocarpa var. Hl call (Britt.) Farwell in Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 19: 258 (191 For further synonymy see Ae (1. c.) under Aronia floribunda. Mespilus prunifolia Marsh. has apparently been confused by most authors with M. prunifolia Lam. (Encycl. Méth. 4: 443. 1798) which is a species of Crataegus, and therefore its real identity has not been recognized, but Marshall’s description leaves no doubt that he intended to describe the shrub now usually called Aronia atropurpurea or A. flori- bunda. In his Arbustrum Americanum, p. 90-91, he describes three species of unarmed Mespilus; the first, M. nivea, is a synonym of Amelanchier canadensis (L.) Med.; the second is the species under dis- cussion: the third, M. canadensis, is identical with Aronia arbutifolia (L.) Elliott. Owing to a garbled translation of the original text in the French translation (Cat. Alphab. Arb. Arbriss. 140. 1788) Nieuwland (in Am. Midl. Naturalist, 12: 122. 1930) identified it with Pyrus melanocarpa (Michx.) Willd. and made the combination Pyrus cana- densis (Marsh.) Nieuwl., because Mespilus canadensis has priority over P. melanocarpa (Michx.) Willd. (1809), but Pyrus canadensis ( Marsh.) Nieuwl. is referable, as to the name-bringing synonym, to 4. arbutifolia, and only as to Nieuwland’s description based on a misidentification, to A, melanocarpa. The original description reads in part: “much resem- bling the last described [M. prunifolia], except in having fruit of a red colour when ripe. There is also a variety of this of smaller growth which produces fruit of a beautiful red colour.” In the French translation the corresponding sentences read: “qui resemble beaucoup au précédent. Ses feuilles sont rouges on en trouve une varieté qui est encore plus petite.” There is no mention of the color of the fruit in this translation, which misled Nieuwland to assume that the color is black, though the English name of the species is given as “Dwarf red fruited Medlar” and the description says that it much resembles the preceding | J. prunifolia | which is described as having the leaves “cotonneuses”’ beneath. Evonymus Fortunei (Turcz.) Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 660 (1933), syn. E. kiautschovia et var. et specim. cit. exclud. PLATE 218+ 1Evonymus ee rae Hand.-Mazz. Isotype of Elaeodendron Fortunet Turcz. in Herb. Kev Doe 76 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIx saver Fortunet Turezaninow in Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, 36!: 3 (1863).— Walpers Ann. 7: 582 (1868).— Maximowicz in Bull. ree Sci. St. Pétersb. 27: 460 (in Mel. — 11: 205) (1882).— Hemsley in Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 124 (18 Evonymus japonica Thunb, var. acuta Rtas in eine Pl. Wilson, (1s Evonymus radicans Sieb. var. acuta Rehder in Mitt. Deutsch. Dendr. Ges, 22: 257 (1913) ; Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 552 (1927) Elaeodendron Fortunei had been already identified with Evonymus radicans var. acuta by Dr. E. D. Merrill in connection with his study of Microtropis. A note by Dunn under Microtropis reticulata in Jour. Bot. 47: 376 (1909) referring to Elaeodendron Fortunei as possibly belonging to Microtropis induced him to examine an isotype of Turczaninow’s species in the Kew herbarium (Fortune, 946, China, 1845) which he found to be identical with Evonymus radicans var. acuta. WHandel- Mazzetti in 1933 (1. c.) had transferred Elaeodendron Fortunei to Evonymus, but had identified it with FE. kiautschovica Loes. and had made E. patens Rehd. a variety of E. Fortunei (Turcz.). From E. kiautschovica, however, it is easily distinguished by its compact inflorescence, the secondary axes of the cyme not exceeding 6 mm., and by the elliptic or oblong-elliptic acute leaves of firmer texture, while E. kiautschovica has a loose inflorescence with the secondary axes up to 16 mm, long, obovate or obovate-oblong leaves, abruptly acuminulate or sometimes obtuse or rounded at apex, gradually narrowed into the petiole and at least in the var. patens (Rehd.) Loes. of thinner texture and only half-evergreen.'| The isotype of Elaeodendron Fortunei from Kew before me agrees exactly with the flowering isotypes of E. japonica var. acuta (Wilson, nos. 562 and Veitch Expedition no. 1227) except that the leaves in Fortune’s specimen are generally somewhat narrower. Fortune’s specimen was probably collected either in Kiangsu or Chekiang where he spent the spring of 1845; from both these provinces and also from Anhwei we have in this herbarium many specimens of F. radicans var. acuta, Turczaninow gives northern China as the habitat of Elaco- dendron Fortunei, but Fortune’s label reads simply “China” and what Fortune calls the north of China is the region around Ningpo and Shanghai.” Typical Eonymus Fortunei is widely distributed throughout eastern, 'Through the kindness of Dr. L. Diels, Director ie the Botanical Museum at Berlin Dahlem, I received recently a photograph of the type of Evonymus hiiuischouien Loes. which shows that there is apparently no differ tece between the type and var. patens (E. patens Rehd.). “See p. 346 of his “Three years wanderings in the northern provinces of China. London, 1847. 1938] REHDER, NEW SPECIES, VARIETIES AND COMBINATIONS cE central and western China; in this herbarium it is represented from the provinces of Shantung (cultivated), Kiangsu, Chekiang, Anhwei, Kwangsi, Yunnan, Hupeh, Honan, Shensi and Shansi. In Japan and Korea the species is represented by the following varieties including some garden forms; there is also the following slight form of the type known only in cultivation. Evonymus Fortunei f. colorata (Rehd.), comb. nov. Evonymus radicans var. acuta f. colorata Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 7: 30 Evonymus radicans var. colorata (Rehd.) Rehder in Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 552 (1927). This form was raised from seed collected in Shensi by F. N. Meyer and differs only in the leaves assuming in autumn a purple color retained during the winter, a very dark deep purple on the upper and a brighter and lighter purple on the lower surface. Evonymus Fortunei var. alticola (Hand.-Mazz.), comb. nov. Evonymus radicans (Miq.) Sieb. var. alticola Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 660 (1933). This variety occurs in Yunnan and differs from the type chiefly in its most elliptic-obovate to oblong-obovate leaves, abruptly acuminulate, minutely serrulate to entire or nearly entire, often glaucous above the second year, and in its very dense small cymes 7-10 mm. across. Besides the specimens listed Simeon Ten’s specimen from Tchao-tong (Arn. Arb. distr. 491) belongs here. Evonymus Fortunei var. radicans (Miq.), comb. nov. Evonymus Seg Siebold, Cat. Rais. Pl. Jap. Chine, 33 (1863)? nom. nud. — K. Koch, Dendr. 1: 632 (1869), nom. nud. Evonymus Pein Sieb. ex Siebold, |. c. (1863) pro synon. praeced. — ae Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 2: 86 (Prol. Fl. Jap. 18) (1865), E. japonici var. radicantts Evonymus japonicus var. 8. radicans Miquel in Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.- at. 2: 86 (Prol. Fl. Jap. 18) (1865). — Maximowicz in Mel. Biol. 11: 178 (1881); in Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. 27: 441 (1882).— Dippel, Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 495 (1892).— Nakai in Jour. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, 26, 1: 123 (FI. Kor. I) (1908).— Matsumura, Ind. Pl. Jap. 2: 321 (1912).— Makino & Tanaka, Man. Fl. Nippon, 328 (1927). Evonymus radicans Sieb. ex Miquel in Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 3: 202 (Prol. Fl. Jap. 366) (1867).— Franchet & Savatier, Enum. Pl. Jap. 1:79 (1875).— Anon. in Bull. Féd. Soc. Hort. Belg. 1883-85: 269 am indebted to Dr. H. J. Lam, Director of the Rijksherbarium at Leiden, for a of Siebold’s Catalogue of 1863 and for the information that in none of the sea in the library ae me institution issued between 1844 and 1871 are de- scriptions of new species giv 78 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. xIx (1887). —Rehder in Bailey, Cycl. Am. Hort. 2: 559 (1900) ; Sargent, Trees Shrubs, 1: 129 (1903); Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 552 (1927), — Schneider, Ill. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 173, fig. 112p-—q, 114e (1907).— Bean, Trees Shrubs Brit. Isl. 1: 542 (1914). Evonymus japonicus p. radicans viridis Regel, Ind. Sem. Hort. Bot. Petrop. 1866: 103 (1867). Evonymus repens Carriere in Rev. Hort. 1885: 296, fig. 51. Evonymus japonica B. gracilis Koehne, Deutsch. Dendr. 363 (1893), not Regel. Evonymus radicans var. viridis Rg]. ex Schneider, Il. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 173 (1907). This variety occurs in central Japan and in southern Korea. It differs from the Chinese type chiefly in the usually smaller and less pointed leaves, more distinctly and sharply serrate, in their thicker texture and obsolete lateral veins. It is much cultivated in Japan and has produced a number of forms in Japanese and European gardens. Evonymus Fortunei var. radicans f. reticulata (Reg.), comb. nov. Evonymus japonicus X reticulatus Regel, Ind. Sem. Hort. Bot. Petrop. 1866: 102 (1867). Evonymus gracilis h. Sieb. ex Regel, 1. c. (1867), pro syn. praeced. Evonymus radicans var. reticulatus Rgl. ex Rehder in Bailey, Cycl. Am. rt. 2: 559 (1900) ; in Bailey, Stand. Cycl. Hort. 3: 1188 (1914). Evonymuts radicans var. 7 Nia Rel. f. reticulata Schneider, I]. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 173 (19 Evonymus Aeaacouig var. ye Jacob Makoy ex Rehder, Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 552 (1927). This form differs from typical var. radicans in the leaves being varie- gated with white along the veins. Evonymus Fortunei var. radicans f. gracilis (Reg.), comb. nov. a japonicus 8 gracilis Regel, Ind. Hort. Bot. Petrop. 1866: 103 vonymus gracilis argenteo-variegatus h. Sieb. ex Regel, 1. c. (1867), pro syn. preced.— Spaeth, Spaeth-Buch, 171 (1920) as argentet- variegat Sie: prac roseo-variegatus h. Sieb. ex Regel, 1. c. (1867), pro syn. prec vonymus ee variegata Carriére in Rev. Hort. 1876: 354, fig. 77 Evonymnus radicans var. viridis Rgl. f. gracilis Schneider, Ill. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 173 (1907) Evonymus radicans var. argenteo-marginatus Rehder in Bailey, Cycl. Am. Hort. 2: 559 (1900); Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 552 (1927). To this form may be referred the following variegated forms: Leaves dark green variegated with golden-yellow: Evonymus radicans pictus J. Makoy et Cie. in Belg. Hort. 15: 146 (1865) 1938] REHDER, NEW SPECIES, VARIETIES AND COMBINATIONS 79 Leaves variegated with pink on the margin: Evonymus japonicus .. radicans Regel, Ind. Sem. Hort. Bot. Petrop, 1866: 103 (1867), not E. japonicus var. radicans Miq. Evonymus radicans roseo-marginatus h. Jacob Makoy et Cie. ex Regel, l. c. (1867), pro syn. preced. — Rehder in Bailey, Cycl. Am. Hort. 2:559 (1900), pro var.; Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 552 (1927), pro var. Evonymus radicans var. viridis Rgl. {. roseo-marginata Schneider, Ill. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 173 (1907).: Leaves variegated with white, yellow and bright green: Evonymus Eile x. tricolor Regel, Ind. Sem. Hort. Bot. Petrop. 1866: 103 (1867 Evonymus tricolor Taces Makoy et Cie. ex Regel, 1. c. (1867), pro synon. Svonymus radicans pictus h. Lambertianus ex Regel, |. c. (1867), pro synon. preced. All these variegated forms are rather inconstant and variable and do not seem to be at present in cultivation as distinct forms under their various names. Evonymus Fortunei var. radicans f. minima (Simon Louis), comb. nov. Ez onymus radicans minimus Simon-Louis, Cat. 1912-13: 43 (1912), vel Evonymus eee var. minima Simon-Louis ex Rehder in Bailey Stand. cl. Hort. 2: 1188 (1914). Evonymus radicans var. kewensis Hort. ex Bean, Trees Shrubs Hardy Brit. Isles, 1: 542 (1914) This form is known only as a sterile plant of creeping habit and differs in its very small leaves 0.6-1.5 cm. long. It is probably the same form mentioned as £. radicans fol. minimis in Vilmorin & Bois, Frutic. Vilmor. 34 (1904), nom. nud. The form cultivated as var. kewensis has generally smaller leaves than the plant grown as f. minima; it was introduced, according to Bean, by Professor C. S. Sargent from Japan and sent to Kew in 1893, Evonymus Fortunei var. radicans f. Carrierei (Vauvel), comb. nov. Evonymus Carrieret Vauvel in Vulgaris. Hort. 1881, no. 6. — Carriére in Rev. Hort. 1881: 373, fig. 92; 1885: 295, fig. 50. gies nes var. gracilis Dippel, Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 495 1892), pro part Evonymus a. Carrierei Mottet, Dict. Prat. Hort. Jard. 2: 351 (1894 1In a list of new varieties offered by Jacob “eying et Cie., no E. tricolor is listed, but a £. japonicus tricolor (in Belg. Hort. 15: 145) which probably nl not belong to E. radicans since E. japonicus is being kept dite from E. radic 80 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. x1x Evonymus Kapila var. Carrieret Nicholson in Hand-list Trees Shrubs ; —Mouillefert, Traité Arb. Arbriss. 752 (1895).— Schneider, Ill. Handb. Laubholzk. 2:173 (1907).— Rehder in Bailey, Stand. Cycl. Hort. 2: 1188 (1914) ; Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 552 (1927) This form differs in its shrubby, not climbing habit forming a low spreading shrub and in its elliptic to elliptic-oblong leaves, lustrous dark green above and up to 5 cm. long. It flowers and fruits profusely and sometimes develops branches with leaves broadly margined with white. The form known as “Silver Queen” belongs probably here. Evonymus Fortunei var. vegeta (Rehd.), comb. nov. Evonymus radicans var. vegetus Rehder in Sargent, Trees & Shrubs, 2129, t. 65 (1903); Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 552 (1927).— Schneider, Ill. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 173 (1907).— Wilson in Hortic. Boston, n. ser. 4: 530, fig. (1926). This variety occurs spontaneously in Hokkaido and Hondo (Mt. Kirishima, Kyushu, Z. Tashiro, July 21, 1917). It differs in its more coriaceous, orbicular-oval to broad-elliptic, coarsely crenate leaves 2.5—5 cm. long and 2—3.5 cm. broad, also in the larger inflorescence with the sec- ondary axes sometimes 1—1.5 cm. long. It may remain a low-spreading shrub flowering and fruiting profusely, but climbs with rootlets, if it finds suitable support. Acer Mono Maximowicz in Bull. Phys. Math. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. 15: 126 (Mél. Biol. 2: 416) (1857). Acer pictum Thunberg, Fl. Jap. 162 (1784), sensu lato. — Siebold & Zuccarini in Abh. Akad. Wiss. Muench. 4%: 156 (Fl. Jap. Fam. Nat. 1: 48) (1844).— Non Thunberg 1783. Acer laetum var. parviflorum Regel in Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. 15: Meél. Biol. 2: 486) (1 857). Acer pictum y. aires in Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. 26: 443 (Mel. Biol. 10: 600) (1880). Acer pictum var. Mono Pax in Bot. Jahrb. 7: 236 (1886). Acer pictum var. a. typicum Schwerin subvar. 2. sg (Maxim.) Pax in Engler, Pflanzenr. (Heft 8) IV. 163: 47 (190 Acer Hayatae var. glabra Léveillé & Vaniot in “er So oc. Bot. France, 53: 590 (1906), syn. ex Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 15: 5 (1934). Acer pictum var. parviflorum (Reg.) Schneider, Ill. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 225 (1907). As Nakai has shown (in Bot. Mag. Tokyo, 45: 124-126. 1931), the name Acer pictum under which this species has been generally known is invalidated by A. pictum Thunberg of 1783 (in Nov. Act. Soc. Sci. Upsal. 4: 40) which is not an Acer, but belongs to the Araliaceae and is Kalopanax pictus (Thunb.) Nakai, Fl. Sylv. Kor. 16:34 (1927) to 1938] REHDER, NEW SPECIES, VARIETIES AND COMBINATIONS 81 which Kalopanax ricinifolius (Sieb. & Zucc.) Miq. and K, septemlobus (Thunb.) Koidz. are referable as synonyms. Acer Mono is a very variable species; it varies considerably in the size, shape and lobing of the leaves and in the direction of the samaras which may be nearly horizontal to upright and connivent. As in other species of the genus, the extremes of these characters are connected by numerous intergrading forms, and the varieties and even species based on these characters are best considered as representing only forms, par- ticularly as they do not show any clear geographical segregation. From a taxonomic point of view it seems fortunate that the name Acer pictum generally applied to this species has become untenable on account of an earlier synonym, since it was based on a sterile branch with variegated leaves of a cultivated plant of which neither flowers nor fruits have ever been described. This facts makes it possible to adopt for the species the name Acer Mono which represents the most common and widely distributed form, while the form having a fruit with upright wings which has been considered by most authors the type of A. pictum is comparatively rare and occurs only in Japan. Several new varieties have recently been described under A. Mono by Nakai, by Hara and by Hondo and several names transferred by the last-named author from A. pictum to A. Mono, but no transfer seems to have been made as yet of the three following forms or varieties. Acer Mono f. connivens (Nichols.), comb. nov. Acer al Siebold & Zuccarini in Abh. Akad. Wiss. Muench. 4?: 156 (FI. Fam. Nat. 1: 48) (1844), p. p. — Miquel in Ann. Mus. Bot. ee 2:87 (Prol. Fl. Jap. 19) (1865) p. p.—K. Koch, Dendr. 1: 531 (1869), p. p. — Shirasawa, Ic. Ess. For. Jap. 1: t. 65, fig. 1-12 (1900 ).— Schneider, Il. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 225, fig. 150 e, 151 d-f (1907).— Rehder, Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 562 (1927). —Non A. pictum Thunb. (1783). Acer oe var. connivens Nicholson in Gard. Chron. II. 16: 375 1881). Acer pictum var. eupictum Pax in Bot. Jahrb. 7: 236 (1886). Acer pictum was originally based on a sterile branch and Siebold & Zuccarini seem to have been the first authors to describe the fruit and they based their description on the form with upright wings which sub- sequently was adopted by most later authors as the type of A. pictum. Acer Mono f. marmoratum (Nichols.), comb. nov. Acer pictum Thunberg, FI. Jap. 162 (1784) ; Diss. de Acere (Rep. J. L. Aschan) 7. 1793 (Repr. in Diss. Acad. 2: 341. 1800 and in Misc. Papers Thunb. 293. 1935) ; Icon. Pl. Jap. 5: t. 3 (1805). — Willdenow, Sp. Pl. 4: 983 (1806).— Trattinick, Archiv. Gewachsk. 1:3 t. 15 82 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL XIX (1811). — Sprengel, Syst. 2: 224 (1825). — G. Don, Gen. Syst. 1: 65 (1832).— Loudon, Arb. Frut. Brit. 1: 432 (18 38). — Non Thunb. (1783). Acer Ai var. marmoratum Nicholson in Gard. Chron. II. 16: 375 1881).— Bean, Trees Shrubs a Isl. 1: 154 (1914). — Rehder, Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 562 (192 This form represents the type of ddan Thunberg of 1784; all descriptions up to 1838 are based on the descriptions and illustration published by Thunberg. Siebold & Zuccarini in 1844 seem to have been the first to have published descriptions based on spontaneous material with flowers and fruits. Acer Mono var. tricuspis (Rehd.), comb. nov. Acer tenellum Pax in Hooker Icon. Pl. 19: t. 1897 Soa ee in Engler Pflanzenr. (Heft 8) IV. 163: 53, fig. 9 (1902). — Synon Acer Bodiniert L oe in Repert. Spec. Nov. 10: 433 (1912) : "Fl. Kouy- Tchéou, 382 (19 Acer pictum var. | peas Schneid. f. tricuspts Rehder in Mitt. utsch. Dendr. Ges. 22: 258 (1913); in Jour. Arnold Arb. 15:5 (1934) ; Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 562 (1927). This variety differs from the type chiefly in the smaller 3-lobed leaves and the ciliate sepals, the smallest leaves being sometimes quite entire and ovate in outline. Ciliate sepals are also found in typical A. Mono, e. g. Wilson 1915 and 1919 from Hupeh, but in the Japanese specimen they seem to be always quite glabrous. Acer Mono var. tricuspis seems to be restricted to Central China. Acer velutinum Boissier, Diagn. Pl. Or. Nov. 6: 28 (1845) “Pl. Kotsch. Pers. Feb. 1845.” Acer insigne Boissier & Buhse in Nouv. Mém. Soc. Nat. Moscou, 12: 46 (Aufzahl. Transkauk. Pers. Pfl.) (1860), quoad var. a. Acer insigne var. a. velutina Boissier & Buhse, |. c. (1860). Acer insigne var. B. velutinum Boissier, Fl. Or. 1: 948 (1867).— Pax in Bot. Tach. 7: 194 (1886) ; 16: 395 (1893) ; in Engler, Pflanzenr. IV. 163 (Heft 8): 15 (1902).— Wesmael in Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 29: 36 (1890).— Masters in Gard. Chron. III. Schwerin in Gartenfl. 42: 268 (Var. Acer, 29) (1893).— Koehne, Deutsch. Dendr. 377 (1893). — Dippel, Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 430, wa 202 (1893). — Rehder in Bailey, Cycl. Am. Hort. 1:15 (1900) ; Bailey, Stand. Cycl. Hort. 1: 201 (1914); Man. Cult. Trees Shri, 567 (1927).— Schneider, Ill. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 203 (1907).— Henry in Elwes & Henry, Trees Gt. rey Irel. 3: 667 (1907).— Bean, Trees Shrubs Brit. Isles, 1: 144 (191 Acer insigne var. typica f{. velutina Seale in Bull. Herb. Boissier, IT. 5: 643 (1905) Boissier in 1860 referred A. velutinum as the typical variety to the 1938] REHDER, NEW SPECIES, VARIETIES AND COMBINATIONS 83 new species A. insigne, but in 1867 he reversed this status and made the glabrous form the type of A. imsigne and var. velutinum a variety, a dis- position followed by later authors. I agree with Bornmiiller (1. c.) that these two varieties should be considered only forms being closely con- nected by intermediates which he found more common than the extremes. Acer velutinum f. longilobum (Bornm.), comb. nov. Acer insigne var. longiloba Bornmiiller in Bull. Herb. Boissier, IT. 5: 643 This is a rather striking form agreeing with the type in the pubescent under side of the leaves, but differing in three-lobed leaves with upright elongated narrow lobes, the middle lobe being about twice as long as broad and twice as long as the undivided portion of the leaf. This form is represented in this herbarium by an isotype of the only collection known. It seems to be an extreme form of the type. Acer velutinum f. glabrescens (Boiss. & Buhse), comb. nov. Acer insigne Boiss. & Buhse var. B. glabrescens Boissier & Buhse in Nouv. Mém. Soc. Nat. Moscou, 12: 46 Sora Transkauk. Pers. Pflanz.) (1860).— Pax in Bot. Jahrb. 7: 194 (1886).— Wesmael in ull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 29: 36 (1890). — Rehder in Bailey, Cycl. Am. Hort. 1:15 (1900); in Bailey, Stand. Cycl. Hort. 1: 201 (1914); Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 567 (1927).— Schneider, Ill. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 203, fig. 126f, 132 a-d (1907). Acer insigne Boissier & Buhse 1. c. (1860), quoad var. glabrescens. — Boissier, Fl. Or. 1:947 (1867).— Regel in Gartenfl. 30: 120, fig. (1881). = per Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 430, fig. 202 (1893).— Koehne, Deutsch. Dendr. 377 (1893), excl. syn. 4. Van Volxemi. — Henry in Elwes & Henry, Trees Gt. Brit. Irel. 3: 667 (1907), quoad var. glabrescens. Acer insigne var. Van Volxemi sensu Pax in Bot. Jahrb. 16: 395 1893); in Engler, Pflanzenr. IV. 163 (Heft 8):15 (1902).— Rehder in Bailey, Cycl. Am. Hort. 1: 15 (1900).— Quoad syn. var. glabrescens, non A. Van Volxemi Mast. Acer insigne var. Van Volxemi (Mast.) Pax 2. fee Pax ex Schwerin in Gartenfl. 42: 267 (Var. Acer, 29) (1893). Acer Hee (?) B. obtusiloba Freyn & Sintenis in Bull. Herb. Boiss. I. 2: 843 (1902).— Bornmiiller in Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 643 (1905). As ae in my remarks under the type, I do not consider the glabrous and pubescent forms as entitled to varietal rank, since both forms are found in the same locality and intermediate forms are frequent between the type and the typical f. glabrescens which has the under side perfectly glabrous. Acer insigne var. obtusiloba Freyn & Sint. of which I have seen Bornmiller’s no, 6532 referred by him to that variety, seems hardly 84. JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX distinct from f. glabrescens; the lobes are rather shorter and more obtuse, but the leaves are otherwise indistinguishable from those of f. glabrescens. Acer velutinum f. Wolfii (Schwerin) , comb. nov. Acer insigne Wolfii Schwerin in Mitt. Deutsch. Dendr. Ges. 14: 210 (1905).— Schneider, Ill. Handb, Laubholzk. 2: 203 (190 7) Ot, W olfi.’ — Rehder in Bailey, Stand. Cycl. Hort. 1: 201 (1914) ; Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 567 (1927), pro var. This form differs from the preceding in the purplish red under side of the leaves, very much like A. Pseudoplatanus var. purpureum Loud. Acer velutinum var. Van Volxemii (Mast.), comb. nov. Acer Van Volxemii Masters in Gard. Chron. II. 7: 72, fig. 10 (1877). — Nicholson in Gard. pes . 15: 10 (1881). — Dippel, Handb. Laub- holzk. 2: 432, fig. 203 (18 Acer Pseudo-Platanus | » an Volxemi (Mast.) Wesmael in Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 29: 35 (1890). Acer Volxemi Masters in Gard. Chron. III. 10:9, fig. 1, 2 (1891).— Henry in Elwes & Henry, Trees Gt. Brit. Irel. 3: 660 (1908). Acer insigne var. 1. Van Volxemi (Mast.) Pax in Bot. Jahrb. 16: 395 1893); in Engler, Pflanzenr. IV. 163 (Heft 8): 15 (1902); excl. syn, var. glabrescens. — Rehder, Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 567 (1927). Acer Kakheti Hort. Belg. ex Pax, |. c. (1893), pro synon. precedentis. Acer insigne var. Van Volxemi (last. se Pax 1. perckense Schwerin in Gartenfl. 42: 268 (Var. Acer, 29) (18 By several authors this maple has see or confused with var. glabrescens, but Henry maintains that it is quite distinct, and he con- siders it a distinct species or possibly a hybrid between A. insigne and A, Trautvetteri Medw., but neither in the leaves nor in the inflorescence can I see any influence of the latter species. He states that it has ex- tremely large leaves with white pubescence along the midrib beneath and twigs pubescent at the nodes and on the upper edge of the leaf-scars, and that the inflorescence has long bracts and bractlets like A. Trautvettert Medw. I find, however, that the pubescence at the internodes is present also in the other varieties and the pubescence along the midrib of the leaves is found on plants intermediate between the type and the f. glabrescens. I have seen no flowering specimens of var. Van Volxemt, but judging from the illustration by Masters (I. c.) the inflorescence is quite different; it has the appearance of a dense semiglobose corymb instead of a pyramidal panicle, the bracts and bractlets are longer and more conspicuous, while in the other forms of A. velutinum they are minute and caducous, and the wings of the fruit spread nearly hori- zontally. The tree seems never to have been collected again in a wild 1938] REHDER, NEW SPECIES, VARIETIES AND COMBINATIONS 85 state and the original specimen upon which Masters based his description has apparently been lost. Acer brevilobum Hesse, nom. nov. Acer brevilobum Hesse, Haupt-Preisverz. 1903-4, p. 80 (1903), nom. nud. — Kache in Mitt. Deutsch. Dendr. Ges. 28: 226 (1919), pro synon. dee parviflorum Franchet & Savatier, Enum. Fl. Jap. 2: 321, 323 (1879). — Maximowicz in Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. 26: 439 (Mel. Biol. 10: 595) (1880). — Pax in Bot. Jahrb. 7: 247 (1886) ; in Engler, Pflanzenr. IV, 163 (Heft 8): 69 (1902).—Schneider, I]. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 236, 1029, fig. 164d (1907). — Shirasawa, Ic. Ess. For. Jap. 2: t. 42 (1908). — Koidzumi in Jour. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, ra ey t. 1 (1911). — Silva-Tarouca, Uns. Freil.-Laubgeh. 131, fig. 113 (1913).—Kache in Mitt. Deutsch. Dendr. Ges. 28: 226 ee : —Rehder, Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 569 (1927).— Non Ehrhardt (1789 ): Acer pennsylvanicum subsp. 4. parviflorum Wesmael in Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 29: 62 890). Acer crassipes Pax in Engler, Pflanzenr. IV. 163 (Heft 8): 69 (1902). — Hesse in Mitt. Deutsch. Dendr. Ges. 21: 358, fig. (1912). — Non Heer (1859) Acer pictum var. parviflorum Schneider in Silva-Tarouca & Schneider, Uns. Freil.-Laubgeh. ed. 2, p. 85, fig. 73 (1922), quoad syn. A. crasst- pes et fi Acer parviflorum Franch, & Sav., the name up to the present time universally accepted for this species, is invalidated by the older homonym A. parviflorum Ehrh. which is a synonym of A. spicatum. Acer crassipes was based by Pax on material from the same plant as was A. brevilobum. This plant was growing in the nursery of A. H. Hesse in Weener, Ger- many, where I collected specimens in 1901 under the designation ‘‘A. spec. Japan” and in 1910 received flowering material named A. crassipes from Mr. Hesse. Mr. Hesse sent material to Schwerin and to Pax for identification; the former named it A. brevilobum, the name under which Hesse offered it in his catalogue in 1903 without author’s citation, but Schwerin never published it, apparently because he identified it soon after with A. parviflorum. By Pax it was described in 1902 as a new species, A. crassipes, a name invalidated by the older homonym 4. crassipes Heer (1859); it was first cited as a synonym of A. parviflorum in 1913 by Count Silva Tarouca (I. c.). Kache in 1919 cited both names, A. crassipes Pax and A. brevilobum Schwerin, as synonyms of A. parviflorum. Acer palmatum Thunb. var. palmatum (Thunb.), comb. nov. Acer palmatum oa in Nov. Act. Soc. Sci. Upsal. 4: 40 (1783) ; Fl. Jap. 162 (1784). 86 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. XIx Acer septemlobum Siebold & Comp. in Jaarb. Nederl. Maatsch. Tuinb. 1844, p. 23, t. 2, fig. c., nom. seminud.? Acer Meikets Siebold & Comp. (1. c.) t. 2, fig. d., nom. seminud. Acer polymorphum Sieb. & Zucc. y. palmatum K. Koch, Hort. Dendr, 80 (1853). Acer palmatum var. quinquelobum K. Koch in Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.- Bat. 1: 251 (1864).— Miquel in Arch. Néerland. 2: 469 (1867). “ enone var. a. Thunbergti Pax in Bot. Jahrb. 7: 202 (1886), , Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 570 (192 A falmatio var. " Thunbergii Pax subvar. eupalmatum 1. normale Schwerin in Gartenfl. 42:652, fig. (1893).— Pax in Engler, ice IV. 163 (Heft 8): 26 (1902).— Schneider, Ill. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 207, fig. 135a (1907). Acer palmatum var. septemloba Miquel in Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. (Prol. Fl. Jap. 20) (1865), based on A. Meikets in Jaarb. Nederl. Maatsch. Tuinb. tab. 2, fig. Acer palmatum f{. genuina Miquel in Siebold & cna erat Fl. Jap. 2: 84 (1870), quoad nomen, excl. s n. descr. et planta de Acer palmatum “palmatum proper” Nicholson in Gard. Chron. n. ser. 16: (1881). Acer palmatum igs genuinum (S. & Z.) Koidzumi in Jour. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, 32,1: t. 26, fig. 1-6 (1911). The oldest care epithet for typical Acer palmatum is apparently Koch’s A. polymorphum y. palmatum of 1853. The varietal epithet Thunbergii proposed by Pax in 1886, and used by many later authors is antedated not only by that of 1853, but also by A. palmatum B quinque- lobum K. Koch of 1864. Acer palmatum Thunb. var. heptalobum, nom. nov. Acer polymorphum §. septemlobum sensu K. Koch, Hort. Den 80 (1853) non A. ae eae Thunb. — Anon. in Bull. Féd. ie “Soc. Belg. 1883-85, p. 358 (18 Acer septemlobum sensu gh Koch, Hort. Dendr. 80 (1853), non Thunberg ; pro synon. praeceden Acer palmatum forma genuina Miquel in Siebold & Zuccarini, Fl. Jap. 2: 84, t. 145 (1870), pro parte, “aes plantam depictam et syn. 4. septemlobum sensu Miquel, non Thunberg. Acer taleaaaes var. Thunbergit subvar. septemlobum 17. —— Schwerin in Gartenfl. 42: 678, fig. (189 3). — Pax i in Engler Pflanze ; 163 (Heft 8):26 (1902), sphalmate ig at — Schneider, Ill. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 207, fig. 135b (190 Acer palmatum var. septemlobum Nicholson in Gard. ase nu. ser, LG: 137 (1881).—Rehder in Baile - Cycl. Am. Hort. 1:14 (1900) ; Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, 570 (192 Acer palmatum b. A. septemlobum “4 Koch, Dendr. 1: 525 (1869). Acer palmatum subsp. septemlobum aaa in Jour. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, 32,1: 46, t. 26, fig. 7, 8, t. 27 (1911). 1This and the following represent forms belonging to typical A. palmatum as the lobulate and coarsely and unequally serrate lobes show. Jour. ARNoLD Ars. VoL. XIX PLATE 217 Betulaa, PLANTS OF HUNAN PROVINCE, CHINA Oetrys ocr vcarvrs Hohl ge. rtew Trea 50 ft, high, oracte of fruit yelder, in mixed forest, on slope, Alt, ache Bg By 6. WEEN FRE Atte Lf Kamen R Om One vi REE OR Wana uu W13/ 1935 OSTRYA MULTINERVIS Rehder FULL-TONE ~~ MERIDEN Jour. ARNoLD Ars. Vor. XIX PLATE 218 * PCa ky *t * .¢ > 5 ; ; ‘ * ‘ > a, > a J j e | “ . | ma i : <% t hn Lie, BOD. Merrit woes Reais g i Fags on eap see * { bad A 33% 3 . ‘ eer ‘Tsa! ft. fa. . ty “ oe fixed * ; ae peek: eke C18 g! ft, Ma Cae ate . : seis + . < Re Soe EvonyMusS Fortune! (Turez.) Hand.-Mazz. FULL-TONE~~ MERIDEN 1938] REHDER, NEW SPECIES, VARIETIES AND COMBINATIONS 87 The name Acer septemlobum Thunb. has been applied to a variety of A. palmatum by all authors after 1853, until Koidzumi, after examina- tion of Thunberg’s type recognized it as being identical with Kalopanax ricinifolius Miq. and in 1925 he published the combination Kalopanax septemlobus. In 1927 the writer made the combination. Acanthopanax septemlobus attributing it erroneously to Koidzumi. He could affirm the correctness of Koidzumi’s identification when examining in 1928 Thunberg’s herbarium in Uppsala. All references to Acer septemlobum Thunb. up to Steudel in 1841 are based solely on Thunberg’s descrip- tion and therefore apply to Kalopanax. Siebold, in 1844, seems to have been the first one to use the name for a definite species of Acer, but for a form which according to his figure belongs to typical A. palmatum and not to the form to which later authors applied the name and which agrees fairly well with Thunberg’s description, while Siebold’s figure does not agree at all with Thunberg’s description of the lobes as ‘“‘aequaliter argute serratis.” Since the specific epithet of Thunberg’s Acer septemlobum belongs to Kalopanax and since no other epithet under Acer palmatum seems to be available, I propose the new name heptalobum for the variety of Acer palmatum generally designated as septemlobum and based erroneously on A. septemlobum Thunb. Acer oblongum Wall. var. biauritum W. W. Smith in Notes Bot. Gard. Edinb. 8: 329 (1915). — Metcalf in Lingnan Sci. Jour. 11: 195 (1932). — Rehder in Jour. Arnold Arb. 15: 6 (1934). Acer Paxii Franchet in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 33: 464 (1887); Pl ane me t. 31 (1889). — Pax in Engler, Pflanzenr. IV. 164 (Heft oy 3 (1902).— Rehder in Sargent, Trees & Shrubs, 1: 178 (1905), — ~ Schneider a Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 198, fig. 126d, 127 e-i (1907). — I am unable to pat any aes to separate Acer Paxii from A. oblongum var. biauritum, and I agree with W. W. Smith that this maple represents only a variety of A. oblongum with prevailingly 3-lobed leaves. The reason why the identity of A. Paxii with A. oblongum was not rec- ognized, is probably the fact that Pax and all later authors placed A. Paxii in the Sect. Sprcata, while A. oblongum was referred to Sect. INTEGRIFOLIA. Also A. Buergerianum should be transferred from the Sect. Spicata to the Sect. INTEGRIFOLIA. ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 1Acer septemlobum Thunberg, Fl. Jap. 162 (1784); Diss. de Acere oe Pe | Op Aschan) 1793; in his Diss. Acad. 2: 345 (1800). — Willden now, Spec. > 983 (1805).— Persoon, Syn. Pl. 1: 417 (1805). — DeCandolle, Prodr. 1: 595 on — Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 2: 225 (1825).— Spach, Hist. Nat. Veg. 3:99 (1834). — Steudel, Nomencl. ed. 2, 1: 12 (1841). 88 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. XIx NOTES ON SOME ASTRAGALUS SPECIES OF ECUADOR IvAN M. JOHNSTON Tue species here discussed are plants of Ecuador and west-central and northern Peru. They represent the few South American species of the genus which have not been discussed in my forthcoming revision of the Astragalus species of Bolivia, Chile and Argentina. Though these few northern species are well marked, to have included them in my larger paper would have disproportionately complicated the keys to the very abundant and generally less well marked more southern species. Practical considerations have, therefore, demanded a separate treatment of the present outlying northern species of South America. Since the Galapagos Islands are territory belonging to Ecuador I have given notes on the identity and probably true home of the two species of Astragalus based upon specimens falsely said to have come from those islands. The abbreviations of herbaria used in this paper are as follows: BD = Berlin-Dahlem; BM = British Museum; Boiss. = Boissier Herbarium, Geneva; FM = Field Museum, Chicago; G = Gray Herbarium, Har- vard Univ.; K = Kew; Stock. = Stockholm; US = United States National Herbarium. Astragalus Sprucei, sp. nov. Prostrata gracilis, e radice gracili perenni oriens; caulibus gracilibus 1-1.5 mm. crassis 1-5 dm. longis sparse longiramosis plus minusve minute pallide strigosis; foliis numerosis; rhachi 4-7 mm. longa sparse strigosa internodiis caulis 1—3 cm. longis evidenter longiore; foliolis 9—13- jugis oblongis vel oblongo-obovatis vel late cuneatis basim versus attenuatis glabris vel subtus in costa sparse strigosis apice latis conspicue emarginatis; stipulis dorsaliter connatis 5—7 mm. longis pallide chartaceis laxe ocreatis apice 1-1.5 mm. profunde bidentatis; floribus 3—6 parvis; racemis quam folia 12 vel 13 brevioribus; pedunculis axillaribus 5-20 mm. longis gracilibus catia decurvatis; bracteis ovatis chartaceis acutis 1-2 mm. longis; pedicellis ca. 1 mm. longis; calycibus 2.5—3.5 mm. longis extus sparse strigosis, tubo cupulato 1.5-2 mm. longo et crasso, lobis lanceolatis 1-2 mm. longis; vexillo ca. 5 mm. longo caeruleo medio albo-picto, lamina suborbiculata ca. 5 mm, diametro; alis caeruleis angustis ca. 4 mm, longis; carina alba obtusa ca. 3 mm. longa; ovario striguloso; Jleguminibus prismaticis ascendentibus sparse _ strigosis 1938 | JOHNSTON, ASTRAGALUS OF ECUADOR AND PERU 89 straminaceis 8-12 mm. longis 4-6 mm. crassis 2—4 mm. altis uniloculari- bus, plus minusve dorsiventraliter compressis cum partibus inferioribus leguminis subplanis vel plus minusve lateraliter compressis cum partibus inferioribus leguminis late introflexis; seminibus 6—8 brunneis ca. 1.8 mm. longis compressis oblique ovatis. ECUADOR. TuncuranHua: Tilulun, near Ambato, Feb. 1919, Pachano 117 (US). CHtmpBorazo: Riobamba in sandy places, fl. vio- laceous, Nov. 1858, Spruce 5771 (typrE, Gray Herb.; K, BD, Stock.) ; in gravel along the Rio Chambo, Dec. 1858, Spruce 5811 (K, BD, Stock.) ; repent in sandy fields, Riobamba, Dec. 1922, Mille A17 (BD); sandy hills, Riobamba, May 1921, Rimbach 148 (BD); dry interandine highland, small half-shrub in sandy soil, Riobamba, 2800 m., Rimbach 202 (US); without locality, Pearce (BM) and Jameson (US). Related to the habitually very dissimilar A. micranthellus Wedd. and A. arequipensis Vogel, perennials of the Bolivian plateau, and to 4. triflorus (DC.) Gray, an annual of the coastal hills of Peru and northern Chile. All these related species have small racemose flowers borne on abbreviated peduncles much shorter than the leaves, as well as usually flat, non-complicate, leaflets and ascending legumes. The pods of 4. Sprucet have no false septum or, at most, only an extremely narrow very weakly developed and inconspicuous one. Though the walls of the pod are tough they are not very thick. The total width of the fruit is usually \Y% to ™% their total length and is evidently greater than its dorsi-ventral measurements (i. e. height). The pod may be angled along its entire upper edge or only along its distal half, the half of the pod next the pedicel being frequently somewhat flattened dorsally and the superior suture somewhat inflexed. The fruit is essentially triquetrous and broadly prismatic. The very broad lower face of the fruit may remain flat but it usually becomes broadly inflexed for its total length thus causing the pod to appear folded. Astragalus Weberbaueri Ulbrich, Bot. Jahrb. 37: 419 (1906). Infrequent in the mountains of northern Peru and central Ecuador. PERU. Cajamarca: below San Pablo, 2200-2400 m., shrubby, ca. 5 dm, tall, Weberbauer 3869 (TYPE, Berlin); Montana de Nancho, Nov. 23, 1874, Raimondi 8294 (BD). Prura: above Palambla, cordilleras west of Huancabamba, 2700-3200 m., spreading shrub, April 1912, Weberbauer 6035 (BD) and 6050 (G, US, FM, BD). ECUADOR. PICHINCHA: Quito, Jameson (K). CANAR: below parame, near Canar, Sept. 16, 1918, Rose & Rose 22776 (US) Paramo de Chaning, andes east of Azogues, 3000-3400 m., Lehmann 5357 (K). 90 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL, xIx This species has elongate sparsely branched erect stems which become somewhat shrubby below. Its habit, subglabrous yellowish olive-green leaves, large corollas and brownish calyces give the plant a very distinc- tive aspect. The ovary is strigose. The sparsely strigose mature fruit is 10-14 mm. long, more or less reflexed and triquetrous and prismatic. The three subequal faces of the legume are 4—5 mm. broad. The lower face may be flattened or more or less inflexed. Viewed from the side the upper edge may be nearly straight or broadly convex in outline. The lower edge is usually more strongly convex in outline and more abruptly contracted into the slender (1.5—3 mm. long) persistent stylar beak. The base of the fruit is rounded in lateral outline. Inside the pod there is a weakly developed false septum 0.5—1 mm, high. The gross habit of 4. Weberbaueri is somewhat suggestive of a coarse form of A. Garbancillo. Our plant, however, may be quickly dis- tinguished from that variable and widely ranging species by its larger, glabrescent deflexed legumes with rudimentary rather than well devel- oped false septum, and its glabrescent olivaceous herbage, and besides it has a detached distinctly more northern geographical range. Astragalus geminiflorus Humb. & Bonpl. Plant. Aequat. 1: 128, tab. 37 (1808); Weddel, Chlor. Andina 2: 258 (1861). Endemic to the volcanic peaks of Ecuador at altitude between 4000 and 5000 meters. ECUADOR. PicHINcHA: east side of Cayambe, upper paramo, 4300 m., March 1871, St#bel 113 (BD); Rucu-Pichincha, 1923, Anthony & Tate 170 (S); Pichincha, en una hondonada del “Padre Encantado,” 4400 m., 1928, Firmin 586 (US); Mt. Pichincha, 4100-4500 m., Hitch- cock 21067 (G, US); north side of Pichincha, 1870, Stubel 39 (BD); Pichincha, 1855, Couthouy (G); summit of Pichincha, March 18, 1849, Jameson (Paris); sides of crater and volcanic summit, Pichincha, Jame- son 68 and 28 (K); west side of Antisana, ca. 4500 m., March 1880, Whymper (BM); Antisana, 4500 m., 1923, Anthony & Tate 289 (US); Antisana, Humboldt & Bonpland (Paris, rypE; BD); Corazon, paramo, 4200 m., Stubel 22A (BD); summit of Ruminahui, 4750 m., 1920, Holmgren 954 (Stock.). Lron: Vallevicioso, base of Cotopaxi, Oct. 1856, Remy (Paris); Cerro de Cotopaxi, Jameson (US); Iliniza, Ata- tinqui, in paramo, Jan. 1874, Stubel 299 (BD). CHtmBorozo: Chim- borozo, 4200 m., June 1860, Spruce (K); Chimborozo loose blowing sand, 4950 m., Dec. 25, 1826, Jameson (K); Chimborozo near Totorillas, loose drifting volcanic sand near snow-line, 4600 m., July 7, 1876, Andre 3949 (K); dunes at base of Chimborozo, Nov., 1856, Remy (Paris) ; 1938 | JOHNSTON, ASTRAGALUS OF ECUADOR AND PERU 91 Arenal de Chimborozo, 4200-4500 m., Lehmann 418 (K, BM, US); Chimborozo near snow-line, Hartweg 957 (K, BM, BD, Boiss., Paris), northwest side of Chimborozo, 4700 m., 1903, Mayer 79 (BD). A very well marked species with its abundant coarse stems trailing in volcanic sand. The leaves are silvery and have very numerous small crowded leaflets. The flowers are usually solitary in the leaf-axils. The ascending fruit is silky strigose, like the herbage, and is usually found persistent on the buried stems of past years. Its lower suture is strongly inflexed. Inside the fruit there is an evident false septum which becomes at least 1 mm. high and is usually hairy. The species is a relative of A, Garbancillo and A. Pickeringti, of central Peru. Astragalus Cracca De Candolle, Astrag. 101, tab. 9 (1802) and Prodr. 2: 284 (1825). Astragalus ocrosianus Ulbrich, Bot. Jahrb. 37: 419 (1906). Semi-desert western slopes of the Peruvian Cordilleras east and north- east of Lima. PERU. AncaAsH: Ocros, ca. 3300 m., 1903, Weberbauer 2666 (FM; Berlin, TyPE of A. ocrosianus). Lima: Purrochuca, Mathews 550 (BM); Huamantanga, Mathews 550 (K); prov. Canta, Mathews (K); Cerro de Surco, Ramondi 11908 (BD); near Canta, open grassy hillside, ca. 3100 m., 1925, Pennell 14607 (G, US, FM); Canta, open rocky slope, ca. 2800 m., 1925, Pennell 14345 (G, FM); Matucana, loose soil on steep hillside, ca. 2400 m., 1922, Macbride & Featherstone 293 (FM). A species known only from west-central Peru. The laxly branched stems are spreading or decumbent from a slender perennial root. The ovary is glabrous. The reflexed glabrous pods are 10-17 mm. long. At first they are more or less three-faced with the flattened (slightly the broadest ) lower face 4-5 mm. broad, but finally at maturity they become laterally compressed with the lower face strongly and deeply inflexed. There is an incomplete papery false septum becoming | mm. high. The species is most closely related to A. Weberbaueri of northern Peru and Ecuador, from which it differs in its glabrous ovary and fruit, much smaller flowers, much shorter more slender spreading stems, and distinctly brighter green herbage. The herbage of A. Cracca is sparsely pale-strigose, the new growths may be somewhat cinereous but the older parts tend to be glabrescent and green. It is never olivaceous as in A. Weberbaueri. The structure, size and shape of the pods in these two species are similar. The gross habit of A. Cracca is very similar to that of A. Richii, but our plant has a very much more scanty indument, and hence is more or less glabrescent, rather than cinereous as in the rather 92 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VOL. XIX copiously strigose 4, Richit, The pods of A. Cracca are, furthermore, distinctly deflexed and glabrous. Those of A. Richii are strigose, some- what inflated and ascending or only erratically and laxly reflexed. When 4. Cracca was first published by de Candolle it was given as from Peru without any indication as to who collected the type or as to the locality where it was found. Later in the Prodromus he again attributed the species to Peru but added the note, “‘v. s. olim in herb. Desf.,” which suggests that the type may be in the Webb Herbarium at Florence. At Paris there are some collections labelled as collected in Chile by Dombey. These are very similar to the plant illustrated and described by de Candolle and I believe them to be isotypes of the species. I suspect that the type of A. Cracca was collected by Dombey, probably near Canta, Peru. The species is most certainly not Chilean. Astragalus Richii Gray, Bot. U.S. Explor. Exped. 1: 414 (1854). Astragalus macrorrhynchus Ulbrich, Bot. Jahrb. 37: 420 (1906). Western slopes of the Andes in central and southern Peru. PERU. Lima: along the ascent to Obrajillo, May 1839, Wilkes Exped. (US, type of A. Richii; G); Matucana, 1922, Macbride & Featherstone 214 and 351 (FM); between Matucana and Tambo, 1901, Weberbauer 112 (BD, type of A. macrorrhynchus). AREQUIPA: south- ern slopes of Chachani, 3355 m., 1920, Hinkley 20 (G); near Arequipa, 2700 m., 1925, Hopp 25 (BD); Arequipa 1892, Douglas (G); Arequipa, 2800-2900 m., 1925, Pennell 13241 (G, US, FM, BD). Tacna: near Lake Huananhuata, Candareve, March 1925, Weberbauer 7365 (G, US, FM, BM, BD). A species much resembling 4. Cracca, but ranging to the south of that species and differing from it in the less triquetrous and more inflated strigose pods. The flowers after anthesis and the maturing fruit of A, Richi seem to have spreading or loosely recurved pedicels. They are not so distinctly reflexed as in A. Cracca, A. Weberbaueri or A. Sprucet. The pods of A. Richit have no false septum, Astragalus alienus Gray, Bot. U. S. Explor. Exped. 1: 418 (1854). elstragalus tinputatus Macbride, Candollea 5: 370 (1934). Western slopes of the Andes east and northeast of Lima, Peru. PERU. Lima: Above Banos, ‘“‘midrib of leaves persistent, and becom- ing spinescent; on the sloping summit of the ridge that forms the north- ern border of the Chancay Valley, rare,’ May 1839. | Pickering | Wilkes Exped, (US, Type of A. alienus; G); Rio Blanco, open hillside, shrub with subprostrate branches, ca. 3250 m., April 1929, Killip & Smith 1938 ] JOHNSTON, ASTRAGALUS OF ECUADOR AND PERU 93 21739 (FM, TyPE of A. imputatus ; NY, US); Altos de San Mateo, May 1876, Raimondi 12128 (BD). This remarkable plant is known only from the three collections cited. The leaflets are very small and deciduous from the stiffish slender leaf- rachis which persists as a weak elongate spine. These slender spines are morphologically equivalent to those found in a large group of species of the Old World. This homology and the resulting great similarity in gross aspect between this Peruvian plant and those of the Old World has suggested that possibly some direct relationship may exist between these widely separated plants. The similarities, however, may be dis- missed as merely parallel evolution. Our plant is evidently related to A. Garbancillo, a species in which the leaf-rhachises frequenty persist after the leaflets have fallen. A study of any large series of Peruvian A, Garbancillo will reveal many evidences of this habit, which is merely intensified in A. alienus. Our plant is not directly related to the spinescent species of Asia! Macbride distinguished A. imputatus from A, alienus by attributing to the former subacute green rather than retuse canescent leaflets, larger flowers (17 mm. rather than 12 mm.) and a more shallowly lobed calyx. However, the younger leaves of A. imputatus are as canescent as those in A. alienus. The leaflets of A. alienus are actually acutish rather than retuse. The differences in flower-size and calyx-proportions are of minor importance if we may judge of their variability in A. Garbancillo. Finally the two plants come from a small natural area from which we can hardly expect two species so evidently related as A. alienus and A. imputatus. Astragalus Pickeringii Gray, Bot. U. S. Explor. Exped. 1: 415 (1854). Astragalus Pickeringit var. serpens Ball, Jour. Linn. Soc. London, 22: 36 (1885). Astragalus Garbancillo var. varus Macbride, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 8: 99 (1930). High altitudes of central Peru. PERU. Lra: Rio Blanco, 4500 m., 1922, Macbride & Featherstone 776 (FM); Casapalca, ca, 4200 m., April 22, 1882, Ball (K, type of var. serpens; G); between Casa Cancha and Culmai, Wilkes Exped. (US, type of A. Pickeringii; G); Ticlio, on hillside, 1929, Ledig 32 (US). Junin: Cerro de Pasco, Mathews 592 (BM); Cerro.de Pasco, 4200 m., Macbride 3068 (FM); Shelby, 4050 m., June 1922, Macbride & Featherstone 1090 (FM); high plains near es. 3900 m., Mackenzie (US, FM; between Tarma and Jauja, 4500 m., 1929, Killip & Smith 23370 (US); near Oroya, Kalenborn 133 (G, US). ANCASH: Pomo- 94 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. X1x pampa, 4200 m., Macbride & Featherstone 2499 (FM, Type of var. varus). Huanuco: Chavanillo, caespitose on upland grassland, ca. 2400 m., Aug. 1922, Macbride & Featherstone 2308 (FM); Chasqui near Mito, grassy subalpine slopes, April 1923, Macbride 3295 (FM). Assembled here is a group of plants which is evidently related to A. Garbancillo and probably derived from it. The characters of these plants, their reduced dense habit of growth, short internodes, small leaves, few-flowered short-pedunculate inflorescences, are all modifica- tions to be expected in plants growing in alpine conditions at high alti- tudes. Curiously, however, although A. Garbancillo is one of the most widely ranging of South American Astragalus, growing from Tucuman and Mendoza in Argentina north to central Peru and so adjacent to many areas of puna and high mountain slopes, it has produced a marked, depauperate, high-altitude form only in A. Pickeringii and that only in central Peru at the northern limit of its geographical range. Our plant is probably only an ecotype, but because of its extreme departure from its probable parent-form and its relatively restricted range, I believe it will be convenient to treat it as a species. I have not seen a complete series of intergrades, connecting A. Pickeringii and A. Garbancillo, but such collections as Macbride & Featherstone 945 from Oroyo (which must be referred to A. Garbancillo) and Killip & Smith 23370 from between Tarma and Jauja (which is evidently robust A. Pickeringii) do indicate that the two species do approach one another and that a complete series of intergrades probably do exist in nature. In A. Pickeringi the leafy stems (annual growths) may reach 8 cm. in length and have internodes as much as 1 cm. long. On the other hand they may be very much shortened or even suppressed with the plant more or less cespitose and the leaves even tufted on the crowns of the coarse branched subterranean caudex. The 1—6 (usually 2—4) flowers are con- gested on peduncles 0.5—6 (usually less than 2) cm. long which are con- spicuously overtopped by the leaves. The corolla and fruit are those of A, Garbancillo. The leaves, stems, and stipules usually have a dense pale silky indument. The peduncles are frequently spreading or decurved. The collections from the department of Huanuco have been deter- mined by the collector as A. geminiflorus, but that is certainly incorrect. Though at first I considered them to represent an undescribed species further study and comparison with A. Pickeringii has convinced me that they are merely the ultimate habital reduction in that species. Tend- encies towards their extreme cespitose habit may be observed in col- lections I have cited from Lima and Junin. 1938 | JOHNSTON, ASTRAGALUS OF ECUADOR AND PERU 95 Astragalus romasanus Ulbrich, Bot. Jahrb. 37: 421 (1906). PERU. AncasH: Pampa Romas, between Samanco and Caraz, spreading half-shrub, 3400-3500 m., May 30, 1903, Weberbauer 3209 (BD, TYPE). The status of A. romasanus is uncertain. Further collection from Ancash are needed before we can determine its relations to A. Pickeringit and A. Garbancillo. It differs from the latter in having short slender leafy stems 1-5 cm. long, and, perhaps, slightly smaller flowers and more elongate pods. Its abbreviated stems suggest A. Pickeringii, but its caudex is diffuse, its stems much more slender, its peduncles more slender and elongate, its flowers loosely racemose, and its much smaller leaves and leaflets glabrous above. Astragalus Brackenridgei Gray, Bot. U. S. Explor. Exped. 1: 416 Astragalus salubris Macbride, Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 11: 25 (1931). Known only from high altitudes in the Andes of central Peru. PERU. Juntn: Shelby, 4000 m., June 8, 1922, Macbride & Feather- stone 1089 (FM); Morococha, 4500 m., 1922, Macbride & Featherstone 889 (FM); Cord. de Morococha, Martinet 1531 (Paris); Hacienda Atocsaico near Junin, 1923, Hitchcock 22189 (US); Cerro de Pasco, 1927, Sawada P86 (FM, tye of A. salubris) ; Tuapata, 3750 m., 1916, Watkins (US). Lima: puna above Banos, Wilkes Exped. (US, TYPE of A. Brackenridge). This species is clearly related to A. arequipensis Vogel, which ranges at high altitudes from southern Peru south into northern Argentina, and perhaps is no more than a geographic variant of that species. It differs from its southern relative only in its smaller proportionately broader oblong (rather than lunate) fruit and in its generally smaller narrower leaflets. These differences are not always decisive. Astragalus Edmonstonei (Hook.) Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 38: 148 (1902). Phaca Edmonstonei Hooker, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 20: 227 (1847). This species is based upon material collected by Thomas Edmonstone which is labelled as from the Galapagos Islands. The type collection, however, is without any doubt that well known coastal plant of central Chile which has been described as Phaca flava H. & A. and Phaca chrysantha Moris. Since neither of these two earlier specific names may be applied to the Chilean species of Astragalus, because of earlier homo- nyms, the name A. Edmonstonei becomes the valid name of the species. 96 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIx Edmonstone, who was botanist on the exploring ship, Herald, was killed while in Ecuador. There is other evidence that parts of his collection became confused after his death. There can be little doubt that he col- lected his material of the Astragalus near Valparaiso where he is known to have botanized in Nov. 1846. The species is not a plant of the Galapagos Islands. Astragalus brevidentatus Wright, Kew Bull. 1906: 200. This species, said to be from the Galapagos Islands, is based upon a flowering specimen received by Hooker from Decaisne. This specimen, apparently a duplicate of the collection by Du Petit Thouars mentioned by Hooker when he described Phaca Edmonstonei, though attributed to the Galapagos Islands, was probably collected at Monterey, California. The specimen seems to be characteristic 4. Menziesii Gray of the Cali- fornian coast. It is not a South American species and was not collected on the Galapagos Islands. ARNOLD ARBORETUM, Harvarp UNIVERSITY. 1938] CROIZAT, EUPHORBIA CALONESIACA 97 A MISINTERPRETED FORMOSAN SPECIES, EUPHORBIA CALONESIACA, SPEC. NOV. LEON CROIZAT Hayata is the first botanist, it would seem, who has introduced Euphorbia orientalis L. into the flora of Formosa (Jour. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, 20°: 70. 1904). His indication has been accepted by Matsumura (Ind. Pl. Jap. 2: 304. 1912), Sasaki (List Pl. Form. 261. 1928), Masamune (Short Fl. Form. 119. 1936), and, as far as I know, by all Japanese authors. That E. orientalis is not, and cannot be endemic to Formosa is clear. The Linnaean specific name, and the locality “in oriente” (Sp. Pl. 1: 460. 1753) refer to the Near, not to the Far East. The plant has the status of a near-relict in Armenia and in northern Persia (Boissier, FI. Or. 4: 1100. 1879). Its characters are intermediate between those of the species represented by FE. bupleuroides Desf., of northern Africa, and by E. Bivonae (Biv.) Steud., of the central Mediterranean region. Only two species that might be brought within this affinity, namely E. prolifera Ham. and E. himalayensis Klotzsch, nec al., are found in Yunnan as elements of the Himalayan flora. Neither one is reported beyond the eastern boundary of that Chinese province. Boissier saw the type (in DC, Prodr. 15°: 121. 1862, and 1. c.) which, fide Jackson (Ind. Linn. Herb. 74. 1912), was in the Linnaean herbarium on or before 1753, and found that it agreed with the synonyms and the diagnosis of the publication. Other European botanists before and after Boissier, however, held it to be doubtful whether the Linnaean binomial applied to E. ceratocarpa Ten., which is endemic to southern Italy. Gussone who is usually well informed errs this time in stating that no specimen of E£. orientalis is extant in the Linnaean herbarium (Fl. Sicul. Synop. 1: 543. 1842). Bertoloni confuses E. orientalis with E. ceratocarpa (Fl. Ital. 5: 75. 1842), as does Tornabene (FI. Aetn. 3: 365. 1891). Parlatore, however, is of a different opinion (FI. Ital. 4: 458. 1867), not unlike Fiori (Nuov. Fl. Anal. Ital. 2: 172. 1926). The confusion seems to have arisen because Sibthorp and Smith identi- fied as E. orientalis (Prodr. Fl. Graec. 1: 330. 1806) a specimen presum- ably collected in the vicinity of Constantinople. Gussone recognized (1. c.) E. ceratocarpa in this specimen from the Sibthorp Herbarium. I 98 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. X1x am inclined to believe, until the contrary is proved true, that the Sib- thorpian specimen represents the species known to Stoianoff and Stefanoff (FI. Bulg. 2: 722. 1925) as E. soongarica, a species being very similar to E. ceratocarpa. The specimen of Szovits cited by Boissier (in DC. Prodr. 15°: 122. 1862) “prope Nakitschewan” is in the Gray Herbarium, where also is preserved a photograph of the Linnaean type of E. orientalis. The specimen of Linnaeus is excellent, and consists of two stems in anthesis. Although the caulinar leaves of these exsiccata suggest the broad lanceo- late form of these of E. ceratocarpa, rather than the narrow-lanceolate shape of those of the specimen of Szovits, the identification is essentially established by the four peculiar obcuneate mucronate involucels sur- rounding the cyathia. The polynomial of Van Royen cited by Linnaeus (1. c.) describes these involucels very well. Knowing that the Formosan plant was not E. orientalis I tried in vain for a long time to secure a specimen of the species so named by Hayata. Unexpectedly an unidentified specimen of Faurie (Formosa No. 220, Takao, 1914') in the Gray Herbarium proved to agree perfectly with the description that Hayata (1. c.) gives of his E. orientalis. The locality of Faurie, Takao, I judge to be probably a mere orthographic variant of Taichu, of Hayata. The specimen, moreover, seems to fit the illustration of Boissier (Ic. Euph. pl. 72. 1866) which presumably is the document upon which Hayata established the determination. It is unfortunate, in a way, that the none too good illustration of E. orientalis, of the Icones, follows that of E. Jolkinii, which indeed is a Japanese endemic. Euphorbia orientalis of Hayata, of course, is not the Linnaean plant. It is a segregate of the complex of species in the vicinity of E. Jolkinii Boiss. and E. pekinensis Rupr. in Maxim., and although near to the form of the latter which Hara understands as vulgaris (Jour. Jap. Bot. 11: 387. fig. 14a. 1935, sub Galarrhoeo) it has in my opinion an inde- pendent status. I propose it as Euphorbia calonesiaca, nom. nov. (E. orientalis Hayata, non L.: Hayata 1. c., et auct. jap. supra citat.). The specific epithet is derived from “Ilha Formosa” of the Portuguese discoverers. ARNOLD ARBORETUM, Harvarp UNIVERSITY. 1The plant in question never was described by Léveillé. JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM VoL. XIX APRIL, 1938 NUMBER 2 ON THE INDO-CHINESE SPECIES OF SYZYGIUM GAERTNER E. D. Merritt and L. M. PERRY THE occasion for this enumeration of certain Indo-Chinese species of Syzygium is, in part, to characterize a few new species which have appeared in collections received for identification, and in part to readjust the nomenclature of certain other Indo-Chinese species actually repre- sented in the herbarium material available to us for study. This is in conformity with our recently accepted generic concept of Syzygium as the proper name under which to place most of the Old World species of Eugenia. Comments on a few individual species are added. We are specially indebted both to Dr. A. Pételot, whose collections form the major part of our additional citations, and to Dr. F. Gagne- pain who, at the beginning of our study of the Chinese species of Eugenia, graciously supplied us with fragments from types or authentic specimens of his new species from Indo-China. Syzygium Gaertner has had a varied career. Established, with only four species, primarily on the structure of the fruit supplemented by a very brief floral description, this group has had a checkered career. It has been ranked by various authors as a genus, as a subgenus, and as a section, and shifted from one status to another for no particular or evident reason or reasons. This is in part due, we believe, to the difficulties investigators have experienced in assigning proper generic limits and partly owing to the fact that emphasis in the delineation of the genus was shifted by later authors from fruiting to floral characters. Since flowering specimens were overwhelmingly predominant in collections, perhaps this was inevitable. Our concept of the genus, like that of Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 6(Suppl.): 112. 1931, includes not only Syzygium proper but also Jambosa de Candolle (although exclud- ing Acmena de Candolle' as we interpret it). Throughout our study of 1Merrill, E. D. and L. M. Perry. A synopsis of Acmena DC., a valid genus of the Myrtaceae. Jour. Arnold Arb. 19: 1-20. 1938. 100 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM (VOL. XIx the numerous Chinese and the much more numerous Bornean species of Eugenia in its broader significance, we have been unable to find any single character or any combination of characters by which these two “genera” may be maintained as independent units. In adopting Syzygium Gaertner as name for the genus represented by the majority of the species of Old World Eugenia Linn. sensu latiore, we again direct attention to the detailed structure of the fruits, temporarily neglected in taxonomic studies of this group, but eminently worthy of considera- tion in the differentiation of genera. Most of the species with fruits (usually immature) in our Old World collections show the seed-coat adhering more or less loosely to the peri- carp and the two distinct cotyledons attached chiefly near the middle of the opposing faces concealing the hypocotyl within. This is the dis- tinguishing character of Syzygium, not the calyptrate character of the corolla so unduly emphasized. The inflorescence is most often panicu- late-cymose. In contrast to the above we find that in most of the New World species of Eugenia (of which we have examined the fruits) the pericarp is easily crushed (thinner than in most of the fruits examined from Old World species), the seed (not the naked embryo) is free, the testa is smooth and usually shining, and the embryo, characterized by de Candolle as pseudo-monocotyledonous, appears undivided. The inflorescence is gen- erally in clusters of pedicelled flowers (one flower on a pedicel), the calyx limb is not so prolonged as in Syzygium and the stamens are much less incurved in the bud. The species belong to Eugenia proper. Gagnepain’s treatment of “Eugenia L. (Jambosa et Syzygium incl.)” in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 796-844. 1920, 1921, is the latest study of the complex in this region. Since, as a whole, this renders the species fairly accessible, although we are not entirely in agreement with the major divisions of his key, our enumeration follows the general plan of his conspectus. The new species are inserted adjacent to those with which they appear to be approximately coincident as regards the ultimate divisions of the key. Wherever possible we have added new records of collections. The other species of which we have some representation are indicated merely as being found in Indo-China. The following species included in Gagnepain’s work are not represented in our herbarium by Indo-Chinese specimens: Eugenia chlorantha Duthie, FE. bracteolata Wight, E. albiflora Duthie, E. tephrodes Hance, E. leptantha Wight, E. formosa var. ternifolia (Roxb.) Duthie, E. malayana Gagnep. (but cf. discussion under S. crassiflorum Merr. & Perry), E. malaccensis Linn., E. Wightiana Wight (we have been unable 1938 ] MERRILL AND PERRY, INDO-CHINESE SYZYGIUM 101 to distinguish some of Gagnepain’s citations from some Indian specimens determined as E. claviflora Roxb.), and E. siamensis Craib. E. nigrans Gagnep. and E. operculata Roxb, both belong to the genus Cleistocalyx." E. bracteata Roxb. is a true Eugenia. E. circumscissa Gagnep. is best left as is until more adequate material is available to determine its status, as it may well prove to be worthy of generic rank. 1. Syzygium abortivum (Gagnep.) comb. nov. seas abortiva eat ep. Not. Syst. 3: 316, 1917, et in Lecomte, FI. Indo-Chine 2: 802, f. 86. 1920; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 631. 1931. Inpo-Cutna, Annam, Hue and vicinity, Squires 106, Jan.-May, 1927. Burma, Laos, Annam. With some hesitation we have associated the above collection with this species. It differs in having leaves up to 7.5 cm. long and scarcely more than 1 cm, broad. The primary veins are somewhat closer than in the fragment kindly supplied by Dr. F. Gagnepain but they compare favorably with those of some leaves of Rock 2002, Ken Tung Territory, Burma, which seems unquestionably to be referable to this species. Further, the inflorescence is not always strictly terminal, a character noted by both Gagnepain and Craib. 2. Syzygium jai (Linn.) DC. Prodr. 3: 260. 1828; Wight, ¥¢. bets/ 3,155 Myrtus zeylanica Linn. Sp. Pl. 472. 1753. Eugenia spicata Lam. Encycl. 3: 201. 1789; Raord. & Val. Meded. Lands Plant. 40: 122. 1900 (Bijdr. Boomsoort. Java 6: 122). Eugenia seylanica Wight, Il, 2: 15. 1841; Duthie in Hooker f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 485. 1878; King, ee As. Soc. Bengal 70(2): 108. 1901 Stee Fl. Malay. Penin. 3: 538) ; Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- Chine 2: 804. 1920; Rid]. Fl. Malay Penin. 1: 738. 1922; Craib, FI. Siam. ae 1: 666. 1931. Inpo-CH1NA. Ranging from China and India southward into Malaysia. 3. Syzygium oblatum (Roxb.) Wall. List, no. 3569. 1831, nomen nudum ; Cowan & Cowan, Trees North. Bengal 68. 1929. Eugenia oblata Roxb. Hort. Beng. 37. 1814, nomen nudum, FI. Ind. ed. 2, 2: 493. 1832; Kurz, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 1: 488. 1877; Duthie in Hooker f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 492. 1878; King, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 70(2):114. 1901 (Mater. Fl. Malay. Penin. 3: 544); Ridley, Fl. Malay Penin. 1: 749. 1922, pro parte; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 22652. 1931. 1Merrill, E. D. and L. M. Perry. Reinstatement and revision of ag a Blume (including Acicalyptus A. Gray), a valid genus of the Myrtaceae. Jour Arnold Arb. 18: 322-343, t. 215. 1937. 102 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. x1x Inpo-CH1na, Annam, Mount Bana, Clemens 3293, May-July, 1927. Burma, Siam, the Malay Peninsula, and Borneo. 4. Syzygium baviense (Gagnep.) comb. nov. Eugenia baviensis Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 317. 1917, et in Lecomte, FI. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 806, f. 86. 1920. INpo-CuinaA, Tonkin, Chapa, Pételot 6152, July, 1931, forest back of the hotel, at about 1500 m. alt. Known only from Tonkin. 5. Syzygium odoratum (Lour.) DC. Prodr. 3: 260. 1828; Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechey’s Voy. 187. 1833; Benth. Fl. Hongk. 119. 1861. Opa odorata Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 309. 1790; Moore, Jour. Bot. 63: 283. 1925, non Eugenia odorata Berg. Eugenia Millettiana Hemsl. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 297, 1887: Merr. rans, Amer. Phil. Soc. 24(2): 285. 1935; Lingnan Sci. Jour. 14: 41. 1935. Eugenia Deckeri Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 323. 1918, et in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 807. 1920, INpo-Cuina, Annam, Tourane and vicinity, Clemens 3778, 4215, 4366, 4489; probably from the vicinity of Hue, Loureiro, photograph of the type of Opa odorata Lour., the original in the herbarium of the British Museum. Kwangtung and Hainan. A complete discussion of this species under the name Eugenia Millet- tiana Hemsl. may be found in Merr. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1. c. Much confusion in this particular concept arose owing to the fact that Hemsley cited collections of two wholly different species under Eugenia Millet- tiana, and both have been accepted as typifying his species. When no original description is given, the species must be interpreted from the name-bringing synonym, i. e. Opa odorata Lour. This specific name was invalid in Eugenia but is tenable in Syzygium. Dr. F. Gagnepain very kindly sent us a fragment of E. Deckeri which proved to be, as we had anticipated, true S. odoratum (Lour.) DC. It should be noted that the specimen on which the description of Eugenia Deckeri Gagnep. was based was not from Tonkin, Indo-China, but rather from the small French colony of Kwangchow on the Luichow Peninsula, Kwangtung Province, China. 6. Syzygium mekongense (Gagnep.) comb. nov. Eugenia mekongensis Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 328. 1918, et in Lecomte, “1. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 807. 1920: te aib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 652. 1931. INDO-CHINA. 7. Syzygium Bonii (Gagnep.) comb. nov. 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, INDO-CHINESE SYZYGIUM 103 Eugenia Bonii Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 318. 1917, et in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 808, f. 87. 1920. INDO-CHINA. 8. Syzygium Petelotii sp. nov. Rami nigro-cinerei; ramulis leviter compressis brunnescentibus, minute pustulatis; foliis 4-7 cm. longis, 2-4 cm. latis, ellipticis vel leviter obovatis, basi cuneatis, apice obtuse ac breviter acuminatis, acumine circiter 0.5 mm. longo, subcoriaceis, crebre ac minute punctatis, costa supra canaliculata subtus prominula, venis primariis circiter 3. mm. remotis supra -+ obscuris, subtus manifestis sed non prominulis, vena intramarginali leviter manifesta circiter 1 mm, a margine disposita, venulis + obscuris; petiolo 4-6 mm. longo; inflorescentiis terminalibus, compactis, + 1.5 cm. altis latisque, ramis brevibus, plerumque 3-floris; alabastris obovoideis, + 5 mm. longis, apice circiter 4 mm. diametro; calyce undulato, lobis vix 0.7 mm. longis, petalis calyptratim deciduis, antheris 0.5 mm. longis, ellipticis, minute glanduloso-mucronatis; fructi- bus ignotis. Inpo-Cutna, Tonkin, Province of Phu Tho, Phu Ho, Pételot 1043 (type, Herb. Arn. Arb.), June, 1923. This species suggests an alliance with Syzygium Bonii (Gagnep.) in the compact inflorescence and the practically truncate calyces (after anthesis) but the leaves of S. Bonii are lanceolate and lack the copious minute glands so characteristic of the lower surface of those of S. Petelotit. 9. Syzygium sterrophyllum sp. nov. Eugenia fluviatilis sensu Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 810. 1920, non Hemsl. Arbuscula 1-3 m. alta: ramulis tetragonis, junioribus subalatis, brunneis, glabris; foliis coriaceis, lineari-lanceolatis, utrinque obtuse acuminatis subaequaliter angustatis, 4.5-9 cm. longis, 1—-1.8 cm. latis, siccis olivaceis, supra sparse et minute punctatis, subtus crebre glandu- loso-punctatis, venis primariis numerosis, perspicuis, ascendentibus, circiter 2 mm. remotis, vena submarginali a margine 0.5—1 mm. distante, petiolo 3-6 mm. longo; paniculis multifloris, axillaribus terminalibusque, circiter 2.5 cm. longis, ramulis 2-5 mm. longis; floribus sessilibus vel subsessilibus, alabastris obovoideis, 5 mm. longis, 3 mm. latis; calyce turbinato, truncato vel undulato; petalis calyptratim vel singulatim deciduis: staminibus numerosis, antheris ellipticis, 0.6 mm. longis; stylo + 5 mm. longo; fructibus immaturis elongato-urceolatis, 7 mm. longis, 5 mm. diametro. 104 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIx CuIna, K wangtung, Shi-wan-da-shan, Tso 23377 oo Herb. Arn. Arb.), July, 1933, shrub in shaded ravine. Kwangsi, Seh- feng, Dar Shan, S. ica Ching 7857, 7890, 8089, pe Betscan 1928. [Npo-Cu1NnaA, Tonkin, Balansa 1159; Long-tcheou, Simond s. n. All the Chinese specimens were collected at 350-600 m. altitude. The leaves are described as dark and shining green above, light green below: little, if any, of the lustre remains in the dried collections and all are brownish in tone. This species most closely approaches Eugenia fluviatilis Hemsl. in habit; but, the branchlets are tetragonous and the leaves more acuminate at the apex. They are also obscurely punctate above although copiously glandular beneath; furthermore, the flowers are a little broader and sessile or subsessile. In contrast, the branchlets of E£. fluviatilis are only compressed or at most slightly sulcate, the leaves are rounded at the apex, copiously punctate above and obscurely, if at all, glandular- punctate beneath, and the flowers are pedicellate. This species also recalls E. Winitii Craib, but the leaves are smaller and the inflorescences are much shorter. Eugenia fluviatilis Hemsl. was based on a collection from Hainan. As far as we know (and we have examined as many available collections as possible), the species is confined to the island. 10. Syzygium buxifolium Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechey’s Voy. 187. 1833; Walpers Rep. 2: 180. 1843; Benth. Jour. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc, 4: 118. 1852, Fl. Hongk. 118. 1861. Eugenia microphylla Abel, Narr. Jour. China 181, 364. 1818; Forbes, Jour. Bot. 22: 124. 1884; Rehder & Wilson in Sargent, Pl. Wils. 2: 420. 1915, Jour. Arnold Arb. 8: 179. 1927; Merr. Jour. Arnold Arb. 18:71. 1937; non Syzygium microphyllum Gamble, 1919. ase busifotium Meyen & Schauer, Nov. Act. Acad. Leop.-Carol. .19: Suppl. 1: 334. 1843. Bi sinensis Hemsl. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 298. 1887. saat microphyllum sensu Masamune, Mem. Fac. Sci. Agr. Taihoku 23 4, non Gamble. ihe Gaien Tonkin, Chapa, Massif du Fan Tsi Pan, Pételot 4678, July, 1931, about 1500 m. alt. Chekiang, Anhwei, Fukien, Kiangsi, Kweichow, Kwangtung, Riu Kiu Islands and Formosa. Pételot 4678, a collection in the early fruiting stage, appears to be a form of this most variable and puzzling species. The leaves are more elongate than in the typical but are fairly comparable to those of a specimen from Kiangsi. A full account of Syzygium buxifolium is to be found in our forthcoming study of the Chinese species of this genus. Syzygium microphvilum Gamble was based on Eugenia microphylla Bedd., not on EF. microphylla Abel. 1938 | MERRILL AND PERRY, INDO-CHINESE SYZYGIUM 105 11. Syzygium szemaoense sp. nov. Arbuscula 2-3 m. alta; ramulis tetragonis, subalatis, post alarum delapsum cylindricis; foliis 4-10 cm. longis, 1.7-4 cm, latis, late vel anguste ellipticis, basi cuneatis, apice obtuse acuminatis, subcoriaceis, consperse punctatis, siccis brunneis, venis primariis subtus gracilibus, 3-4 mm. remotis, manifeste in venam intramarginalem a margine | mm. distantem confluentibus, minute glanduloso-punctatis; petiolo 3-5 mm. longo; paniculis axillaribus terminalibusque, vix 1.5 cm. longis, ramulis brachiatis; floribus immaturis, sessilibus vel brevipedicellatis, alabastris anguste obovoideis, 3.5 mm. longis, vix 2 mm. diametro; fructibus ellipsoideis vel pyriformibus, 10-15 mm. longis, 7-10 mm. diametro, atris, polyembryonatis. Cutna, Yunnan, Szemao, Henry 12138 (type, Herb. New York Bot. Gard.; isotype, Herb. Arn. Arb.), 12895; Lung-ling Hsien, Tsai 56689. Inpo-Cutna, Tonkin, Chapa, Massif du Fan Tsi Pan, Pételot 6153, about 1400 m. alt. This species may be allied to S. campylocarpum (Gagnep.) Merr. & Perry. In that species, however, the leaves are much thinner and obscurely pellucid-punctate ; the fruits are inequilateral and slightly curved. In our species the leaves are thicker and the fruit is regular and equilateral. Two collections closely allied, but perhaps not con- specific with the above, are: Hanan, Po-ting, How 72922, 73422. 12. Syzygium cambodianum (Gagnep.) comb. nov. Eugenia cambodiana Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 319. 1917, et in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 810. 1920. INDO-CHINA. 13. Syzygium tonkinense (Gagnep.) comb. nov. Eugenia asta Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 334. 1918, et in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 811. 1920. ree ane 14. Syzygium corticosum (Lour.) comb. nov. Eugenia corticosa Lour. F1. Cochinch. 308. 1790, ed. Willd. 376. 1793; Moore, Jour. Bot. 63: 283. 1925; Merr. Trans. Am. Philos. Soe. 24 (2): 284. 1935. Myrtus corticosa Spreng. Syst. 2: 488. 1825. Inpo-Cutna, Annam, Mount Bana, J. & M. S. Clemens 3532, May- July, 1927; probably from near Hue, Loureiro, photograph of the type of Eugenia corticosa Lour., the original in Herb. Brit. Museum. Merrill has examined the original and found it to be very closely 106 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX matched by Clemens 3532. ‘This species, if traced through Gagnepain’s key, falls in the vicinity of E. tonkinensis. A comparison of the two shows that the former differs slightly from the latter in both foliar and floral characters. The dried leaves of Clemens 3532 are of a pale olive- green color (not brown nor reddish), the upper surfaces are minutely and inconspicuously puncticulate and the lower ones are sprinkled with minute dark glands. Gagnepain does not mention this character in his description of E. tonkinensis and we do not find glands on the one authen- tic leaf at our disposal. The flower-buds of Clemens 3532 are about 2.5 mm, long and 1.5 mm, in diameter at the apex; those of E. tonkinensis are about 4 mm. long and 2.5 mm. in diameter at the apex, with, we suspect from the remnants, much longer stamens than in the former, 15. Syzygium cinereum Wall. List, no. 3576. 1831, nomen nudum. Eugenta cinerea Kurz, Prel. Rep. Pegu App. A: Lxiv, App. B: 50. 1875, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 46(2): 66. 1877, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 1: 483. 1877; Ridley, Fl. Malay Penin. 1: 744, 1922: Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 634. 1931, Eugenia brachiata sensu Duthie in Hooker f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 496, 1878. pro parte; Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén, Indo-Chine 2: 811. 1920, non Roxb, Eugenia pseudosubtilis King var. platyphylla King, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 70(2): 124. 1901 (Mater. Fl. Mal: iy. Penin. 3: 554), Inpo-Cuina, Tonkin, Province of Thai Nguyen, between Thai Nguyen and Phan Mé, Pételot 5272, 6146, May, 1933 and April, 1935; Province of Vinh Yen, Pételot 6154. Burma and the Malay Peninsula. Nomenclaturally perhaps the identity of this species is open to some question, Tentatively we are accepting Syzygium cinereum Wall. as a valid name owing to the fact that Kurz first published his species as “Eugenia cinerea Wall. Cat. 3576” in the Pegu Report, Appendix A, and also in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal thus typifying the species and at the same time associating Wallich’s name with a valid description. However, we must also call attention to Craib’s comment, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 634, in which he chooses the Burmese plant as the type (Wallich’s specimen was collected in Penang). King seems to have overlooked Kurz’s name, or else, like Craib, he had seen no specimens from Burma to match the plant from the Malay Peninsula. We cannot determine from Ridley’s key, Fl. Malay Penin. 1: 722, just what he regards as differences between E. cinerea Kurz and E. pseudosubtilis King. We have only one immature collection from the Malay Peninsula determined as E. pseudosubtilis King by Dr. M. R. Henderson. It closely resembles our Indo-Chinese material. Eugenia brachiata Roxb. is a native of Amboina and has lateral inflorescences, 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, INDO-CHINESE SYZYGIUM 107 16. Syzygium irregulare (Craib) comb. nov. Eugenia irregularis Craib, Kew Bull. 1930: 167. 1930, Fl. Siam, Enum. 1: 646. 1931 Inpo-Cu1NnaA, Tonkin, near Chapa, Massif du Fan Tse Pan, Pételot 4677, July, 1931, at about 1400 m. alt., 6151, September, 1930, at about 1700 m.alt. Siam. Without authentic (or even any so-named) material for comparison, these collections so closely match Craib’s description that we hesitate to place them elsewhere. They do differ in having slightly angled branch- lets and in the dried state are of a brownish rather than a greenish color. The petals tend to separate but by Gagnepain’s key the species seems to be close to “12. E. brachyata” i.e. E. brachiata Roxb., so we are plac- ing it in this position. 17. Syzygium eburneum (Gagnep. ‘ comb. nov. Eugenia cburnea Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 324. 1918, et in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 812, f. 88. 1920. INpDO-CHINA, 18. Syzygium cochinchinense (Gagnep.) comb. nov. Eugenia ata Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 322. 1918, et in L Sar Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine, 2: 814. 1920; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 636. 1931. INDO-CHINA. 19. Syzygium Thorelii (Gagnep.) comb. nov. ee nia Thorelit Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 333. 1918, et in Lecomte, FI. Indo-Chine 2: 816. 1920. cen 20. Syzygium attopeuense (Gagnep.) comb. nov. Fuge nia oe Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 316. 1917, et in Lecomte, Fl. . Indo-Chine 2: 816. 1920. eas 21. Syzygium Bullockii (Hance) comb. nov. Eugenia Bullockii Hance, Jour. Bot. 16: 227. 1878; Forbes & Hemsl. uur. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 296. 1887; Merr. Philip. Jour. Sci. 15: 249. 1919; Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 817. 1920; Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 5: 136. 1927, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 24(2) : 284. 935. Myrtus androsaemoides sensu Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 312. 1790, non Linn. Inpo-Cu1na, Annam, Province of Quang Binh, Duc Thi village, Pételot 6149, July, 1930; Dam Thuy village, Pételot 6150, June, 1930; Tourane and vicinity, J. & M.S. Clemens 3716, May-July, 1927; Hue 108 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIx and vicinity, F. 4. McClure s. n., September 29, 1921. Kwangtung, Hainan, Tonkin and Laos. 22. Syzygium Cumini (L.) Skeels, U.S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Pl. Ind. Bull. 248: 25. 1912; Alston, Handb. FI. Ceyl. 6(Suppl.): 116. 1931. Myrtus Cumini Linn. Sp. Pl. 471. 1753. Eugenta Jambolana Lam. Ency : 3: 198. 1789; Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 818. 192( Jambolifera pedunculata sense ae Fl. Cochinch. 230. 1790, non Linn Syzygium Jambolanum DC. Prodr. 3: 259. 1828; Wight & Arn. Prodr. : 329. 1834. Eugenia Cumini Druce, Rept. Bot. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 3: 418. 1914; Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 5: 136. 1927; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 637. 1931, Merr. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 24(2) : 284. 1935 (Comment. FI. Cochinch. ). Eugenia Tsot Merr. & Chun, Sunyat. 2: 291. 1935. INpDo-CuHINA, Tonkin, route from Vinh Yen to Tam Dao, Pételot 4679, April, 1931, at about 200 m. alt.; Province of Vinh Yen, route from Vinh Yen to Pont des Linh, Pételot 6148, April, 1933; Annam, Mount Bana, J. & M.S. Clemens 4040, May-July, 1927; Dalat and vicinity, Squires 925, March-April, 1932. Widely distributed in the Indo-Malaysian region, extending from India and China southward. 23. Syzygium balsameum Wall. List, no. 3592. 1831, nomen nudum; Wight, Ill. 2: 16. 1841, in syn.; Cowan & Cowan, Trees North. Bengal 68. 1929. Eugenia balsamea Wight, Ill. 2: 16. 1841; Kurz, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 1: 485. 1877; Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- Chine 2: 819. 1920; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 633. 1921. INpo-Cutna, Tonkin, Province of Tuyen-Quang, no collector given, no. 7, January, 1931. India to Burma, Indo-China and the southwestern part of China. 24. Syzygium polyanthum (Wight) Walp. Rep. 2: 180. 1843, non Mig. (1855). Eugenia polyantha Wight, Il. 2: 17. 1841; Duthie in Hooker f. FI. Brit nd, 2: 496, 1878; King, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 70(2): 103. 1901 (Mater. Fl. Malay. Penin. 3: 533); Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 656. 1931. Eugenia resinosa Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 331. 1918, et in Lecomte, FI. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 820. 1920; Craib, Fl. Siam. Foun, 1: 656. 1931, in syn Eugenia balsamea sensu Ridley, Fl. Malay Penin. 1: 754, 1922 Wight (fide Craib). Inpo-Curna, Tonkin, Province of Ninh Binh, vicinity of Cho Ganh, » non 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, INDO-CHINESE SYZYGIUM 109 Pételot 981, July, 1923; Cho Ganh, Pételot 1481, October, 1923; near Hanoi, Pételot 4305, February, 1932. A wide-spread species found in Indo-China, Burma, Siam, the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo and Java. 25. tere fruticosum DC. Prodr. 3: 260. 1828, Mém. Myrt. ¢. 19. ee fruticosa Roxb. FI. Ind. ed. 2, 2: 487. 1832; Wight, Ic. 2: t. 624. ; Kurz, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 1: 485. 1877; Duthie in Hooker f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 499, 1879; Gagnep. in pea Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 843. 1921; Craib, FI. Sian. Enum. 1: 642. 1931. Invo-CHINA, Baas, Mong Hsing, Ward 3913, May, 1929. Bengal, Upper Burma, Siam and Yunnan. 26. Syzygium Chanlos (Gagnep.) comb. nov. Eugenia Chanlos Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 320. 1917, et in Lecomte, FI. Gen. Indo-Chine 2: 821. 1920. INDO-CHINA. 27. Syzygium lineatum (DC.) comb. nov. Myrtus lineata Blume, Bijdr. 1087. 1826, non Sw. Jambosa lineata DC. Prodr. 3: 287. 1828. Syzygium longiflorum Presl, Bot. Bemerk. 70. 1844, Walp. Ann. 1: 314. Clavimyrtus lineata Blume, Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 1: 116. 1849. Clavimyrtus latifolia Blume, op. cit Jambosa latifolia Miq. F1. Ind. Bat. ‘1(1): 429, 1855. Jambosa Teysmanni Miq. 1. ¢ Jambosa rubricaulis Miq. op. cit 432, Eugenia lineata Duthie in Hooker f. FI. Brit. Ind. 2: 487. 1878. Eugenia longiflora F.-Vill. Nov. App. 86. 1880; Gagnep. in Lecomte Fl. Gén. oe Chine 2: 822. 1920, pro parte; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum, 1: 650. 1931. Eugenia ue Koord. & Val. Meded. Lands Plant. 40: 164. 1900 (Bijdr. Boomsoort. Java 6: 164). Eugenia marivelesensis Merr. Philip. Jour. Sci. 1: Suppl. 106. 1906. Eugenia Miquelii Elmer, Leafl. Philip. Bot. 4: 1441. 1912. Eugenia longicalyx ee Jour. Bot. 68: 11. 1930. INDo-CHINA, Siam and Malaysia. According to Art. 69 of the International Rules of Botanical Nomen- clature, Jambosa lineata DC. is to be regarded as a new name and thus this specific name is the oldest available one for this species. 28. Syzygium syzygioides (Miq.) comb. nov. Jambosa syzsygioides Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1(1): 4951. Calyptranthus caryophyllifolia Blume, Bijdr. 1089, oe non Willd. 1796. 110 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VOL. xIx Syvseyvgnon nelitricarpium Teijsm. & Binnend. Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. 27 1863 (fide Koord. & Val.). Eugenia cymosa sensu Wight, Ill. 2: 17. 1841, Ic. 2: ¢. 555. 1843; Kurz, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 46(2): 67. 1877, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 1: 486. 1877; Duthie in Hooker f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 482. 1878; King, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 70(2): 100. 1901 (Mater. Fl. Malay. Penin. 3: 530) ; Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 823. 1920; Ridley, FI. Malay Penin. 1: 737. 1922; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 637. 1931; non Lam. 1789. INpDo-CHINA, Burma, Siam and Malaysia. Both Gagnepain and Craib indicate that the Indo-Malaysian collec- tions commonly accepted to represent Eugenia cvmosa Lam. do not rep- resent that species. In our study of the Bornean species of Syzygium we investigated this matter. The type of Eugenia cymosa Lam. was a Mauritius specimen, now preserved in Lamarck’s herbarium. It repre- sents a species very different from the Indo-Malaysian form so long con- fused with it. Consequently we accept the specific epithet syzvgioides for the Malaysian plant. A full discussion of the type of Eugenia cvmosa Lam, will be found in our forthcoming treatment of the Bornean species of Syzygium. 29. Syzygium Levinei (Merr.) comb. nov. Engenia Levinet Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 13: 39, 1934. Enugenta Millettiana sensu Dunn & Tutcher, Kew Bull. Add. Ser. 10: 105. 1912; Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 823. 1920, non Hemsl. INpDo-CHINA, Tonkin, Province of Phu Tho, Phu Ho, Pételot 1074, 1510, August and September, 1923; near the Noire River, Pételot 4319, January, 1932. Annam, Kwangtung and Kwangsi. A species for some time confused with Eugenia Millettiana Hemsl. but easily distinguished by the short and protruding glandular hairs which clothe the rachis and the branches of the inflorescence. See Syzygium odoratum (Lour.) DC., no. 5 above, for a note on Hemsley’s species. 30. Syzygium vestitum sp. nov. Arbor vel arbuscula; ramis teretibus, ramulis teretibus vel ad nodos modice complanatis, rufo-glanduloso-pilosis; foliis 8-20 cm. longis, 3.5-7 cm, latis, elliptico-oblongis, basi rotundatis vel obtusis, apice abrupte ac obtuse acuminatis, brunnescentibus subtus_pallidioribus copiose nigro-punctulatis, costa supra canaliculata subtus prominente, rufo-puberula, venis primariis utrinque circiter 15 subtus prominulis, vena intramarginali circiter 3 mm. a margine conjunctis sparse rufo- puberulis; petiolo 6-10 mm. longo, rufo-piloso; inflorescentiis usque ad 14 cm. longis terminalibus ramosis, rachi ac ramis compressis rufo- 1938 ] MERRILL AND PERRY, INDO-CHINESE SYZYGIUM 111 glanduloso-pilosis, alabastris sessilibus elongato-obconicis, 4—5 mm. longis apice 2-3 mm. diametro; calyce puberulo, lobis + 1 mm. longis, rotundatis; petalis singillatim caducis, antheris glanduloso-mucronatis; fructibus ignotis. INpo-Cuina, Annam, Mount Bana, J. & M. S. Clemens 3296 (type, Arn. Arb. Herb.; isotype, New York Bot. Gard. Herb.) , 4453, May-July, 1927; Tonkin, Chapa, Pételot 6145, mountain ravine, about 1500 m. alt. The reddish glandular-pilose indumentum of the branchlets and the panicle call to mind Eugenia furfuracea Craib and E. Holttumi Ridley. The first differs from our species in having leaves obovate-oblong or obovate-elliptic with a rounded apex and a cuneate base, also in showing a second intramarginal vein. The second species has more primary veins, a shorter petiole and minute subulate sepals. Although we have no speci- mens of either E. furfuracea Craib or E. Holttumi Ridl. for comparison, there seems to be no question from their descriptions that S. vestitum is a distinct species. 31. Syzygium pachysarcum (Gagnep.) comb. nov. oe pachysarca Gagnep. i Syst. 3: 329. 1918, et in Lecomte, F'. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 824. 192 INpO-CHINA. 32. Syzygium Tramnion (Gagnep.) comb, nov. Eugenia Tramnion ets Not. Syst. 3: 332. 1918, et in Lecomte, FI. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 825. 1921. INDO-CHINA. 33. Syzygium touranense sp. nov. Arbor parva; ramulis leviter compressis atrobrunneis 1.5-2 mm. diametro; foliis ellipticis 5.5—9 cm. longis 2.7—5 cm. latis, basi cuneatis, apice obtuse attenuatis, subcoriaceis supra nitidis minute punctulatis fuscis, subtus pallidioribus minute glandulosis, venis primariis utrinque circiter 9-11 inter se 6-10 mm. distantibus supra manifestis subtus prominulis, 4-5 mm, a margine arcuatim anastomosantibus, venulis laxe reticulatis; petiolo + 7 mm. longo; inflorescentiis terminalibus axillari- busque usque ad 4 cm. longis ramosis, rachi ramisque obtuse angulatis minute ac consperse pustulatis, floribus in ramulis ultimis pluribus dis- positis, sessilibus; calyce post anthesin 4.5 mm. longo, apice 2.5 mm. diametro, parte expansa turbinata, basi in pseudopedicellum ad 2.5 mm. longum contracto, lobis margine membranaceis, 1 mm. longis, petalis singillatim deciduis, antheris vix 0.4 mm. longis minute glanduloso- mucronatis; fructibus ignotis. 112 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIx Inpo-Cu1na, Annam, Tourane and vicinity, J. & M.S. Clemens 4300 (type, Arn. Arb. Herb.; isotype, New York Bot. Gard. Herb.), May- July, 1927. Possibly a relative of S. Tramnion (Gagnep.), S. touranense is best characterized by the rather broadly elliptic and recurving leaves with somewhat prominent and remote primary veins, and the floral clusters at the more or less divided (as if about to branch) tips of the branches of the inflorescence. The flower is distinctive in having calyx-lobes with pale membranous margins and a practically cylindric pseudostalk. 34. Syzygium grande (Wight) Walp. Rep. 2: 180. 1843. Eugenia grandis ade oe 2:17. 1841, Ic. 2: t. 614. 1843: Kurz, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 1: 1877; Duthie in — f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 475. 1878; apy in ee Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 826. 1921; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum, 1: 643. 1931, Eugenia cymosa Roxb. FI. Ind. ed. 2, 2: 492. 1832, non Lam. (1789). Jambosa firma Blume, Mus. Bot. Lund: -Bat. 1: 108. 1849, Inpo-Cuina, Burma, Siam, the Malay Peninsula, Borneo. 35. Syzygium glomerulatum (Gagnep.) comb. nov, Eugenia glomerulata Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 325. 1918, et in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 826, f. 89. 1921. INpDo- an. 36. Syzygium Tsoongii (Merr.) comb. nov. Eugenia Tsoongti Merr. Philip. has fae 504. 1922. Eugenia leucocarpa Gagnep. Not. : 327. 1918, et in Lecomte, FI. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 828. 1921, non ne 1916. Inpo-Cu1na, Annam, Tourane and vicinity, J. & M.S. Clemens 3380, May-July, 1927; Province of Quang Binh, Ben Trien, along the River Song Dai, Pételot 4676, July, 1930; Quang Tri, Chevalier 40207. KWANGcTUNG, Hainan. Eugenia Tsoongii Merr. and E. leucocarpa Gagnep., described inde- pendently, appear to be the same species. Although the specific designa- tion leucocarpa is the earlier, nomenclaturally it is a later homonym and hence is not tenable. 37. Syzygium compongense (Gagnep.) comb. nov. — compongensis Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 323. 1918, et in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 828. 1921. ig a. 38. Syzygium tinctorium (Gagnep.) comb. nov. Eugenta tinctoria Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 334. 1918, et in Lecomte, FI. 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, INDO-CHINESE SYZYGIUM 113 Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 830. 1921. INDO-CHINA. 39. Syzygium sphaeranthum (Gagnep.) comb. nov. ee ies sphacrantha Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 333. 1918, et in Lecomte, Fi. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 830, 1921. ioscan 40. Syzygium imitans sp. nov. Arbor + 10 m. alta; ramulis leviter compressis; foliis oblongis vel anguste ellipticis usque ad 18 cm. longis ac 6.5 cm. latis, basi obtusis vel cuneatis, apice gradatim vel abrupte obtuso-acuminatis, acumine + 1 cm. longo, subcoriaceis copiose pellucido-punctatis, olivaceis vel viridulis, costa supra canaliculato subtus prominente, venis primariis utrinque circiter 10-16 supra manifestis subtus prominulis arcuatim anastomo- santibus distincte manifestam venam intramarginalem (nunc duplicem) 3-6 mm. a margine formantibus, venulis laxe reticulatis; petiolo + 1.5 cm. longo; inflorescentiis terminalibus usque ad 10 cm, longis ac 13 cm. latis, e basi ramosis, ramis divaricatis, ultimis 2-6 mm. longis; floribus mediocribus, alabastris obovoideis, 8-11 mm. longis apice 6-8 mm. diametro; calycis lobis suborbiculatis, 2-3 mm. longis; petalis liberis; staminibus + 1 cm. longis; antheris ellipticis; fructibus ignotis. INpo-Cut1na, Tonkin, Chapa, Pételot 6143, 6144, 6147 (type, Arn. Arb. Herb.), in forests about 1500 m. alt. Cuna, Kwangsi, Shap Man Taai Shan, Tsang 24111. This species so very closely resembles an unpublished Chinese species represented by Lau 1894 from Hainan that we have described it with some hesitancy. It differs, however, in the obvious pellucid-punctations of the leaves, the very definite intramarginal vein and the less manifest secondary one, the longer petioles, and the somewhat more crowded inflorescence. The latter is due to the flowers being a little smaller (the stamens are about one-half as long), numerous, and usually at the tips of short branchlets (mostly about 2 mm. long). In the strictly Chinese species the ultimate branches of the inflorescence are rarely less than 1 cm. long. Possibly this is only a good illustration of the variability within a species, but until more material is available it seems best to regard it as a distinct species. 41. Syzygium laosense (Gagnep.) comb. nov. Eugenia laosensis Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 326. 1918, et in Lecomte, FI. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 831, f. 89, 90. 1921. ae. 114 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX Craib notes that in Harmand’s collection of this species at Kew the leaf is scarcely separable from that of Eugenia Thumra Roxb. In Harmand’s specimen at the Gray Herbarium the secondary venation is much more distinct than in any specimens labeled E. Thumra Roxb, and there is also a tendency to show a second submarginal vein, 42. Syzygium Jambos (Linn.) Alston in Trimen, Handb. FI. Ceyl. 6(Suppl.): 115. 1931. Eugenia Jambos Linn. Sp. Pl. 470. 1753; Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 307. 1790; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. 2, 2: 494. 1832; Duthie in Hooker f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 474. 1878; Gagnep. in a Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 834. 1921; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 647. 1 Eugenia malaccensis sensu Lour. een 306. 1790, non Linn. Myrtus Jambos HBK. Nov. Gen. Sp. Pl. 6: 144. 1823. Jambosa vulgaris DC. Prodr. 3: 286. 1828; Hook. Bot. Mag. 61: t. 3356. 1834; Wight, Ic. 2: ¢. 435. 1843. Jombesa Jambos Millsp. Field Columb. Mus. Bot. 2: 80. 1900. Inpo-Curna, Tonkin, Province of Thai Nguyen, Lun Xa, Pételot s. n., March, 1932. Indo-Malaysia. Widely cultivated. 42a. Syzygium Jambos var. sylvaticum (Gagnep.) comb. nov. Eugenia Jambos var. sylvatica Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 835, 1921 Inpo-Cuina, Annam, Hue and vicinity, Squires 157. China. 43. Syzygium Zimmermannii (Warb.) comb. nov. Eugenia anager Warb. ex Craib, Kew Bull. 1914: 124. 1914; Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 335. 1918, et in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 192 Eigenin pellucida Duthie in Hooker f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 485. 1878, pro parte (fide Craib). Inpo-CuH1Nna, Annam, Mount Bana, J. & M.S. Clemens 3110, May- July, 1927. Burma, Siam (fide Craib). 44. Syzygium Pierrei (Gagnep.) comb. nov. Eugenia Pierrei Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 330. 1918, et in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 836. 1921. INDO-CHINA. 45. Syzygium crassiflorum sp. nov. Arbor; ramulis leviter compressis 3—5 mm. diametro, pallide brunneo- viridescentibus ; foliis 24-38 cm. longis 4—6.5 cm. latis, lineari-lanceolatis, apice acutis, basi cordatis, coriaceis, impellucidis, olivaceo-viridibus subtus pallidioribus, costa supra canaliculata subtus prominente, venis primariis numerosis 9-12 mm. remotis, vena intramarginali 2 mm. 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, INDO-CHINESE SYZYGIUM 115 a margine disposita, venis secundariis manifestis, venulis laxe reticulatis; petiolo crasso circiter 4 mm. longo; inflorescentiis terminalibus pauci- (2—3?)floris; floribus magnis. Inpo-Cuina, Annam, Clemens 3831, (type, Arn. Arb. Herb.; isotype, New York Bot. Gard. Herb.), May-July, 1927. There are two half-mature fruits on this collection. In one the hypanthium is 1.5 cm. & 1 cm. and the other is approximately 2.5 cm. in diameter. Each is attached by a pseudostalk about 1 cm. long and both are crowned by the large (?1.5 cm. long) lobes of the calyx. A number of the stamens are still attached, these are about 2.5—3 cm. long with elliptical anthers + 1 mm. long. Clearly this species is one of the group which Craib mentioned as centering around Eugenia diospyrifolia Duthie and E. formosa Wall., although it appears to be a distinct species. It differs from Jambosa Korthalsii Blume in the closer leaf-venation and the slightly compressed branchlets. Similarly it does not match Jambosa confusa Blume at least as interpreted from material representing Eugenia dolichophylla Koord. & Val. (E. malayana Gagnep.) from Java. Jambosa insignis Blume is also distinctly different in foliar characters. 46. Syzygium samarangense (Blume) comb. nov. Myrtus samarangensis Blume, Bijdr. 1084. 1826. Jambosa samarangensts DC. Prodr. 3: 286. 1828. Eugenia javanica Lam. Encycl. 3: ee 1789; Kurz, For. Fl. Brit. Burma, 1: 494. 1877; Duthie in Hooker f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 474. 1878; King, JOurcAs. Soc. Bengal 70(2): 31. 1901 (Mater. Fl. Malay. Penin. 3: ea Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 837. 1921; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 647. 1931; Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 13: 41. 1934, non re javanicum Miq. INpDO-CHINA, without definite locality, G. W. Groff 5671, May 16-18, 1920. Frequently cultivated. Indo-Malaysia. 47. Syzygium Harmandii (Gagnep.) comb. nov. Eugenia Harmandii Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 325. 1918, et in Lecomte, FI. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 840, f. 89. 1921. INDO-CHINA. 48. Syzygium Boisianum (Gagnep.) comb. nov. Eugenia Boisiana Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 318. 1917, et in Lecomte, FI. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 840, f. 87. 1921. INpo-CuHINA, Tonkin, Province of Thai Nguyen, route from Hanoi to Thai Nguyen, Pételot 5974, February, 1933; Bot Nghang village, 54 kilometers on the route from Hanoi to Thai Nguyen, Pételot 6202, October, 1937; Son Bot, Pételot 6218. 116 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. X1x 49. Syzygium campylocarpum (Gagnep.) comb. nov. Eugenia campylocarpa Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 320. 1917, et in Lecomte, Fl. Gén, Indo-Chine 2: 842, 1921 INDo-CHINA. 50. Syzygium Finetii (Gagnep.) comb. nov. Eugenia Finetii Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 324. 1918, et in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 842. 1921 INDO-CHINA. 51. Syzygium stictanthum sp. nov. Arbor + 6 m. alta; ramis teretibus, ramulis tetragonis vel sulcatis brunnescentibus ; is pallide brunnescentibus, ellipticis vel oblongis 5-8 cm. longis 2.5—4 cm. latis, apice abrupte obtuseque acuminatis, basi acuminatis, supra nitidis nonnumquam minute nigro-punctulatis, subtus copiose ac minute nigrescente-glandulosis, costa prominula, venis primariis secundariisque creberrimis ascendentibus leviter elevatis sed non prominulis, vena intramarginali vix 0.5 mm, a margine disposita; petiolo + 7 mm. longo; inflorescentiis terminalibus et in axillis foliorum superiorum dispositis, circiter 5 cm, longis, ramosis, rachi ac ramis 4-angulatis, floribus sessilibus (post anthesin), calycis tubo circiter 6 mm, longo apice + 6 mm. diametro, lobis 2 mm. longis nonnumquam vix 2 mm. latis; antheris circiter 0.5 mm. longis ovato-ellipticis glandu- loso-mucronatis; fructibus ignotis. INpo-CHINA, Laos, Province of Cammon, Xa Ngom, Pételot 4675 (Colani) (type, Arn. Arb. Herb.; isotype, New York Bot. Gard, Herb.), December, 1930. In leaf-outline and type of venation this species suggests Svzvgium cochinchinense (Gagnep.) and Cleistocalyx nigrans (Gagnep.) Merr. & Perry. It differs from both, however, in that the veins are closer, a little less distinct and show less reticulations, also the under surface of the leaves is profusely and minutely glandular. The calyx (tube and lobes) is also copiously glandular and in the dried state longitudinally wrinkled. None of the flowers are in bud and we know nothing of the corolla. The calyx-lobes are somewhat irregular in shape and in size. Further flower- ing and fruiting stages are desirable to associate this species with its natural affinities. ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 1938] JOHNSTON, SPECIES FROM MEXICO AND GUATEMALA 117 SOME UNDESCRIBED SPECIES FROM MEXICO AND GUATEMALA IvAN M. JOHNSTON Prunus Skutchii, sp. nov. Arbor usque 36 m. alta, trunco columnari basim versus ca. 15 dm. crasso cortice rugoso brunneo obtecto; ramulis maturis fuscis lenticellis tumidulis verrucosis, hornotinis laevibus; foliis glaberrimis vel rariter juventate in costa sparsissime inconspicuissimeque strigillosis; lamina subcoriacea oblonga vel elliptico-oblonga 12-15 cm. longa 6—9 cm. lata medium versus vel infra medium latiore, margine integerrima, basi suboblique rotunda vel obtusa, apice (saepe destructo) acuta vel breviter attenuata, subtus costa et nervis primariis arcuatis (nervis secondariis vix vel paulum conspicuis), ima basi ad latus utrumque costae glandulo elliptico 1-1.5 mm. longo instructa, supra viridiore laeviore; petiolo 15-20 mm. longo supra sulcato ca. 2 mm. crasso; racemis e nodis defoliatis erumpentibus solitariis; rhachi 5-9 cm. longa usque ad basim florifera sparse puberulente medium versus ca. 1 mm. crassa angulata; pedicellis gracillimis rectis 8-12 mm. longis puberulentis; hypanthio 4—4.5 mm. alto 5-6 mm. diametro crateriformi extus puberulente intus infra medium pilis 0.2-0.6 mm. longis villoso; lobis calycis subdeltoideis ca. 1.5 mm. longis; petalis albis ca. 10 late ovatis ca. 3 mm. longis latisque margine plus minusve dentatis facie superiore basim versus villulosis; staminibus ca. 30; filamentis glaberrimis 2—3 mm. longis; antheris oblongis 1.5 mm. longis; pistillo 5 mm. longo; ovario pilis sparsis adpressis villoso; stylo ca. 0.8 mm. crasso ca. 2.5 mm. longo; stigmate obliquo depresso ca. 1.5 mm. diametro; fructu ignoto. GUATEMALA: Finca Moca, dept. Suchitepequez, 1140 m. alt., tree 36 m. tall in forest on ridge, trunk columnar and 15 dm. thick at breast height, covered with a rough dark brown bark, Jan. 8, 1935, A. F. Skutch 2077 (Type, Arn. Arb.). A species belonging to the subsection MESOCRASPEDON of Koehne, Bot. Jahrb. 52: 307 (1915), and related to P. Cortapico Koehne of west- central Mexico. From this species it differs in its essentially glabrous herbage, broader leaves, long pedicels, more open hypanthium, villous ovary, etc. < 5 mm. lato, oculo armato obscure ruguloso. KWANGTUNG, Tsing Wan Shan: Wong Chuck I and vicinity (Wung Yuen District) Law 2290 (@ f1.; type) (A); Kwangtung, s. 1., Fenzel 123 fruit (UC); Yam Na Shan, Yit Nga Shan (Mei-Kaying District) Tsang 21469 (9 fl.) (NY). Fuxkren: Yenping, Cha-ping, on slopes, a shrub 2 m. high, flower light yellow, alt. 730 m. Ching 3889 (immature fl.) (A). CHeKIANG: Pang Yung, in open, partly shaded forests, a small tree, 20 ft. tall, 6 in. girth, bark smooth, whitish grey, Ching 2020 (3 fl.) (A) (NY). 1938] CROIZAT, CHINESE EUPHORBIACEAE 141 Mallotus Lianus is a fairly well characterized species for the genus in China. In the herbarium it has been identified as M. ricinoides, occa- sionally as M. japonicus. Its nearest affinity is undoubtedly with the latter species, which it resembles in the nature of capsular indumentum and in the total sum of vegetative characters. Specimens in which the leaves are glabrescent, Tsang 21469, Kwangtung (A); Yam Na Shan (Yit Nga Shan), Mey (Kaying District); H. Hu 127, Chekiang (A): Swen Chi, at first sight suggest M. japonicus. From this species, however, M. Lianus differs in the normally persistent and thicker red tomentum, which to the majority of taxonomists has suggested an inexistent affinity with M. ricinoides, in the less membranous limb, the much longer ¢ inflo- rescence, its plumose styles, larger ovary, and in the thicker capsular indumentum. I have not seen specimens of M. ricinoides from China, and only oae collection of it from Annam, Poilane 1685 (UC). Mallotus Lianus abundantly differs from that specimen in its lax, stiffer and glabrescent capsular indumentum, in its pedicellate, smaller capsule, and in its nearly smooth seed. While M. ricinoides and M. apelta belong to one affinity, M. albus, M. Lianus, M. japonicus, M. nepalensis and M. tenuifolius may be understood as members of a separate group. The path of migration of the five last species is suggested to lie along two main tracks: (1) India, Yunnan, Tonkin (M. albus); Kwangtung, Chekiang (M. Lianus); Chekiang, Formosa, Japan (M. japonicus) ; (2) northeast India, Yunnan, Tonkin, Kwangsi (MM. nepalensis); and northeast India, Sikang [Eastern Tibet], Szechuan, Hupeh, Chekiang (M. tenuifolius). Whether the geographic sequence of migration is truly the one given here I may not say, and rather doubt. It conveniently emphasizes the systematic position of WM. Lianus as. geographically and taxonomically intermediate between M. albus and M. japonicus, and the importance of the Chekiang and Yunnan node in Chinese floristics, at least insofar as these nodes concern the Euphorbiaceae. It is very significant to find M. philippensis endemic in northwest India as well as species of Macaranga having Chinese and eastern Asiatic, not, African affinities, in a narrow strip of land with comparatively abundant rains along the west coast of Deccan (cf. maps in Pflanzenr. 63 (IV. 147. VII): ¢. 1, 1914, and in Gamble, Man. Ind. Timbers, 1881). This dis- tribution essentially tends to confirm an east to west distribution of Mallotus. The valley of the Yangtze River is the northern boundary on Chinese soil of the domain in which these distributional currents regardless of their direction, have operated. As stated, I have not seen specimens of iw. vicinoides from China. Mueller-Arg. cites Croton mollissimus Geisel., from China, in the syn- 142 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX onymy of M. ricinoides, from a specimen in Vahl’s herbarium which is the type of Geiseler’s species. If he correctly interprets Geiseler’s type there can be no question of its being identical with M. Lianus, because the capsules of Croton mollissimus according to Mueller-Arg. (in DC. Prodr. 15(2): 964. 1866) are “. . . sessilibus, dense et longe molliter echinatis, aculeis dense stellato-floccosis . . .’ The description of Croton mollissimus in Geiseler’s work (Croton. Monogr. 74. 1807), however, suggests that the type of this alleged Croton may not rep- resent a Mallotus at all, and only very doubtfully a Croton, Even the Chinese origin of the specimen may be questioned. Geiseler speaks of ‘“‘caulis herbaceus. Rami tomentosi, sulcati, incani. Folia petiolata alterna 3 vel 4 pollicaria, acuminata, acuta denticulata, utrinque tomentosa mollissima, supra ferruginea subtus incana, nervosa, venoso-reticulata. Petiolum parum intra marginem insertum. Glandu- lae supra oblongae planae in regione apicis petioli. Racemus terminalis spithameus, pedunculi partiales sparsi tripollicares. Flores copiosi sub- sessiles conferti incani, masculis cum femineis mixti, Bracteae setaceae florum longitudine. Capsulae tectae setis flexibilibus furfuraceo- tomentosis copiosissimis. Styli fusci penicellati.”” The diagnostic char- acters in italics essentially exclude Mallotus, and I do not find any Chi- nese euphorbiaceous species to which Geiseler’s description satisfactorily applies. The new species is dedicated to Dr. Liang Chin Li, Keeper of the herbarium of the Fan Memorial Institute of Biology, Peiping, in grateful acknowledgment of his friendly communication of essential data and material. Mallotus apelta (Lour.) Muell.-Arg. Linnaea, 34: 189. 1865; in DC. Prodr. 15(2): 963. 1866. — Pax & Hoffmann, Pflanzenr. 63 (IV. 147, VIT): 171. 1914, excl. var. — Hutchinson in Sargent, Pl. Wils. 2: 525.1916, p. p. The species is perhaps best understood as the northern representative of M. ricinoides, sensu lato, and the much needed typification of the latter species should not be attempted without a critical consideration of all the forms so far included under M. apelta. Pax & Hoffmann separate (op. cit. 163) M. ricinoides from M. apelta using the length of the inflo- rescence, which in the former may be 30 cm. long, and is supposed in the latter to be 12 cm. or shorter. In reality specimens of undoubted specific identity are found which reverse the supposed character, such as Noerkas 355, Celebes (M. ricinoides : inflorescence in fruit not exceeding 20 cm.) (NY), and Tsang & Fung 205, Hainan (M. apelta : inflorescence in fruit exceeding 30 cm.) (A). Metcalf has indicated (Lingn. Sci. Jour. 10: 1938] CROIZAT, CHINESE EUPHORBIACEAE 143 489. 1931) that Ching 7111 from Kwangsi (A, UC) may be distinct from M. apelta on account of its peculiar capsular indument and of its long cyme. The specimens that Metcalf understands as M. apelta, Levine 1176, Tsiang 1434, 1541 (A) conform to the type, as far as I can judge from the photograph of Loureiro’s specimen in the Paris Museum of Natural History. I find, however, that Demange 1187 (A), from Tonkin has an inflorescence of a length not exceeding 30 cm., and a capsular indument intermediate in nature between that of Ching 7111 and of Tsiang 972 (A) from Kwangtung, the latter having a cyme in fruit exceeding 35 cm. in length. In Henry 13640 (NY), from Tonkin, the capsular indument perfectly matches that of Ching 7111 and the fruiting cyme, though broken off, exceeds a length of 50 cm. Fan & Li 4 (A), from Hunan, has the very same capsular indument of Ching 7111, but a fruiting cyme only 17 cm. long. These findings bear out Wilson’s state- ment (in Sargent, Pl. Wils. 2: 525. 1916) that the length of the inflo- rescence of M. apelta varies much, and depends upon the vigor of the shoot. Unquestionably, in some specimens the capsular indument is short, and thickly villous (typical form), suggesting that of M. albus, and in others long and lanose in aspect (Ching 7111), similar to that of M. ricinoides. The intergrading between extreme states, however, is so complete that the notion of attempting a segregation is not encouraged when the material available at this time in the herbarium is sorted for the purpose. It is suspected, considering all specimens, that the southern ones tend to have a longer inflorescence, and that edaphic factors are at play, possibly favoring the ultimate segregation of distinct strains within the common, or nearly common, area of present distribution. Larger collections and extensive field work particularly are needed to define the issue of practical classification of these forms. Mallotus Paxii Pamp. Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. 17: 414. 1910. Mallotus ae var. a chinensis (Geisel.) Pax & Hoffmann, Pflanzenr. 63 (IV. 147. VII): 171. 1914. — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 214. 1931. Mallotus Stewardii Merr. ex Metcalf, Lingnan Sci. Jour. 10: 488. 1931. The synonymy of M. Paxii and M. Stewardii is established by the specimens and by the literature. The possibility that Croton chinensis Geisel. is the same as M. Paxii is excluded because M. Paxti does not occur in the southern maritime provinces of China whence Geiseler’s specimen undoubtedly came. To my knowledge M. apelta occurs in Indo-China, Hainan, Kwangtung, Fukien, Kiangsi, Kiangsu, Hupeh, Hunan, Szechuan. Mallotus Paxii is found in the same areas with the exception of Indo-China, Hainan and Kwangtung. The classification of 144 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VOL. xIx é specimens of the two species rests upon what may be called intangibles of habit, that is to say largely on the opinion of the individual taxono- mist. Occasionally @ specimens are found which are exceedingly criti- cal, like Sun 1373, Anhwei (A). This notwithstanding M. Paxii is better treated, I believe, as a distinct species. Mallotus Castanopsis Metc. has clear specific rank but if M. Paxti is subordinated to M. apelta it may not be kept distinct for it intergrades with M. Paxii. Although barely out- lined north and south a specific range exists and M. Paxii is not found in the south. It is also likely that comprehensive subordinations of inade- quately understood forms are undesirable on general grounds. In the present conditions of the botanical exploration of China a moderately narrow, or even a narrow concept of taxonomic limits best serves the purpose of making generally available the data obtained by the study of herbarium specimens. The notion of Huber (Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2: 6: 345, 1906) and of Lanjouw (Euphorb. Surin. 40. 1931) that the ends of classification are furthered in certain cases by narrow concepts is not without merit. Mallotus Roxburghianus Muell.-Arg. var. glabra Dunn, Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 38: 365. 1908. The material available is represented by the type collection, Yenping, Buong-Kang, No. 3627 Hongkong Herb., Dunn 1136 (A), which is sterile. I find in this specimen neither the characteristic pubescence of M. Roxburghianus nor the limb-glands almost invariably present in Mallotus species of this section. Such differences may be indicative of a variety, although taken together they are scarcely suggested as less than specific. To my knowledge M. Roxburghianus is not recorded at intermediate points between northeastern India and eastern China, and I have not seen as yet a duplicate of Dunn’s collection that can be identi- fied as a Mallotus. Dunn’s specimen may prove to be a Macaranga. Mallotus albus (Roxb.) Muell.-Arg. Linnaea, 34: 188. 1865; in DC. Prodr. 15(2): 965. 1866. — Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 5: 429, 1887, — Pax & Hoffmann, Pflanzenr. 63 (IV. 147. VII): 168. 1914. — Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indoch. 5: 353. 1925. The only specimens I have seen from China are five sheets of Henry’s collection, 11991c, 11991d, 11991e (NY), all apparently from Szemao in Yunnan, and cited by Pax & Hoffmann under this species. The ¢ and ? inflorences are branched, very seldom simple. The leaves are usually smaller as a rule in southern Indian specimens, up to 1 foot broad in one Yunnan collection. The indumentum is mostly rusty brown, rarely whitish. The capsular processes are stiff, short, heavily tomentose- 1938] CROIZAT, CHINESE EUPHORBIACEAE 145 floccose, very moderately spreading. It may be suspected that the lone record of M. macrostachyus for Tonkin (Gagnep. op. cit. 357) is based upon a critical specimen of M. albus which but for its inflorescence cannot be distinguished with certainty from that more southern species. Mallotus albus is best separated from M. apelta by the thick texture of the leaf, which is usually repand-dentate and reminiscent of Macaranga denticulata and M. indica. It differs from M. ricinoides in the shorter and stiffer capsular indumentum and from M. paniculatus (M. cochin- chinensis) in habit and inflorescence. Mallotus repandus (Willd.) Muell.-Arg. Linnaea, 34: 197. 1865; in DC. Prodr: 15(2): 981. 1866. — Pax & Hoffmann, Pflanzenr. 63 (IV. 147. VIT): 181. 1914. Mallotus contubernalis Hance, Jour. Bot. 20: 293. 1882. The isotype of M. contubernalis, Sampson & Hance 17694 (K) isa specimen of M. repandus fully within the limits of the species as repre- sented by Thwaites 2115 from Ceylon (NY), which is cited by Mueller- Arg. under M. repandus a genuinus. The Hance specimen has the usual yellowish capsules of M. repandus, not a fruit “densely clothed with rufous glandular tomentum,” as Hance describes it. It is difficult to understand why Hance’s Mallotus characterized in the presentation as having dicoccous capsules and leaves ultimately glabrate has been accepted by Pax & Hoffmann as the type of a species with glabrous leaves and tricoccous capsules. The distinction established by Mueller-Arg. between M. repandus a genuinus (technically the type of the species) and B scabrifolius is re- jected by Pax & Hoffmann (op. cit. 182), apparently because numerous intermediates occur. Wilson also observes (in Sargent, Pl. Wils. 2: 526. 1916) that in this Mallotus the pubescence is most variable. In my opinion a valid varietal difference can be established rather upon the total sum of characters than on the single factor of pubescence. The existence of glabrescent intermediates does not detract from the fact that a speci- men of the type with subrhombic leaves, 7 cm. long or less, with per- sistently pubescent petioles and venation, differs from a specimen of the variety which has ovate cordate leaves, mostly longer than 7 cm., and soon glabrous petioles and venation. The type so understood is matched by Lau 61 (A) and 1526 (NY) from Hainan; McClure s. n. (UC), Tsiang 900 (A), Oldham 478 (NY) from Kwangtung; Faurie 409 (A), Mori 607 (UC), Henry 714 (NY) from Formosa. The last three specimens are interesting: Faurie 409 has manifestly pubescent petioles but strongly glabrescent to glabrous limbs, being intermediate between the type and the variety in regard to pubescence; Mori 607 has 146 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. xIx an exceedingly branched cyme, and Henry 714 together with dicoccous fruits bears at least one tricoccous capsule. Wright (NY), Hongkong, cited by Mueller-Arg. as typical of a scabrifolius is matched by Levine 662 (A) from Honan Island; McClure 2033 (UC) from Kwangtung; Ching 1597, 2177 (UC) from Chekiang. The limits of M. repandus, its varieties and allied species will be discussed in the summary following the notes of M. Millietii. Mallotus repandus (Willd.) Muell.-Arg. var. megaphyllus, var. nov. A typo foliis majusculis late ovatis cordatis ad 19 & 13 cm. longis latisque pubescentibus vel glabrescentibus, cymis ? abbreviatis oligo- carpicis bene recedit. INpo-Cu1NA: Laos, Mong Hsing, Kingdon Ward 8922, type (A @ ). YUNNAN: Mengtze, large climber, Henry 13696 (A &); Tonkin, Balansa 4791 (NY @). The last named specimen is referred with doubt to M. repandus by Pax & Hoffmann [Pflanzenr. 63 (IV. 147, VII): 182. 1914]. Handel- Mazzetti 437 (A) from Fukien; Tsiang 2374 (A) from Kwangtung; Ching 1597 (A) from Chekiang, are perhaps closer to the new variety than to the type. The range, Yunnan-Chekiang through Kwangtung and northern Indo-China (Tonkin, Laos), appears not to lack floristic significance. The valley of the Red River, especially, is suggested as the main line of diffusion of species that occur in southern Yunnan and Hainan, and that are unrecorded elsewhere in China. Mallotus illudens, nom. nov. Mallotus contubernalis sensu Pax & Hoffmann, Pflanzenr. 63 (IV. 147. VII): 180. 1914, — Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. 7: 214. 1931. — Non Hance. Mallotus repandus sensu Hutch. in Sargent, Pl. Wils. 2: 526. 1916, p. p. The differences between this species and M. repandus are pertinently summarized by Pax & Hoffmann in “. . . ambitu foliorum, glabritie, inflorescentiis simplicibus, ovario triloculari . . .”’ I do not agree with those authors, however, that M. illudens resembles M. philippensis and suspect that they intended to refer to M. chrysocarpus because this often resembles the latter species. Mallotus illudens intergrades with M. repandus var. scabrifolius, the 8 specimens of either being mostly indistinguishable in the herbarium. The specific character, basically, is the tricoccous fruit, and in part the geographic range. Typical specimens of M. illudens are Chung 6642 (A) from Fukien; Wang 239 (NY) from Kiangsi; Ching 3086 (A) from Anhwei; Tsiang 4866 (A) from Kweichow; Ching 5599 (A) from Kwangsi; Handel- 1938] CROIZAT, CHINESE EUPHORBIACEAE 147 Mazzetti 514 (A) from Hunan; Yu 689, Wang 21868 (A), Farges 827 (UC) from Szechuan; Tsai 52199 (A), Ducloux 214 (NY) from Yun- nan. The center of distribution, to judge from the total number of avail- able collections that best represent species, is the Hupeh-Szechuan region. Mallotus chrysocarpus Pamp. Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. n. s. 14: 413. Mallotus repandus var. chrysocarpus Hand.-Mazz. Symb. Sin. 7: 214. 1931 Mallotus repandus sensu Pax & Hoffmann, Pflanzenr. 63 (IV. 147. VII): 180. 1914. p. p., non Muell.-Arg. In the herbarium this Mallotus is easily recognized by its ovate to elliptic-lanceolate leaves being softly pubescent beneath, in certain specimens somewhat resembling those of M. philippensis. The capsule will probably be found to be larger than that of M. repandus and to have a thicker indument. It is tricoccous, as in Chu 1880 (FI), from Szechuan, or dicoccous as in Wilson 3542 (A), Henry 1494 (A), from Hupeh. I have seen no specimens outside of Szechuan and Hupeh. Mallotus Millietii Lévl. Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 165. 1914. — Rehd. Jour. Arnold Arb. 14: 233. 1933 A very distinct species, Sail identified from @ specimens, not rarely found in herbaria but seldom correctly named. Henry recognized it, in sched., from M. repandus, but it was left to Rehder to contribute the first clear summary of its characters. In pubescence M. Millietii is near M. chrysocarpus,; in leaf outline it resembles robust specimens of M. illudens. The fruit, however, is peculiar and unmistakable. In M. repandus and M., illudens the capsule is scarcely larger than 10 mm., smooth or rugose when dry, usually dull yellow, with a very fine, dust- like indumentum. In M. Millietii the epicarp appears under the naked eye to be scurfy-lepidote, bright yellow and orange. Under the lens close and short villous processes are evident which are heavily stellate- floccose. The fruit, when ripe, is seldom less than 15 mm. broad. The species occurs in Kwangsi, Steward & Cheo 602, 387 (A), and more widespread, it seems, in Yunnan, Henry 10669 (A, NY), 10700 (A), 10700a (A, NY), Forrest 7524, 12027 (A). Mallotus Millietii var. atricha, var. nov. A typo foliis glabris recedit. Kwancs!i: Tan-ngar, 10 li E. of Hoo Chi, a scandent shrub 18 ft. long, common in thickets alt. 1700 ft., Ching 6396 (A type, NY, UC). It is suggested that Mallotus Milliettit, M. chrysocarpus, M. illudens and M. repandus are descended from a common parent form, the last 148 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX two being so close that they might be considered conspecific under a normally broad taxonomic concept. Mallotus chrysocarpus appears to be a leaf-form of M. repandus judged by the specimens available but the evidence is on the whole in favor of its being nearer to M. Millieti than to any other members of the group. In my opinion these four species afford a classic instance of the segregations that take place in China within a group having Indo-Malayan affinities. Aside from more or less relevant differences in fruit, habit, and pubescence it may be suspected that these four species have a geographic background, as follows: Mallotus repandus. — A southern form, essentially dicoccous, ranging from India to New Caledonia. In China it occurs almost exclusively in the maritime or southern provinces, Hainan, Kwangtung, Kwangsi. The Hainan specimens, particularly, are undistinguishable from Indian and Malayan material. Mallotus repandus intergrades with M. iludens through var. scabrifolius. This variety, interpreted on the basis of Wright (NY), Hongkong, cited by Mueller-Arg., occurs as far north as Chekiang. Mallotus repandus var. megaphyllus is restricted to northern Indo-China and Yunnan, although transitional forms towards the type- species occur probably as far north as Kiangsi. Mallotus illudens. — A northern form, essentially tricoccous, and apparently typically Chinese. Its distribution is prevailingly continental, throughout China south of the Yangtze River. Mallotus chrysocarpus. — A suggested mutation or extreme form of M. Millietii with which it has the pubescence and the leaf-shape in common. Larger collections and field work are needed to define its characters, range, and affinities. Not represented in the material ex- amined outside of Hupeh and Szechuan. Mallotus Millietii. — Very strongly characterized by its large capsule and capsular indument. In the latter character with a tendency to be intermediate between Sect. Echinus and Sect. Philippenses. So far as known, collected only in Yunnan and Kwangsi. Several specimens in our herbarium, unfortunately too incomplete for description indicate that further additions to the varieties and species of Mallotus Sect. Philippenses may be expected from Sikang (east Tibet) and Yunnan. ARNOLD ARBORETUM, Harvarp UNIVERSITY. 1938 | LOTT, NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON HYPERCUM 149 NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON HYPERICUM Henry J. Lott THE STATEMENT by Clos, “Peu de genres ont été soumis a plus de vicissitudes que le grand genre Hypericum ...” (Bull. Soc. Bot. France, sér, 3, 1: 290. 1894) is hardly an exaggeration. The complicated nomen- clature which has resulted from these vicissitudes is the probable ex- planation of the large number of invalid binomials cluttering the litera- ture of this genus. In the following notes of species of Hypericum native to southeastern United States, H. spathulatum Keller is reduced to synonymy; H. arborescens Chap., a little known synonym of H. fascicu- latum Lam., is discussed; and the names of two common species, H. aureum Bartr. and H. petiolatum Walt., are shown to be invalid. Hypericum frondosum Michaux, Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 81 (1803). — Poiret, Encycl. Suppl. 3: 699 (1813).— Muhlenberg, Cat. Pl. Am. Sept. 68 (1813). — Choisy in DC. Prodr. Syst. Nat. 1: 544 (1824). Hypericum aureum Bartram, Travels, 383 (1791).— Non Loureiro, Fl. Cochinch. 2: 472 (1790). Hypericum ascyrotdes var. 8 Poiret, Encycl. Suppl. 3: 694 (1813). Hypericum amoenum Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 2: 375 (1814). Hypericum Rugelianum Kunze in Linnaea, 24: 177 (1851). Hypericum prolificum var. aureum Koehne, Deutsch. Dendrol. 416 (1893). Hypericum frondosum is manifestly the oldest valid name for this species which has long been known to both botanists and horticulturists as H. aureum, Muhlenberg was the first to dispose of Bartram’s name as a synonym of H. frondosum, but unfortunately he was not followed by later botanists. Hypericum galioides Lam. var. pallidum Mohr in Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. 6: 621 (1901). ? Hypericum ambiguum Elliott, Sketch Bot. S. Car. Ga. 2: 30 (1824). Hypericum galioides Lam. a Nie ai (Elliott ?) Gee i as United States 40 (1860), Hypericum spathulatum R. Keller j in Bot. Jahrb. 58: 195 (1923). — Non steudel, Nomencl. Bot. ed. 2, 1: 789 (1841). — Syn. nov. An isotype of Keller’s species in the herbarium of the Arnold Arbore- tum is identical with Hypericum galioides var. pallidum. Some writers 150 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM (VOL. xIx do not recognize this variety at all, and others, such as Small, maintain it as a distinct species under the name H. ambiguum. The validity of the epithet ambiguum is questionable, for it is doubtful whether this is the plant which Elliott had in mind. Mohr, pointing this out, made the change from var. ambiguum to var. pallidum. Hypericum sp. Hypericum revolutum R. Keller in Bot. Jahrb. 58: 194 (1923).— Non Vahl, Symb. Bot. 1: 66 (1790) I have seen an isotype of Keller’s Hypericum revolutum in the herba- rium of the Arnold Arboretum. It seems close to H. galioides Lam., but the material at hand is insufficient to decide whether it is conspecific with this species or not. However, if it should prove to be distinct, a new name will be necessary, for Keller overlooked Vahl’s previous use of the same specific name. Hypericum fasciculatum Lamarck, Encycl. Méthod. 4: 160 (1797). Hypericum nitidum Lamarck, Encycl. Méthod. 4: eeO 797). Myriandra nitida Spach in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. sér. 2, 5: 365 (1836) ; Hist. Nat. Vég. 5: 436 (1836). Myriandra Brathydis Spach, Hist. Nat. Vég. 5: 436 (1836), excl. syn. Hypericum aspalathoides Willd. a A Agra arborescens Chapman, FI. S. United States, ed. 2, suppl. 2, 680 (1892).— Non Vahl, Symb. Bot. 2: 86, t. 43 (1791). Hypericum arborescens Chapman in Biltmore Herb. Distrib. Dupl. *hapman Herb. no. 5735%, as synonym of H. fasciculatum Lam. As indicated above, a printed label attached to specimens distributed as duplicates of the Chapman Herbarium, bears Chapman’s reduction of Hypericum arborescens to H. fasciculatum. The great similarity between the original description of H. arborescens in the second and that of H. fasciculatum in the third edition of his Flora, and the fact that he does not mention H. arborescens in the third edition are added evidence that Chapman no longer thought H. arborescens to be a species distinct from H. fasciculatum. This decision of Chapman is foreshadowed in the following excerpt from a letter to Professor Sargent dated June 4, 1895: “My Hypericum arborescens, as a new species I give up, for I find, to my surprise, that it is not confined to this vicinity, but is more or less common in other parts of this state, and as far westward, at least, as Mobile. Which one of the described species it may prove to be, I am unable, for want of a library, to even guess, unless it be Lamarck’s own H. fasciculatum. It is found along old Bartram’s route, and may have been one of his gatherings. “The genus is in labyrinthine confusion so far as our species are con- 1938] LOTT, NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON HYPERCUM 151 cerned and our botanists who have examined the types seem to vary in their conclusions. “I have measured the tallest of the specimens in the locality near here, and found some a little over fifteen feet, while some twenty miles west I am confident I have seen them taller — possibly twenty feet.” Hypericum Walteri Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 2: 1159 (1791), as Hyperitcon Waltert. ee petiolatum Walter, Fl. Carol. 191 (1788).— Non Linnaeus, . 2, 1102 (1763), nec Linnaeus f. Suppl. 345 (1781). ees axillare Michaux, Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 81 (1803). Hypericum campanulatum B? Poiret, Encycl. Suppl. 3: 696 (1813). Elodea petiolata Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 2: 379 (181 ee paludosum Choisy, rey Monogr. ee 43 (1821); Nat. 1: 546 (182 ee petiolata Seal Syst. Veg. ; 333 (1826). Elodea floribunda Spach in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. sér. 2, 5: 169 (1836) ; Hist. Nat. Vég. 5: 367 (1836). Fe ° st ailag Spach in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. sér. 2, 5: 170 (1836) ; Hist. ég. 5: 368 (1836). Prien aia Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. 2: 437, fig. Elodes ene Gray, Manual, ed. 5, 86 (1867). Gardenia petiolata Farwell in Am. Midl. Nat. 8: 35 (1922). The name generally employed for this species is H. petiolatum, but Walter’s use of the specific epithet petiolatum is clearly antedated by H. petiolatum Linn. and H. petiolatum Linn. f. Gmelin, noticing Walter’s error, created the nomen novum, H. Walteri, as follows: “Walteri, 52 H. foliis petiolatis, staminum corporibus ad medium con- natis. Walt. Flor. Carol. p. 191.” To my knowledge, Steudel’s Nomen- clator Botanicus (ed. 2, 1: 789. 1841) is the only place where the name H. Walteri appears after the eighteenth century outside of Index Kewensis. Steudel incorrectly attributed the binomial to Raeuschel,' and doubtfully referred it to H. paludosum as a synonym. The accept- ance of H. Walteri necessitates the following nomenclatural change: Hypericum Walteri Gmel. var. tubulosum (Walter), comb. nov. Hypericum tubulosum Walter, Fl. Carol. 191 (1788). Elodea tubulosa Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 2: 379 (1814). Elodea pauciflora Spach in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. sér. 2, 5: 169 (1836) ; Hist. Nat. Vég. 5: 366 (1836). Elodes tubulosa Watson, Bibl. Index N. Am. Bot. 1: 124 (1878). Triadenum longifolium Small in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 25: 140 (1898). 1Raeuschel merely listed the name H. Walteri without citation in the third edition of his Nomenclator Botanicus 152 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX Gardenia longifolia Farwell in Am. Midl. Nat. 8: 34 (1922). Hypericum petiolatum Walter var. tubulosum Fernald in Rhodora, 38: 436 (1936), excl. syn. Elodea Drummondii Spach. Hypericum Walteri has always been descr’bed as having connate fila- ments which separate at or, more commonly, above the middle. Inas- much as I have not had opportunity to examine sufficient material of this species and its variety to determine satisfactorily the value of this char- acter, I have hesitated to dispose definitely of Elodea Drummondi, for Spach (Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. sér. 2,5: 166. 1836) places it and FE. virginica Nutt. (= Hypericum virginicum Linn.) together in a section charac- terized as ‘“‘Androphori filamentis 3—4-plo breviores.” ARNOLD ARBORETUM, Harvarp UNIVERSITY. 1938 ] SENN, STATUS OF CHAMAECRISTA 153 CYTOLOGICAL EVIDENCE ON THE STATUS OF THE GENUS CHAMAECRISTA MOENCH Harotp A. SENN! With one text-figure THERE HAS BEEN considerable diversity of opinion concerning the generic status of certain species of the large genus Cassia L. Linnaeus (1737) established the genus Cassia and in 1753 included five species in a section “Chamaecristae foliolis numerosis.”’ According to the Inter- national Rules of Botanical Nomenclature, 1935, it has been proposed that Cassia fistula L. be selected as the type species of the genus. One species of the Linnaean section Chamaecristae, Cassia nictitans L., and Cassia Absus L. of the section Sennae were later distributed among three species of a new genus Grimaldia by Schrank (1805, 1808). Moench (1794) described the genus Chamaecrista differentiating it from Cassia chiefly by the occurrence of 5 fertile stamens in the former and 7 in the latter. Colladon (1816) revised the genus Cassia distinguishing the sections Absus and Chamaecrista from the rest of the genus by their acuminate calyces and bibracteolate pedicels. These sections were separated by the structure of the anthers. In Chamaecrista the anthers were glabrous and biporous whereas in Absus the anthers had villous longitudinal lines and dehisced by longitudinal slits. Colladon considered the sections of the genus as very distinct and of potential generic value. These sections as set forth by Colladon were maintained by DeCandolle (1825) who enumerated 6 species under Absus DC. and 80 under Chamaecrista Breyn. Both of these sections were included in the genus Chamaecrista Moench by Meyer (1835). Kunth (1824) considered Chamaecrista as a distinct section characterized by pinnate leaves of one to many leaflets, usually with glandular petioles, and by solitary flowers on axillary or supra-axillary, bibracteolate peduncles. Vogel (1837) included DeCandolle’s sections Absus, Baseophyllum, and Chamaecrista in a new section of Cassia, Lasiorhegma Vogel. This section was characterized by anthers with 2 villous clefts, dehiscent throughout part of their length, and by a dehiscent compressed pod. Bentham (1871) distinguished three subgenera of Cassia, the subgenus National Research Fellow in Botany. 154 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. XIX Lasiorhegma being divided into three sections, chiefly on the characters of the inflorescence. Of these Chamaecrista consisted of herbs or shrubs with axillary or supra-axillary peduncles bearing 1—4 flowers. Greene (1897, 1899) re-established the section Chamaecrista as a genus which he characterized by: ‘“(1) Flowers axillary or supra-axillary and solitary or few and fascicled, never terminally clustered as in Cassia. (2) Buds slender conical and acuminate (always subglobose or ovoid and obtuse in Cassia). (3) Sepals plane, slenderly acuminate, thin-membranous (in Cassia firm herbaceous, obtuse, concavo-convex). (4) Flower on a twisted pedicel, its banner and keel petals thus made to appear lateral, and one wing enlarged and placed lowermost, the other reduced and be- coming uppermost. (5) Pods thin compressed, very promptly dehiscent, never subterete, and indehiscent as in most or all Cassias.”” Greene listed 32 species which he regarded as belonging to Chamaecrista. Britton and Rose (1930) regarded the section Chamaecrista as a dis- tinct genus of the tribe Cassieae, characterized by linear elastically dehiscent legumes, short funicles, unequal petals and usually glandular leaves. They included 111 species in this genus. Recently Standley (1937, p. 514) has again placed the species of Chamaecrista in the genus Cassia. This group of species has thus had a varied taxonomic history being regarded either as a distinct section of the large genus Cassia or as a distinct but closely related genus Chamaecrista of the tribe Cassieae. In determining the sectional or generic status of a group of species such as this, evidence from comparative anatomy, genetics, or cytology may be of considerable value. Consequently the following chromosome num- ber data are presented in the hope that they may be useful in further studies of the generic status of the group. Senn (in press) has pointed out that in the Leguminosae aneuploidy is frequently an intergeneric relationship. In contrast euploid series are usually found within genera. In the Cruciferae, a family with a much higher frequency of polyploidy, Manton (1932) has also found that aneuploidy is the usual relationship between genera. Long series of polyploid numbers do not commonly occur in Leguminosae, the percentage of polyploid species being remark- ably low. There is some disagreement concerning the numbers in certain species of Cassia but it is well established that the following m numbers occur: 6, 8, 12, 13, 14, 16, 24, and possibly 10 (Senn, in press). Of these the numbers 8, 16, 24, an orthoploid series, occur only in the subsection Chamaecristae verae Benth., whereas the other numbers are distributed throughout the subgenus Cathartocarpus Pers. and the sections Onco- 1938] SENN, STATUS OF CHAMAECRISTA 155 lobium Vog., Prososperma Vog., and Chamaesenna DC. of the subgenus Senna (Roxb.) Benth. Cytological material has been available for three species of the Chamaecrista group. Chamaecrista procumbens (L.) Greene (Cassia nictitans L.) collected at Charlottesville, Virginia, had » = 8 at IIM in pollen mother cells (figure 1). Somatic mitoses in root tip cells showed 2n — 16 (figure 2), accompanied by somatically doubled cells in which there were 32 chromosomes (figure 3). Chamaecrista fasciculata (Michx.) Greene (Cassia Chamaecrista Walt.) from The Blandy Ex- perimental Farm, Boyce, Virginia, also showed » = 8 in pollen mother cells (figure 4). Material of this species collected at Bremond, Texas (L. O. Gaiser and P. Snure 11, U.S. Route No. 6 near Bremond, Texas, Aug. 28, 1936) was also diploid with m = 8 in pollen mother cells (figure 5). Chamaecrista Aeschinomene (DC.) Greene (Cassia Aeschinomene DC.) (H. A. Senn 113, roadside, Soledad, Santa Clara Prov., Cuba, June 23, 1937) proved to be hexaploid with » = 24 at IM in pollen mother cells (figure 6). Some so-called secondary association was present in some nuclei suggestive of the polyploid nature of the species. Herbarium specimens representing the collections from which the chromosome num- bers were determined have been deposited at the Gray Herbarium, Harvard University. Chromosome numbers have also been reported for certain other species of this sectional or generic group. Kawakami (1930) listed two types of Cassia mimosoides L., one having n — 8 and the other 7 = 16. He also reported Cassia Leschenaultiana DC., which is regarded by Bentham (1871) as conspecific with Cassia mimosoides L., as having n = 24. This is commonly regarded as a rather polymorphic species and there may well be some correlation between the chromosomal races and the mor- phological variation in the species. Sugiura (1931) reported the chromo- some number of Cassia dimidiata as 2n = 16, thus adding another diploid species to the 8 series. The exact identity of C. dimidiata is not clear since no authority was given. According to Bentham (1871) C. dimidiata Roxb. is conspecific with C. mimosoides L. and C, dimidiata Klein with C. Kleinii W. et Arn. Cassia Kleinii W. & A. is a species closely related to C. mimosoides L. so that in either instance the species for which the chromosome count was reported comes within the group under consideration. Before far-reaching conclusions are drawn many more species of Cassia should be examined cytologically but the above evidence indicates that a well marked polyploid series with a base number 8 in contrast to the other numbers 6, 13, 14, exists within the genus. The group of species comprising this series falls within the limits of the genus Chamae- 156 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM TEXT FIGURE 1 Figures 1-6. Chromosomes of x 2560; figure 6 X 2160). plate omitted, n = 8. ~ Chamaecrista Moench (figures 1-5 1. C. procumbens (L.) Greene II M, second 2. Same, somatic metaphase, 2n = 16. 3. Same, somatically doubled nucleus, 4n = 32. 4. C. fasciculata (Michx.) Greene, Charlottesville, Va., | M, n = 8. 5. Same, Bremond, Texas, I M, n = 8. 6. C. Aeschinomene (DC.) Greene I M,n = 24. [VOL. XIX 1938 | SENN, STATUS OF CHAMAECRISTA 157 crista Moench and seems to provide some evidence in support of the maintenance of this group of species as a valid genus. The occurrence of a genus with a base number 8 in the Caesalpinioideae is also of especial interest since Senn (in press) has reported this number to be the probable base number for the subfamily Papilionatae. The writer is grateful to Dr. Thomas Barbour, Curator of the Atkins Institution of the Arnold Arboretum, Soledad, Cuba, for the privilege of visiting the Institution in the summer of 1937 at which time material of Chamaecrista Aeschinomene (DC.) Greene was collected. LITERATURE CITED BENTHAM, _ eee Revision of the genus Cassia. (Trans. Linn. Soc. re ae 59 Brit1 N. p, and J. N. Rose (1930). Caesalpiniaceae. (N. Amer. Flora, 23: ae 1.) CoLLapon, L. (1816). Histoire naturelle et médicale des Casses et jarticulgrement, de la Casse et des Sénés employés en médecine, 1-140. Montp DEC el a oy 825). Prodr. 2: 500-507 GREENE, 7 L. (1897). The genus Chamaecrista. ( Pittonia, 3: 238-243. — (1899). Early specific types in Chamaecrista. (Pittonia, 4: 25-32.) ° KawakKAMIl, J. (1930). Chromosome numbers in Leguminosae. (Bot. Mag. Tokyo, 44: 319-328. Kuntu, K. S. (1824). Mimoses et autres plantes légumineuses du oe eau Continent recueillies par M. de Humboldt et Boripland, p. 140. ees AE EUS, C, (1737). Genera Pl. ed. ——__— 53). Species Pl. ed. 1, pp. 863 Manton, I. (1932). es to the ie cytology of the Cruci- ferae. (Ann. Bot. 46: 509- Meyer, E. H. F. (1835). Coote ena de plantis Africae Australioris quas per octo annos as observationibusque manuscriptis illustravit Johannes Franciscus Dre . 158. Moencnu, Kk. (1794). Memo Fane horti botanici et agri one i 72 ensis, a staminur situ describendi, . Marburgi Cattor ScHRANK, F. v. P. (1805). Cnn eine neue Pieris (F lora, 1808). Grimaldia, eine neue Pflanzengattung, nebst Anmer- kungen uber Gattungsbildung und Artencharaktere. (Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, 1: 99-124 SENN, H. A. (in press). Chromosome number relationships in the Legu- minosae. ( Bibliographia Genet STANDLEY, P. C. (1937). Flora of ‘Costa Rica. (Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Sucrura, 5B (1931). A list of chromosome numbers in angiospermous plants. ok a Tokvo, 45: 353-355. VoceEL, T. (18 Syn. Gen. Cassiae, p. 1-79. Berolini. ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 158 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. XIX THE EFFECT OF COLCHICINE ON SOMATIC CELLS OF TRADESCANTIA PALUDOSA Rutu |. WALKER With plates 219 and 220 VARIOUS CHEMICALS have been used to induce polyploidy in plant cells. The work of Nemec (1904), Kemp (1910), Sakamura (1920), van Regemorter (1926) and Peto (1935) have shown that tetraploid cells may be produced by the use of chloral hydrate. Sass (1937) observed tetraploid cells in the roots of corn seedlings as a result of poisoning by ethyl mercury phosphate. Dustin, Havas and Lits (1937) were the first to report the production of polyploid cells in the roots of wheat, shallot and tulip by the use of colchicine. Similar results have been obtained by Eigsti (1938) in the roots of Allium Cepa, Raphanus sativa, Zea Mays and Triticum vulgare. Blakeslee (1937-38) and Nebel and Ruttle (1937-38) have shown that entire tetraploid plants may be obtained as a result of colchicine treatment. In an earlier paper, now in press, the writer has reported the production of diploid and tetraploid pollen grains in Tradescantia paludosa by the use of colchicine. Cut ends of flower stalks of Tradescantia paludosa Anderson and Woodson were immersed in 0.1 per cent colchicine for twenty-four, forty- eight and sixty-six hours. The treated flower stalks were then trans- ferred to tap water and placed in the greenhouse. Stems of intact plants were treated with colchicine by making a tongue-like slit in the stem just below the second node from the tip and inserting the slit part in a micro test tube containing the solution. After forty-eight hours the cut surfaces were bound together. Fixations were made at intervals over a period of thirty days. Pistils were fixed in a solution of absolute alcohol (seventy parts) and glacial acetic acid (thirty parts) for twenty-four hours, after which they were stored in 80 per cent alcohol. Preparations were made by first boiling the pistils for a few seconds in one cc. 0 alcohol acetic to which several drops of 5 per cent hydrochloric acid had been added. The pistils were flattened and mounted according to the belling’s aceto-carmine technique as modified by Zirkle. Entire flow- ers were fixed in Karpechenko’s modification of Navaschin' and in forma!in acetic alcohol. The fixed material was imbedded in paraffin. Sections were cut from ten to thirty microns in thickness and stained with Delafield’s haematoxylin or with safranin and fast green. 1938] WALKER, EFFECT OF COLCHICINE ON TRADESCANTIA 159 The primordium for the pistil is recognized early in the development of the flower of Tradescantia paludosa. The continued division of the cells of the primordium results in the development of a structure which has approximately the same number of cells in the ovary wall and style as are present at maturity. Increase in size is due to an enlargement and maturation of these cells. In the style, this growth is brought about primarily by cell elongation. The ovule develops more slowly. Equa- torial plates in which there are twelve chromosomes and two fragments are frequently visible. (Plate 219, figure 1.) Microscopic examination of cells of the ovaries were made the first day after treatment with colchicine and at intervals for thirty days after treatment. Division figures with more than the normal number of chromosomes were not observed in the ovule tissue until the fifth day after treatment, although they are found earlier in the stamen hairs. Their occurrence in the pistil is sporadic which may be accounted for in part by the varying ages of the individual cells at the time of treat- ment and by the fact that all of the cells are not affected equally by the colchicine. They are found most abundantly in the developing ovule tissue. The chromosomes of the tetraploid cells (Plate 219, figure 2) are normal in appearance and arrangement. Spindle fibers are not visible. The split chromosomes separate, but fail to go to the poles due to the absence of a spindle mechanism. The inhibition of spindle formation by colchicine has been reported by Nebel and Ruttle (1938), Eigsti (1938) and by the writer in a previous paper. The chromosomes become vacuolate and a large granular nucleus is formed. This is often amceboid- like in shape with a poorly defined nuclear membrane. Cells are often seen in which there are two or more restitution nuclei of different sizes; each surrounded by its own nuclear membrane. The restitution nucleus or nuclei of the tetraploid cells undergo a resting period for several days during which time the cell increases considerably in size. Chromosome division again occurs normally except for the formation of the spindle fibers and the migration of halves of the chromosomes to the poles (Plate 219, figure 3). The chromosomes of the octoploid cell reorganize into a restitution nucleus. It is evident that these processes, division of chromosomes and reorganization of the restitution nuclei, may be repeated a number of times, as cells with approximately 96 (Plate 219, figure 4), 192 (Plate 219, figure 5) and 384 chromosomes were observed. Figure 6, plate 220 probably represents a 128-ploid condition although the chromosomes are too aggregated to be counted accurately. As the chromosome number is doubled by suppressed nuclear division, 160 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX there is an increase in the size of the cell. This increase in cell size, how- ever, iS not proportional to the increase in chromosome number. The relationship between chromosome number and cytoplasmic volume is especially striking. In the highly polyploid cells the chromosomes occupy almost the entire cell with a relatively small amount of cytoplasm (Plate 220, figure 6). The continued increase in cell size ultimately results in the production of a structure with larger but fewer cells. In longitudinal sections of ovules in the region of the embryo sac, there are approximately one-sixth as many cells sixteen days after treatment as in the control. Other parts of the flower affected by colchicine, especially the pedicel and style, show a similar condition. In a cross section of a pedicel of a treated plant there are approximately the same number of cells as in the control (Plate 220, figures 10, 11), while in a longitudinal section there are only about one-half as many cells. The same condition is found in the style (Plate 220, figures 8, 9). It was observed that cells of styles and pedicels affected by the col- chicine increase in size primarily in width. Growth in length is inhibited. This effect is seen very clearly in the style whose primordium at the time of treatment possessed approximately the same number of cells as found in the mature style. Measurements show that the elongation of the style may be retarded as much as one-half, while the diameter increases approximately one-fourth more than that of the normal. The presence of bulbous enlargements just above the node of Tradescantia stems treated by the tongue method also indicate that growth of the cells is accelerated in width in the region of elongation. The appearance of giant polyploid cells in the treated parts of plants indicates that embryonic cells are affected by the colchicine for at least five or six division cycles of the chromosomes. The polarity of the cell is disturbed, spindle fibers are not formed, and nuclear division is sup- pressed. Certain concentrations of colchicine produce this effect in somatic cells over an indefinite period of time. These cells apparently never recover. Throughout all nuclear divisions the chromosomes are shorter and appear to be more rigid than normal. Apparently the pro- longed metaphase induced by colchicine results in more compact coiling of the minor spirals of the chromonemata. The doubling of the chromosome complement is accompanied by a growth of the cell, the direction of which appears to be affected by the colchicine. Growth in length is inhibited while growth in width is in- creased. The individual cells and even the entire flower exhibit a stouter growth. 1938 | WALKER, EFFECT OF COLCHICINE ON TRADESCANTIA 161 The effect of the colchicine on both nuclear division and cellular differ- entiation appears to be caused by a change in the normal cytoplasmic organization. Spindle fiber formation is suppressed and normal cellular differentiation is inhibited. In both cases normal polarity in the cell is suppressed SUMMARY Cut ends of flower stalks were placed in 0.1 per cent colchicine for twenty-four, forty-eight and sixty-six hours. Tongue-like slits were also made in the flowering stems of potted plants and inserted in the col- chicine solutions for forty-eight hours. Observations of somatic cells were made over a period of thirty days. All treatments show that col- chicine affects the cytoplasm, suppressing spindle fiber formation and normal cellular differentiation. Tetraploid, octoploid, 16-, 32-, 64-, and 128-ploid cells are found in the ovule tissue. Polyploid cells increase in size, primarily in width. Normal cell elongation is inhibited. All structures of the flower develop in changed proportions. This research was made possible through fellowships granted by American Association for University Women and Radcliffe College. The writer acknowledges with gratitude the helpful suggestions and criticisms of Professor Karl Sax while doing this work. LITERKATORE CIFED Biakester, A. F. and A. G. Avery (1937). Dédoublement du nombre de caromosone chez les ees par traitement chimique. (Compt. Rendu Acad. es (Paris), 205: 476-79. 037). Methods . pas ates chromosome doubling in plants by tr ree with colchicine. (Scien > 408.) ———. (1937). Methods of ae Racan caine doubling in plants by treatment with colchicine. (Jour. Hered. 28: 393-411.) Dustin, A. P., L. Havas, et F. Lits (1937). Action de la colchicine sur les divisions cellulaires chez les végétaux. (Compt. Rend. Assoc. Anat.) Ercst1, O. J. (1938). A sh mae study of colchicine effects in the induction of polyploidy in plan Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 24: 56-63.) avas, L. (1937). Effects of siete and of Viscum album prepara- tions upon germination of seeds and growth of seedlings. (Nature 139: 371.) Kemp, A. P. (1910). On the question of the eae of heterotypical . Bo reduction in ve atic cells. (Ann t. 24: 775-8( Nepet, B. R. 937). Cytological ee on colchicine. (Biol. Bull,’ 732 351. . and M. L. Rutt te (1938). The aaa and genetical sig- nificance of colchicine. (Jour. Hered. 29 Nemec, B. (1904). Ueber die Bake aes Chloralhydrates auf die oe und Zellteilung. (Jahrb. Wiss. maa 39: —730.) Peto, F. H. (1935). Association of somatic ee ac by heat and ieee treatments. (Canad. tae Res. 13: 301-14.) 162 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX AKAMURA, T. (1920). Experimentelle Studien vd die Zell-und Kern- teilung mit besonderer Rucksicht auf Form, Grosse und — der Chro- mosomen. our, Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, 39, 11: 1-221. SAss, J. 1937). Histo ogical and Bien studies of ethyl mercury _Phosphi ite poisoning in corn seedlings. (Phytopath. 27: 95-99.) 'AN EGEMORTER, D. (1926). Les ‘troubles a dans les r KER, R. I. ( 938). The effect of colchicine on pe mother cells and microspores of Tradescantia paludosa. (In pr EXPLANATION OF PLATES PLaTe 219 Somatic cells from ovules of Tradescantia paludosa treated with per cent colchicine. Photogr — of aceto-carmine preparations. X 12( ire se. Figt 1. Normal diploid cell. Meta Figure 2. Tetraploid cell, 9 days after : eatment. Figure 3. Octoploid cell, 10 days after treatment. Figure 4. 16-ploid cell, 13 days after treatment. Figure 5. 32-ploid cell, 15 days after treatment. PLaTE 220 Figure 6. 128-ploid cell, 18 days after treatment. X 300. Figure 7. Portion of 128- ploid cell. X 1200. Figure 8. Longitudinal section of normal pistil. x 11. Figure 9. Longitudinal section of pistil 19 days after treatment. X 11. Figure 10. Cross section of normal flower pedicel. 1. Figure 11. Cross section of flower pedicel 19 days after treatment. X 11. UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN, EXTENSION DIVISION, MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN. Jour. ARNoLD ARB. VoL. XIX PLATE 219 Tue EFrect oF COLCHICINE ON SOMATIC CELLS OF TRADESCANTIA PALUDOSA FULL-TONE— MERIDEN Jour. ARNOLD Arp. Voi. XIX PLATE 220 THE EFrect or COLCHICINE ON SOMATIC CELLS OF TRADESCANTIA PALUDOSA FULL-TONE — MERIDEN 1938 | FAULL, PUCCINIASTRUM ON EPILOBIUM AND ABIES 163 PUCCINIASTRUM ON EPILOBIUM AND ABIES dt aL APPROXIMATELY 40 species of Epilobium are recorded among the hosts that are susceptible to infection from rust fungi of the genus Puc- ciniastrum. Persoon (15) cited the first one in 1801 when he described Uredo pustulata n. sp. on Epilobium montanum L. Various other my- cologists have had a share in making up the rest of the list. Turning from the impressive list of host plants to the rusts involved we find that little progress has been made towards a delineation of their specific char- acters if they comprise more than one species, an elucidation of their life histories, a determination of their host restrictions or an appraisal of their economic importance. These desiderata can be realized only through experimentation. This is true even with reference to the taxo- nomic considerations because, with one exception, the diploid phase alone is known and that phase presents little morphological diversity, one form compared with another. With respect to previous experimental work on the Pucciniastrum- Epilobium rusts, the few investigations so far published have been almost solely restricted to life-history studies of the form on E. angustifolium L. Klebahn (9-13) was the first to demonstrate that this has its haploid phase on Abies and that it is limited in its choice of Epilobium hosts. To it he gave the name Pucciniastrum Abieti-Chamaenerii because he considered it different from Persoon’s Uredo pustulata, While his experi- mental results have been accepted and confirmed, his taxonomic inter- pretation, as might be expected, is still in dispute. Thus, Sydow (18) agrees with him and, out of hand, refers all of the Pucciniastrum rusts on species of the subgenus Chamaenerion to P. Abieti-Chamaeneri Kleb., and all on those of the subgenus Lysimachion to P. Epilobii Otth (interpreted by Sydow as Uredo pustulata Pers.). Arthur (1) and Hiratsuka (6, 7), on the other side and on no sounder grounds, refer all of both groups to just one species of Pucciniastrum, although the former does concede that this may comprise two biological strains or perhaps two varieties. Moreover, Arthur (1) extends the host list to include Godetia and Clarkia, with the modifying statement that the rust on these hosts “possibly” constitutes “a third variety.” There the matter has rested — (a) two described species which may or may not be the same; (b) one life history; (c) proof of some specific host restriction 164 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VOL. XIX within the genus Epilobium; and (d), according to the point of view, one host list or two host lists, tabulated in either instance without knowl- edge of the haploid phases and mostly without clarifying cross-inocula- tion tests. As a contribution towards an enlarged understanding of the Puccinia- strum-Epilobium rusts, the researches presented in this paper were threefold in purpose — (1) to work out the complete life history of a rust from one selected host of each of the two subgenera of Epilobium, that is, one from a Chamaenerion and one from a Lysimachion; (2) to make a complete morphological comparison of these rusts; (3) to com- pare their biological behavior and the relative susceptibility of their respective hosts as revealed by suitable cross-inoculation experiments. The hosts selected were Epilobium (Chamaenerion) angustifolium L. and E. (Lysimachion) adenocaulon Haussk. In designating the correspond- ing rusts it is convenient to adopt tentatively the nomenclature of Sydow’s Monographia Uredinearum, but without any assumption that it is correct or final. A. THE RUST ON EPILOBIUM isp HAMAENERION) ANGUSTIFOLIL Pucciniastrum Abieti-Chamaenerii Kleb. on Epilobium angustifolium is very abundant throughout a large part of the northern hemisphere. It is especially common wherever E. angustifolium occurs in the neigh- borhood of certain species of Abies, a circumstance explained by the facts that it has its haploid phase on Ad/es and that both kinds of hosts are very susceptible to infection. Incidentally it should be noted that in some instances young plants of Abies suffer much damage from the rust. It would make an interesting and perhaps profitable survey to determine the effect of this rust in some localities on the natural reproduction of Abies. Forty years ago or thereabouts, an excellent study of the life history of P. Abieti-Chamaenerii was made by Klebahn (9-13). He readily se- cured infection on Abies alba Mill. and then carried the rust back to E. angustifolium. He also inoculated £. (Lysimachion) montanum L., E. roseum Schreb., E. tetragonum L, and E, hirsutum L, -with aecio- spores and urediospores respectively; but the results were completely negative. Fischer (4) fully confirmed the findings of Klebahn with respect to the alternation of P. Abieti-Chamaenerii between A. alba and E. angustifolium. Tubeuf (19) followed with inoculation experiments in which he used aeciospores naturally occurring on A. alba. These he sowed on E. (Chamaenerion) angustifolium, E. Dodonaei Vill., E. (Lysi- 1938 ] FAULL, PUCCINIASTRUM ON EPILOBIUM AND ABIES 165 machion) parviflorum Schreb. and E. hirsutum; infection resulted on the first two only. Bubak (2) also was successful in obtaining infection on E. angustifolium by using naturally occurring aeciospores from A. alba. In America, Fraser (5) demonstrated that A. balsamea (1) Mill. is a congenial host for P. Abieti-Chamaenerii and he made success- ful reciprocal cultures. Likewise, Weir and Hubert (20-22) secured infection of A. lasiocarpa Nutt. after inoculations with telial material from E, angustifolium ; they were equally successful in culturing back to E. angustifolium, Finally, Hiratsuka (6), in Japan, cultured P, A bietr- Chamaenerii of E. angustifolium origin on A. Mayriana Miyabe et Kudo. Obviously it would be superfluous now merely to confirm again Klebahn’s results. But for the purpose of the present comparative re- search it was essential to obtain both authentic haploid material and detailed experimental data. Accordingly careful, controlled culture work was undertaken. Complete data on the cultures made are compiled in Tables 1 and 2. I gratefully acknowledge the assistance of Dr. G. D. Darker and Dr. E. H. Moss in making the cultures recorded in Tables 1-4. TABLE 1 PUCCINIASTRUM ABIETI-CHAMAENERII FROM ied M ANGUSTIFOLIUM TO ABIES BALSAME 1. Thirty-seven inoculation experiments were made under properly con- trolled conditions. All experiments gave positive results. All controls remained free from infection. Celluloid tubes were used as moist chambers. 2, Inoculations were begun immediately after the unfolding of the new needles. The dates ranged from June 13 to July 4. 3. The telial material used as inoculum was overwintered in net bags out of doors. Just before being used it was placed in a moist chamber and kept there 3 or 4 days, that is, until the teliospores began to germinate. 4. The spermogonia were first observed in from 10 to 14 days after inocu- lation. The average was 11.6 days. 5. The peridermia were first observed in from 15 to 20 days after inocu- iation. The average was 17.1 days. 6. The peridermia usually began to rupture the day following their first appearance. 7. The production of peridermia was practically completed in from 19 to 34 days after inoculation. The average was 22 days. 8. The number of infected needles per experiment ranged from 3 to 148 and the percentage of infection from 2 to 75. The averages were 46 and 25 respectively. 166 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX TABLE 1 (Continued) 9. All infected needles produced spermogonia; but some did not produce peridermia ] The number of needles with peridermia varied from 3 to 125. The average was 40 — 11. The average moles of peridermia per needle varied from 22 to 41. The grand average was 3 12. The culture materials, with one exception, are preserved as specimens in the J. H. Faull Herbarium under numbers 8141-8155 and 8515-8535. They are accompanied with the detailed data in tabular form, summaries of which are given above. TABLE 2 PUCCINIASTRUM ABIETI-CHAMAENERIIT FROM ABIES BALSAMEA TO EPILOBIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Sirteen inoculation experiments were made under properly controlled conditions. All experiments gave positive results. All controls remained free from infection. 2. Aeciospores used as inoculum were produced on Abies balsamea follow- ing inoculations on that host with telial material from Epilobium angusti- folium, except for a field source of the aeciospores, apparently of E. angustifoliim origin, in three experiments. 3. Five of the experiments were made on undisturbed plants; eleven were made on detached leaves in Petri dishes. 4. The dates of inoculation ranged from July 5 to July 14. 5. In the experiments on rooted plants the number of inoculated leaves ranged from 4 to 14, a total of 45 leaves. All were infected and uredia formed on all but one of them. 6. The uredia were first observed in from 9 to 10 days after inoculation, and these matured in from 11 to 12 days after inoculation 7. Telia formed in all of the experiments and on a total of at least 19 leave 8. Telia were first observed in from 23 to 30 days after inoculation. The average was 27 days 9. In the experiments on detached leaves all were infected and all pro- duced uredia. 10. The uredia were first observed in from 7 to 8 days after inoculation and these matured in from 8 to 9 days after inoculation. . The number of uredia per leaf varied from 50 to 219. The average was $2 12. Parallel experiments throughout were made by inoculating Epilobinm adenocaulon. In no case did infection result from inoculations with the rust of /. angustifoliium origin. 1938 | FAULL, PUCCINIASTRUM ON EPILOBIUM AND ABIES 167 Taste 2 (Continued) 13. The culture materials are preserved as specimens in the J. H. Faull Herbarium under numbers 8167, 8221-8224 and 8556 (1-11). They are accompanied with the detailed data in tabular form, summaries of which are given above. B. THE RUST ON EPILOBIUM (LYSIMACHION) ADENOCAULON Heretofore there appears to be no published account of the life history of any Pucciniastrum originating on an Epilobium of the subgenus Lysimachion. The only known pertinent reference of positive value on the subject is a brief statement by Rhodes et al. (16) to the effect that “Bethel (in Mss.) in 1914 obtained uredinia on Epilobium adenocaulon from aeciospores from Abies concolor.” For the present research, &. adenocaulon was chosen because of its abundance in the same region as that in which my experimental material of EF. angustifolium grew. Moreover, both hosts were everywhere heavily rusted. Relative to the rust on FE. adenocaulon it has been somewhat of a surprise to learn from the literature that its telia are held to be rare or entirely lacking. Thus Weir and Hubert (21) state that “the fact that this form of the rust” (that is, P. pustulatum) ‘on EF. adenocaulon pro- duces no telia is evidence of its continuation in the uredinial stage and also explains the absence of a corresponding aecial stage upon Abies.” Weir and Hubert are in error on both counts. Out of 11 field collec- tions in my own herbarium all 11 of them carry telia. These come from Alberta, New Brunswick, Ontario, Quebec, Wisconsin and Wyoming. Seven of them were collected in the month of August — two in the first half of the month and one of them as early as August 1. Three were collected in September, the latest on September 14, and one was col- lected on July 12. Moreover, the telia in many of the collections are conspicuous and often exceedingly abundant on leaves as well as on stems. Likewise telia developed in such of my cultures as were left intact for little more than 30 days. As for the impression that the haploid phase does not occur on Abies, that is groundless. Abies is highly susceptible to the Pucciniastrum on E. adenocaulon, as can be inferred from the data embodied in Table 3. Attention is also drawn to the fact that Bethel, as referred to above, apparently found a natural occurrence of this rust on A dies concolor. The rust for my experiments, for convenience designated here by the name Pucciniastrum Epilobi Otth apud Sydow, originated in the telial stage on FE. adenocaulon. Cultures were first made on Abies balsamea and then aeciospores thus obtained were sown back on to controlled, 168 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX rust-free plants of the original host, HE. adenocaulon. The data are sum- marized below in Tables 3 and 4. TABLE 3 PUCCINIASTRUM baat S FROM rae ADENOCAULON TO ABIES BALSAME 1. Thirty inoculation experiments were made under properly controlled conditions. All experiments gave positive results. All controls beads free from infection. Celluloid tubes were used as moist chambe 2. Inoculations were begun immediately after the unfolding of the new needles. The dates ranged from June 9 to July 3. The telial material used as inoculum was overwintered in net bags out of doors. Just before being used it was placed in a moist chamber and kept there 3 or 4 days, that is, until the teliospores began to germinate. 4. The spermogonia were first oa ed in from 9 to 15 days after inocu- lation. The average was 11.1 5. The peridermia were first observed in from 18 to 29 days after inocu- lation. The average was 20.1 days. 6. The peridermia usually began to rupture the second day following their first appearance 7. The production of peridermia was practically gael in from 24 to 44 days after inoculation. The average was 29 day 8. The number of infected needles per experiment sare from 8 to 121 and the percentage of infection from 4 to 57. The averages were 49 and 24 respectively) 9. All infected needles produced spermogonia; but some did not produce peridermia. 10. The number of needles with peridermia varied from 2 to 112. The average was 3 11. The average number of peridermia per needle varied from 20 to 37. The grand average was 2 12. The culture materials are preserved as specimens in the J. H. Faull Herbarium under numbers 8156-8157, 8513-8514 and 9585 a-z. They are accompanied with the detailed data in tabular form, summaries of which are given above TABLE 4 PUCCINIAS’ ae EPILOBIT FROM hee BALSAMEA TO PILOBIUM ADENOCAULO 1. Ten mociulation experiments were made under properly controlled con- ditions. All experiments gave positive results. All controls remained free from infection 2. ‘A caiaies used as inoculum were produced on Abies balsamea fol- 1938 ] FAULL, PUCCINIASTRUM ON EPILOBIUM AND ABIES 169 TaBLe 4 (Continued) lowing inoculations on that host with telial material from Epilobium adeno- caulon 3. Six of the experiments were made on undisturbed plants; four were made on detached leaves in Petri dishes 4. The dates of inoculation ranged from July 11 to July 29. 5. In the experiments on rooted plants all inoculated leaves became in- fected and all bore uredia. 6. The uredia were first observed 7 to 11 days after inoculation. The average was 8.7 days. These matured in 9 to 12 days after inoculation. The average was 9.7 days. 7. Telia formed within 34 days after inoculation. 8. In the experiments on detached leaves all were infected and all pro- duced uredia. 9. The uredia were first observed in from 9 to 10 days after inoculation, and these matured in from 10 to 11 days after inoculation. 10. The number of uredia per leaf on the rooted plants varied from 63 to 800. The average was 214. The number of uredia on the detached leaves varied from 52 to 230. The average was 165. — ee ae experiments throughout were made by inoculating Epilobium stif o case did infection result from inoculations with the ne of e nae hiodion origin 12. The culture materials are preserved as specimens in the J. H. Faull Herbarium under numbers 8220, 8557 (1-5) and 9595 (1-4). They are accompanied with the detailed data in tabular form, summaries of which are given above. C. OBSERVATIONS ON BIOLOGY ~~ MORPHOLOGY OF THE TWO RUS It is plain from the data recorded above (Tables 1 and 3) that the Pucciniastrum rusts on Epilobium angustifolium and E, adenocaulon, respectively, can readily and abundantly infect the new foliage of Abies balsamea. Similarly, they can as easily be carried back from A. balsamea to their original Epilobium hosts. But all attempts to establish the rust of E. angustifolium origin on E, adenocaulon, whether by means of aeciospores or urediospores, completely failed. So, too, it was impossible to bring about infection of E. angustifolium with the rust of E. adeno- caulon origin. In other words, these rusts are physiologically differen- tiated from one another with respect to their infective capacity. Along with this biological specialization there also exist, as we shall now see, certain differences in habit and in form. Since comparisons of the growth habits of rust fungi are not taxo- 170 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX nomically usable unless the environmental growth factors have been identical, the observations noted here are perforce restricted to the haploid phase, that is, to the phenomena manifested on the common host, Abies balsamea, Obviously comparisons are pointless that are based on the diploid phase occurring on separate specific hosts, such for example as those advanced by Sydow (18) in justification of his recognition of Pucciniastrum Abieti-Chamaenerii and P, Epilobi as distinct species. With respect to the rusts of thapresent research, the differences observed on Abies balsamea may be summarized as follows. (1) The rust from Epilobium angustifolium produces peridermia within an average of 17 days after inoculation; the rust from FE. adenocaulon requires an average of 20 days. (2) The average time for approximately complete develop- ment of its crop of peridermia is 22 days in the case of the first and 29 days in the case of the second. (3) The average numbers of peridermia per infected needle are 33 and 27 respectively. (4) In general the EF. angustifolium rust occurs more frequently and more severely on the needles of the upper part of the current season’s growth; the FE. adeno- caulon rust is localized more often on the lower part of the current season’s growth. Turning next to comparisons of form, it has been found that some differences exist between the E. angustifolium and the E. adenocaulon rusts. The spermogonia were studied comparatively by Hunter (8). The materials examined by her were taken from the cultures reported above. They were suitably fixed when fresh, embedded in paraffin and sectioned. Hunter concluded that the spermogonia of the respective forms cannot be distinguished from one another with certainty. The aecia, on the other hand, do show some differences. As a rule those of the rust originating on FE. angustifolium are narrower, varying from 0.012 to 0.025 mm. in diameter; the peridium is fragile and soon breaks down; the aeciospores average about 15 & 19 wand they are very finely warted. The peridermia of the rust originating on E. adenocaulon vary from 0.02 to 0.04 mm. in diameter; the peridium is quite persistent; the spores average about 14 18 u and are subcoarsely warted. As for the diploid phase, the teliospores of the two rusts show much the same range of organization, size and form. But the urediospores of the E. angustifolium rust are broader than those of the E. adenocaulon rust. They average about 16 19 tin size as compared with about 14 «* 19 u for the latter. The walls, too, of the peridial cells are quite distinctive. They measure up to 1.5 u in thickness for the E. angustifolium rust and up to 2.5 u for the E. adenocaulon rust. With these physiological and morphological data in hand, we can 1938 | FAULL, PUCCINIASTRUM ON EPILOBIUM AND ABIES 171 now deal with the taxonomy of the Pucciniastrum rusts on Epilobium angustifolium and E. adenocaulon on surer grounds than has heretofore been possible. Unquestionably they should be nomenclatorially differ- entiated, whether as forms or varieties with trinomial designations, or as species with binomials. The latter is certainly the simpler procedure and in practice the more expedient at present. For my own part I am inclined to accept the Sydow point of view, as also that of Klebahn and certain others, in recognizing two distinct species of Pucciniastrum on Epilobium, and to tentatively refer the one species to Chamaenerion hosts and the other to Lysimachion hosts. Just what names should be adopted, however, is another matter. As for the Lysimachion rust, Sydow chose the name Pucciniastrum Epilobii Otth; but he did so apologetically because it seemed probable that Otth’s material was the rust on E. angustifolium. Of course DeCandolle (3) had long since coined the name Uredo Epilobii for the Pucciniastrum rust on the Lysimachion host E. tetragonum, But doubt- less Sydow, in accordance with his own interpretation of the International Rules of Nomenclature, did not feel bound to accept DeCandolle’s specific name because DeCandolle, in connection therewith, made no mention of teliospores. But why not accept the name Pucciniastrum pustulatum (Pers.) Dietel in part? Persoon’s name likewise referred to a rust on a Lysimachion host (E. montanum). True he, too, made no mention of teliospores, but the specific name would seem to have been validated by Dietel, quite in accord with Sydow’s legalistic conceptions, even though Dietel did extend its applicability to the rust on Chamae- nerion hosts. As for the Chamaenerion rust, the nomenclatorial tangle is perhaps even more involved. But as the specific names referred to above were based, though fortuitously so, on Lysimachion host material, they can well be dropped from consideration. Actually Rostrup (17) was the first to claim that the Chamaenerion rust was not identical with the Lysimachion rust. Accordingly he gave to it the specific name ““Chamae- nerii,”’ but without description. That brings us to Klebahn (13). From his experimental results he reached the same conclusion as Rostrup and described the Chamaenerion rust under the name Pucciniastrum A bieti- Chamaenerii. Sydow accepted Klebahn’s findings and this choice appears to be entirely justifiable. SUMMARY 1. Approximately 40 species of Epilobium (Chamaenerion and Lysi- machion) have at one time or another been listed as hosts of Puccinias- 172 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VOL. XIX trum rusts. Investigators in Europe, America and Japan have demonstrated that the form on EF. angustifolium passes to Abies. It also passes to two other species of Chamaenerion. Inoculations on several species of Lysimachion gave negative results. No other significant ex- perimental work has been done. In consequence, taxonomic conclusions have been clouded and certain economic considerations subject to surmise. 2. This paper records for the first time the complete life history of a Pucciniastrum from a Lysimachion host (E. adenocaulon). It develops its haploid phase on Abies balsamea. 3. Tests made at the same time show that the /. angustifolium rust does not cause infection of E. adenocaulon ; nor does the FE. adenocaulon rust cause infection of E. angustifolium. 4. This specialization in infective capacity is accompanied by differ- ences in habit on the common host A bies balsamea and by morphological distinctions for both the aecia and the uredia of the respective rusts. 5. These rusts, therefore, should be nomenclatorially differentiated, whether as forms or varieties, or as distinct species. Specific recognition is preferable. For the rust on E. angustifolium, the name Pucciniastrum A bieti-Chamaenerii Kleb. seems to be acceptable, and the name P. pustu- latum (Pers.) Diet. in part, for the one on EF. adenocaulon. Further culture work may show that the former is restricted to Chamaenerion hosts and the latter to Lysimachion hosts. 6. Field experience and controlled cultures prove that Abies bal- samea is highly susceptible to these rusts. They often cause severe damage to young trees of A. balsamea where the corresponding rusted Epilobium hosts occur. LITERATURE CITED 1. Artuur, J. C. (1934). Manual of the rusts in United States and Canada, 15-16. 2. BupAxk, Fr. (1906). Infektionsversuche mit einigen Uredineen. IT. Bericht ew and 1905). (Centralbl. Bakt. Il. 16: 155-159.) 3. DeCANDOLLE, A. P. (1815). Flore Francaise a 4. Fiscuer, Epw. (1900). eae po ate ag a mit Pucciniastrum Epi- lobii (Pers. ) ee (Ber. Schwe ll. 10: 5. Fraser, W. P. (1912). Cultures of Genes rusts. (Mycologia, 4: 175-1 he 6. Hrrats , N. (1927). Beitrage zu einer Monographie der Gattung Pacciniastram Otth. (Jour. Faculty Agric. Hokkaido Imperial Univ. 11° 2 6) “A Monograph of the Pucciniastreae, 255-265. (Tottori, Japan.) 1938] FAULL, PUCCINIASTRUM ON EPILOBIUM AND ABIES 173 Oo © i 16. 18. 19. Hunter, L. M. (1936). eipeunoleey: and ontogeny of the spermo- gonia of the Melampsoraceae. (Jour. Arnold Arb. 17: 115-152.) KLEBAHN, H. (1898). Vorlaufige Meutditae tiber einige Kultur- versuche mit Rostpilzen. (Zeit. Pflanzenkr. 8: 1899 Kulturversuche mit hetetoe cchen Rostpilzen. VEL, "Bericht (1898). (Zeit. Pflanzenkr. 9: 22-26.) Kulturversuche mit Rostpilzen. VIII. Bericht (1899). (Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 34: 1901 It 386. Kulturversuche mit Rostpilzen. IX. Bericht 35: 694. (1900). (Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. — Vs Kulturversuche mit Rostpilzen. XII. Bericht (1903 a) 1904 (Zeit. Pflanzenkr. 15: . Orru, G. H. (1861). Ueber die Brand und Rostpilze. ( Mittheil. Naturf. Ges. Bern, 1860: 71.) Persoon, C. H. (1801). Synopsis eae ee Ruoaps, Hepccock, BeTHer and Hartrey (1918). Host relation- ships of the North American rusts, aiites than gymnosporangiums, which attack conifers. (Phytopath. 8: 329. . Rostrup, P. (1884). Exkursion til Rudehegn. (Meddel. Bot. Forening oplupees ns Sypow, P. and H. (19 15). Monographia Uredinearum, 3: 440-457. TusEuF, C. von (1902). In hae lee mit Uredineen der Weisstanne. eC alee Bakt. [T. 9: . Weir, J. R. and E. E. Hupert (1916). ta successful inoculation of Abies lasiocarpa with Pucciniastrum pustulatum. (Phytopath. as FE meen eee: (1917), Observations “ON “forest tree 7usts: (Amer. Jour. Bot. 4: 332.) i oe es (1917), Recent cultures of torést tree: rusts. (Phytopath. 7: 109.) LABORATORY OF PLANT PATHOLOGY, ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 174 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. X1x 14/° —Cangs, Stee de bus , RAE, a) ae 4 he Cp ae ant) nin is Se end we SPY Ma, . Sot hess one Aum: Ei aie ’ “iy Iv 4, BR > a3 Ny 5 3 by Yeo? a ees 274s “Ze fi banA, x2 et nol alk ns fa Z)\ (yy on ASS {vi Black fia er amp Palmer Junct® a * Camp ae S"Z Leonard Murray Mt. TASS yy rray 2 ff ; Lem _— 4 Y \ | c a9 cad 5 » » §¥ & ar Lhe f Rinstion S | o al TV. = | | & te | D 5 ' Apamia SR = Oo Oaro Bs Sturt ay. aN SA RIVERS KUS LY AND Wasst I THE F RITISH 2 ) EGETATION OF y V EW GUINEA NE } MERIDEN FULL-TONE Jour. ARNoLD Ars. VoL. XIX PLATE 223 au ‘ ~y a. : - ~t tenia s ¥ i 3 vag «i Re ha ome VEGETATION OF THE FLY AND WaAssI KusSSA RIVERS, BriTisH NEw GUINEA FULL-TONE—— MERIDEN JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM VoL. XIX JULY, 1938 NuMBER 3 THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA E. D. Merritt AND L. M. PERRY SINCE a critical examination of the Chinese species of Eugenia Linn. sensu latiore has resulted in the recognition not only of Eugenia proper, but also of Syzygium Gaertner, Acmena de Candolle and Cleistocalyx Blume, it has seemed desirable to broaden the scope of the work to include all the known Myrtaceae of this geographic unit. The remaining genera are as yet represented by few species either native or cultivated. These are recorded in some part in the various enumerations and reports of floral additions which have appeared from time to time. Very little has been published on the introduced species of Eucalyptus and the genus is scarcely represented from China in our herbarium. The same is true for Myrtus, Melaleuca and Eugenia. Psidium is much more widely cultivated and is doubtless naturalized in some places. The other seven genera, Baeckea, Rhodamnia, Rhodomyrtus, Decaspermum, Acmena, Syzygium and Cleistocalyx are native. Syzygium is by far the largest genus and includes several species difficult to limit, yet for its size Decaspermum is perhaps the more puzzling unit. During this study we have had access to the combined oriental collec- tions of the Arnold Arboretum, the Gray Herbarium, the New York Botanical Garden and selected specimens from the United States National Herbarium. In addition to these we are indebted to Sir W. W. Smith, Director, Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, Scotland, for his courtesy in loaning us important collections from Yunnan, and to Pro- fessor W. Y. Chun, Sun Yatsen University, for a loan of unicates and duplicates from his undistributed collections. We are under obligations to the authorities of Harvard University for a grant from the Milton fund that made this study, and the large forthcoming one on the Bornean species, possible. 192 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. xix KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE CHINESE MYRTACEAE A. Fruit capsular, dehiscent. B. The upper part of the flower-bud circumscissile and falling as a lid or an operculum at anthesis .......... 00.00.0000 . Eucalyptus B. Calyx-lobes and petals separate at anthesis. C. Flowers sessile, in heads or spikes (at first terminal, later below the leafy shoot grown ing the axis); stamens numerous, united in bundles at the base .................. 2. Melaleuca cs seta pedicelled, few ina ne or solitary, axillary ; stamens CWE Te ss noes ane eo eae ee eee res 3. Baeckea A. Fruit baccate, indehiscent. B. Embryo hippocrepiform, curved or sometimes coiled, cotyledons not concealing the hypocotyl; testa har C. Ovary with one locule, the two placentas parietal with many ovules ; leaves triple-nerved and veiny ........ . Rhodamnia C. Ovary with 2 to 5 locules; leaves most often pinnately veined (3-ribbed in Rhodomyrtus). D. Locules with false partitions. E. Ovary with (1—)3 locules, each locule with 2 rows of ovules separated by longitudinal and transverse septa; leaves 3-nerved ............00000 eee 5. Rhodomyrtus E. Ovary with 2 to 5 locules (with or without longitudinal partitions) with one to several ovules in each compart- ment; leaves pinnately veined ....... 8. Decaspermum D. Locules without false partitions. E. Limb of the erie closed or open at the apex of the bud and tearing = regularly into lobes at flower . 6. Padjun E. Calyx with definite lobes. F. Flowers solitary and axillary; ovary with 2 locules nd numerous ovules in each locule ..... 7. Myrtus F. Inflorescence paniculate with few to many flowers, axillary and sometimes terminal; ovary with 3 to 5 locules (sometimes with false partitions) and one to several ovules in each locule ....8. Decaspermum B. Embryo not hippocrepiform nor coiled, usually + globose or ellip- soid, cotyledons practically concealing the hypocotyl; testa mem- branous, cartilaginous, or of a crumbly texture C. Embryo apparently undivided or pseudomonocotyledonous. D. Seed-coat smooth and free from the pericarp; embryo appar- ently of the same texture throughout; anther-sacs parallel, opening longitudinally ..................005. 9. Eugenta D. Seed-coat loosely or closely adhering to the pericarp; embryo much lobed within, the lobes of somewhat different texture 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 193 from the outer portion; anther-sacs divaricate, opening by Hier a Sit OF HOLE «i és oes Sees eee Oe 0. Acmena C. Embryo divided, i. e. with distinct cotyledons ; seed-coat rough- ish, loosely or closely adhering to the pericarp; anther-sacs parallel, opening longitudinally. D. Calyx not calyptrate, lobes distinct both in the ne and in the a ey eo ae ne a a PSE eer . Syzygium D. Calyx calyptrate, i. e. not at all lobed, the entire upper part circumscissile and falling as a more or less indurated lid or och hic: eee ake eee eee ne ee ec 12. Cleistocalyx 1. Eucalyptus L’Héritier An examination of the available Chinese botanical literature revealed only the following specific references to the Australian genus Eucalyptus: Lingnaam Agric. Rev. 2: 66. 1924; Chung, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1(1): 184. 1924; Walker, Lingnan Sci. Jour. 6: 29, 137-145. 1928. The first reference is an unsigned note (probably editorial) comment- ing on the successful introduction of the eucalyptus tree on the Lingnan University campus and mentioning in particular the fine specimens of E. robusta Smith which have been established long enough to produce a considerable quantity of seeds. Chung in a “Catalogue of Trees and Shrubs of China” lists Eucalyptus tereticornis Smith from Kwangtung. Walker, writing a popular article on “Fifty-one Common Ornamental Trees of the Lingnan University Campus,” mentions the following species in “a complete genetic list of all the identified trees growing on the campus in the summer of 1926”: E. amygdalina Labill., E. citriodora Hook., E. corynocalyx F. Muell., E. ficifolia F. Muell., E. leucoxylon F. Muell., E. populifolia Desf., E. resinifera Smith, E. rudis Endl., and E. viminalis Labill. In addition he gives descriptions of three others, E. globulus Labill. (p. 139), E. robusta Smith (p. 141), and E. tereti- cornis Smith (p. 143), accompanied by plates drawn from living material. 2. Melaleuca Linnaeus Melaleuca Leucadendron Linn. Mant. 1: 105. 1767 (as Leucadendra) ; Benth. Fl. Austral. 3: 142. 1866; Woodville, Med. Bot. ed. 3, 3: 544, ¢. 195. 1832; Kurz, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 1: 472. 1877; Duthie in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 465. 1878; Koord. & Val. Meded. Lands Plant. 40: 180. 1900 (Bijdr. Boomsoort. Java 6: 180); King, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 70(2): 70. 1901 (Mater. FI. Malay. Penin. 3: 500); Guill. Not. Syst. 2: 101. 1911; Merr. Interpret. Herb. Amboin. 402. 1917, Philip. Jour. Sci. 19: 368. 1921, 194. JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX Lingnan Sci. Jour, 9: 41. 1930, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 24(2): 286. 1935 Myrtus Leucadendra Linn. in Stickman Herb. Amb. 9. 1754, Amoen. Acad. 4: 120. 1759, Syst. ed. 10: 1056. 1759, Sp. Pl. ed. 2: 676. 1762. HonGkonG, Tsang 187, 3311, introduced: Hainan, Heungkong, Chu Vong May 156, July, 1928, whether planted or native not indicated. Burma and Indo-China through Malaysia to Australia, The above cited specimens belong to the glabrous form (var. Leuca- dendron Duthie) of this cultivated and widely distributed species. 3. Baeckea Linnaeus Baeckea frutescens Linn. Sp. Pl. 358. 1753; Osbeck, Dagbok Ostind. Resa 231, ¢. 1.1757, Reise Ostind. China 301, t. 7. 1765, Voy. China East Ind. 1: 373, ¢. 1. 1771; Smith, Trans. Linn. Soc. 3: 260. 1797; Willd. Sp. Pl. 2: 434. 1799; Poir. Encycl. 7: 689. 1806; Hooker, Bot. Mag. 55: t. 2802. 1828; DC. Prodr. 2: 229. 1828; Blume, Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 1: 69. 1849; Benth. Jour. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4: 118. 1852; Miq. FI. Ind. Bat. 1(1): 406. 1855, Suppl. 308. 1861: Benth. Fl. Hongk. 118. 1861; Duthie in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 463. 1878; Forbes & Hemsl. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 295. 1887; King, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 70(2): 68. 1901 (Mater. Fl. Malay. Penin. 3: 498); Valeton, Bull. Dép. Agric. Ind. Néerl. 10: 39. 1907; Gibbs, Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 42: 75. 1914; Merr. Philip. Jour. Sci. Bot. 10: 191. 1915 (noting that the genus has no representative in the Philippines) ; Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 789, f. 84. 1920; Merr. Enum. Born. Pl. 436. 1921; Ridley, FI. Malay Penin. 1: 712. 1922; Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour, 5: 137. 1927; Groff, Lingnan Univ. Sci. Bull. 2: 77. 1930; Craib, Fl. Siam. nan, is 624. 1931; McClure, Lingnan Univ. Sci. Bull. 3:30. 1931; van Steenis, Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III, 12: 181, f. 7. 1932; Merr. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 24(2): 287. 1935. Baeckea chinensis Gaertn. Fruct. 1: 157, t. 31, f. 7. 1788. Cedrela rosmarinus Lour. F1, Cochinch. 160. 1790, ed. Ngee 199. 1793. Itea rosmarinus Schult. in Roem. & Schult. Syst. 5: 408. Baeckea Cumingeana Schauer in Walp. Rep. 2: 920. ne Drosodendron rosmarinus M. Roem. Syn. 1: 138, 140. 1846. Baeckea cochinchinensis Blume, Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 1: 69. 1849, Baeckea sumatrana Blume, 1. ¢. KWANGTUNG (locality written only in Chinese), McClure 279 (C. C. C. 6645) ; Peiyunshan, Tsiang 2187 ; Kochow, Tsiang 893 ; Tai-O, 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 195 Chun 3111; near Long Tien, Chun 6102 ; Sui Kai, Shing Muk, Sui Iu Nin 114 (L. U. 18416); Teng Woo Mountain, Levine & Groff 96, Levine 799 ; Yunfou District, Wang 536; Yung-yun city and vicinity, Wung-yuen District, Law 697; Wong Chuk I and vicinity, Lau 2188; Tingushan (Ting Woo Shan), Liou 861, Lau 20147, Chun 6347; Canton and vicinity, Levine 450, Williams s. n.; Danes Island, Baird s. n. 1829: Macao, Callery s. n., 1844: Honcxone, Wright s.n., O. Kuntze 3383, Brigham s.n., Ford s. n.; Victoria Peak, Robinson 1579, Pease 20219; Bok Fu Lum, Chun 5112; Wu Kau Tin, Tsiang 99 ; Shatin, Ma Au Shan, Tsiang 214; Lantau Island, Taai Ue Shaan, Tsang 16494: KwancslI, banks of the Si Kiang, Beauvais 189; between Suan-tze and Nanning, Ching 7755; Shap Man Taai Shan, Tsang 22172, 22460; Po Yam Shan (along Kwangtung border), Tsang 22924 ; Tong Shan, Waitsap District, Tsang 22756: Hainan, without definite locality, Henry 8461, Wang 35160, Pak Shik Ling and vicinity, Ching Mai District, Lez 958. India, southern China, Indo-China, the Malay Peninsula, Anambas and Natoena Islands, Sumatra, Bangka, Borneo and New Guinea (fide Valeton). 4. Rhodamnia Jack Rhodamnia dumetorum (Poir.) comb. nov. Myrtus dumetorum Poir. Encycl. Suppl. 4: 816. Myrtus trinervia Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 312. as oe triinervia), ed. Willd. 381. 1793. Nelitris trinervia Spreng. Syst. 2: 488. 1825. Eugenia ? dumetorum DC. Prodr. 3: 284. 1828 Rhodamnia siamensis Craib, Kew Bull. 1926: 167. 1926, Fl. Siam. Enum. 629. 1931. Rhodamnia trinervia sensu Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: . 1921, pro parte (fide Craib); Merr. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 24(2): 283. 1935, non Blume. Inpo-Cu1na, Tourane and vicinity, Clemens 3689 ; Phu-quoc, Pierre; Me-kong expedition, Torel. Siam. Although Rhodamnia trinervia Blume has been interpreted as an aggregate species, after a careful examination of the readily available material, we have concluded that C. T. White, Blumea, Suppl. 1: 215. 1937, was right in limiting its distribution to Australia. He pointed out that the Malaysian material differed in mode of inflorescence (“the flowers are pedicellate but amassed in clusters or fascicles, not in pedunculate cymes as in the Australian R. trinervia Blume”) as well as geographically, but called attention to the fact that Clemens 3689 (Annam, Indo-China) has the inflorescence-character of the Australian plant and more closely approaches it than any of the other collections 196 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX examined. We find the following significant differences: in the Aus- tralian specimens, the calyx-lobes are deciduous, the obtusely angled staminate disk is rather prominent in the young fruit, the pubescence on the lower leaf-surface and the calyx-tube is of loose, short, crisp, not closely appressed hairs, and the corolla is practically glabrous; in the Malaysian collections, on the other hand, the calyx-lobes are persistent in fruit, consequently the staminate disk does not appear to be promi- nent, and the pubescence is appressed both on the lower leaf-surface and on the entire flower-bud; in fact the indument on the lower surface of the leaves is so closely appressed as to be somewhat hoary. The above cited Indo-Chinese specimens seem to compare favorably with Craib’s description of R. stamensis; also, there can be no doubt that this is the entity described as Myrtus trinervia by Loureiro. Un- fortunately his specific name is pre-empted in Rhodamnia and it is necessary to adopt the next specific epithet applicable to this species. Myrtus dumetorum, Nelitris trinervia and Eugenia ? dumetorum were all based on Myrtus trinervia Lour. Rhodamnia dumetorum, var. hainanensis var. nov. Rhodamnia trinervia sensu Merr. & Chun, Sunyat. 2: 292. 1935, non ume. A forma typica differt foliis brevioribus (usque ad 6.5 cm. longis, 3.5 cm. latis) et + abrupte acutis, vix acuminatis. HAINAN, without definite locality, Wang 33310, 33329, 34031; Yai- chow, Liang 62235, How 71052 (type in Herb. Arnold Arb.). Variety Aainanensis differs from the typical Indo-Chinese material in that the leaves are abruptly acute and shorter in proportion to their width; the inflorescence too may be slightly more compact, varying from a little longer than the petiole to twice its length. Further, it should be noted that on the same branch the inflorescences may be in fascicles or clusters of pedicelled flowers on very short shoots (as is predominant in the Malaysian material), or in pedunculate cymes (as in the Australian species). 5. Rhodomyrtus (DC.) Reichenbach Rhodomyrtus tomentosa, (Ait.) Hassk. Flora 1842, Beibl. 2: 35. 1842; Benth. Jour. Bot. 2: 220. 1843; Wight, Spicil. Neilgher. 1: 60, ¢. 71. 1845; Miq. Anal. Bot. Ind. 1:16. 1850; A. Gray, Bot. Wilkes U. S. Expl. Exped. 1: 546. 1854; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1(1): 477. 1855; Benth. Fl. Hongk. 121. 1861; Miq. Choix PI. Jard. Buitenz. t. 3. 1863; Beddome, Fl. Sylv. Anal. Gen. cvi. t. 14, f. 3. 1872; Duthie in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 469. 1878; Vidal, Phan. Cuming. 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 197 Philip. 112. 1885, Rev. Pl. Vasc. Filip. 129. 1886; Forbes & Hemsl. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 295. 1887 (Ind. Fl. Sin. 1: 295); Niedenzu in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(7): 70, f. 37. 1893; Henry, Trans. As. Soc. Japan 24(Suppl.): 43. 1896 (List Pl. Formos. 43) ; Matsum. Tokyo Bot. Mag. 12: 68. 1898; Ito & Matsum. Jour. Col. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo 12: 479, 1899 (Tent. Fl. Lutch. 479); Koord. & Val. Meded. Lands Plant. 40: 41. 1900 (Bijdr. Boomsoort. Java 6: 41); King, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 70(2): 75. 1901 (Mater. Fl. Malay. Penin. 3: 505); Matsum. & Hayata, Enum. Pl. Formos. 142. 1906; Holtermann, Einfl. Klimas, ¢. 9, f. 46. 1907; Merr. Philip. Jour. Sci. Bot. 3: 423. 1908; C. B. Rob. op. cit. 4: 337. 1909; Hayata, Ic. Pl. Formos, 2: 18. 1912; Gibbs, Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 42: 76, 1914; Fyson, Fl. Nilgiri & Pulney Hill-tops 1: 150. 1915, 2: ¢. 108. 1915; Kanehira, Formos. Trees 258. 1917; Crevost & Lemarié, Cat. Prod. Indochine 1: 251. 1917; Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 794, f. 85. 1920; Merr. Enum. Born. PI. 425. 1921; Ridl. Fl. Malay Penin. 1: 717. 1922; Merr. Enum. Philip. Pl. 3: 156. 1923; Chung, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1(1): 183. 1924; Merr. Lingnan Bel Jour. 5: 136. 1927; Groff, Lingnan Univ. Sci. Bull, 2:76. 1930; Craib, Fl. Siam. Bains 1: 628. 1931; McClure, Lingnan Univ. Sci. Bull. 3: 29. 1931; van Steenis, Bull, Jard. Bot. Buitenz. III, 12: 167. 1932; Merr. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, 24(2): 283. 1935. Myrtus tomentosa Ait. Hort. Kew, ed. 1, 2: 159. 1789, ed. 2, 3: 189. 1811; Vahl, Symb. Bot. 2: 56. 1791, 3: 65. 1794; Curtis, Bot. Mag. 7: t. 250. 1794; Blume, Bijdr. 1081. 1826; DC. Prodr. 3: 240. 1828; Roxb. Ft. Ind. ed. 2, 2: 498. 1832; Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechey’s Voy. 187. 1833; Wight & Arn. Prodr. 1: 328. 1834; Wight, Ill. 2:12, t. 97*, f. 3. 1841, Ic. 2: t. 522. 1843; Korth. Nederl. Kruidk. Arch. 1: 197. 1847. Myrtus canescens Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 311. 1790, ed. Willd. 381. 1793. FuKIEN, Foochow, Chung 7393, Carles s.n., 1897; Nantai, Lin Yu Tai 11978; Kushan Monastery, Tang 5833; Minhow Hsien, Chung 2313; Amoy Island, Nanputo Hill, Chung 1691; Inghok, Fang-Quang-Yen, Chun 7722: Kaianosi, Hsin-Feng Hsien, Hu 985: KWANGTUNG, Shaan Nim, McClure 156 (C.C.C. 7132); Tai Mo Shan, Tapu District, Tsang 21288; Lok Chong, Tso 20993; Tsing Wan Shan, Wong Chuk I and vicinity, Wung Yuen District, Law 2212; Yang Shan and vicinity, south of Linchow, Yang Shan District, Tsui 541, 612 ; Kochow, Sintong, Tai-tseh-wei, Tsiang 2099; (Teng Woo Mountain) Ting Woo Shan, Kwai Leng, Kao-Yao District, Lau 20295, Levine 732; Canton, Levine 784, 1151, 3017, Tsiang 5, 391: Macao and adjacent Islands, Vachell 5s. n.: Honckonc, Chun 6570, Ford s. n., Liou 7393, Sargent s. n., 198 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL, XIX Wright s.n.; Tai-O, Chun 4878 ; Lantau Island, Taai Ue Shaan, Tsang 16668: Kwancst, Mekon, Seh-feng, Dar Shan, south of Nanning, Ching 8451; North I-Shan, Ching 5217; Tou Ngok Shan, Waitsap District, Tsang 23187; Po Yam Shan, Sun-to District, Tsang 23079; Shap Man Taai Shan, southeast of Shang-sze, Shang-sze District, Tsang 22246: HAINAN, without definite locality, Henry 8020, 8491, Liang 64124, 65288, 66277, Wang 32849, 36615; Mi ting, McClure 7745; Seven Finger Mountain, Liang 61654; Yaichow, Chun & Tso 44624, Liang 61948, 63066; Dung Ka, Chun & Tso 43596; Fo De, Gressitt 724; Tai Tin Shan, Ch’ang-kiang District, Law 1261; Lin Fa Shan, Lam Ko Dis- trict, Tsang 13 (L. U. 16762), 271 (L. U. 15770); Pak Shik Ling and vicinity, Ching Mai District, Lei 531, 747. Type from China. India southward through Malaysia to Australia. Rhodomyrtus parviflora Alston is the only segregate we have found which might raise some question concerning the synonymy as given above. Alston merely indicates, “Species R. tomentosae Wight affinis, sed floribus parvis, breviter pedicellatis differt. — Typus: Thwaites C. P. 1591.” We have not seen the type, but in our Ceylon collections (of which we have only four), although the pedicels are somewhat shorter, the flower-buds are fully as large as in some of the other material represented. Further when specimens show only immature buds or flowers it is very difficult to estimate the value of the characters above designated. 6. Psidium Linnaeus A. ¥ te branchlets atin sa leaves oblong to elliptic, with rounded obtuse base, finely pubescent beneath ............. 1. P. Guajava A. Young’ branchlets mioke or compressed; leaves are. elliptic, cuneate at the base, glabrous ........4.6.:ee0sse08 00k . littorale 1. Psidium Guajava Linn. Sp. Pl. 470. 1753; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1(1): 469, 1855; Benth. Fl. Hongk. 120. 1861; Kurz, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 1: 476. 1877; Duthie in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 468. 1878; Koord. & Val. Meded. Lands Plant. 40: 35. 1900 (Bijdr. Boomsoort. Java 6:35); Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou 289. 1914; Merr. Interpret. Herb. Amboin. 391. 1917; Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 848. 1921; Chung, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1(1) 183. 1924; Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 5: 135. 1927; Walker, Lingnan Sci. Jour. 6: 29. 1928; Merr. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 15: 215. 1929; McClure, Lingnan Univ. Sci. Bull. 3:29. 1931; Handel-Mazzetti, Symbol. Sin. 3(7): 596. 1933; Merr. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 24(2): 283. 1935 1938 | MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 199 Psidium pomiferum Linn. Sp. Pl. ed. 2: 672. 1762; Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 31 90, ed. Willd. 379. 1793; DC. Prodr. 3: 234. 1828; Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechey’s Voy. 188. 1833. Psidium pyriferum Linn. Sp. Pl. ed. 2: 672. 1762; Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 309. 1790, ed. Willd. 378. 1793. DC. pce 3: 233. 1828. Specimens seen from Szechuan, Fukien, Kwangtung, Kwangsi, Yunnan and Hainan. The common guava: a plant of American origin widely cultivated and naturalized in the Old World tropics. 2. Psidium littorale Raddi, Opusc. Sci. 4: 254, t. 7, f. 2. 1820. Psidium Cattleianum Sabine, Trans. Hort. Soc. peas Oe Sl7t. di: 1821; Lindl. Coll. Bot. ¢. 76. 1821, Bot. Reg. 8: t. 622. 1822; bine, ‘Bet Mag. 51: t. 2501. 1824; DC. Prodr. 3: 236. 1828; Ses Man. Trop. Subtrop. Fruits 279, f. 36. 1920; Fawe. & Rendle, Fl. Jamaica 5(3): 318. 1926. Psidium variabile Berg, Mart. Fl. Bras. 14(1): 400. 1857. KwaAncTUNG, Heungshan, Chun 99: Hatnan, Nodoa, McClure 2547 (C.C.C. 8992). When Psidium Cattleianum was originally named the species was thought to be native to China, but Lindley, Bot. Reg. 10: 1824 “Notes” at the end of the volume indicated that this was an error ue ‘Reason now exists for supposing it to be a native of some part of South America.” It is now known to be a native of Brazil. According to Popenoe it was carried to China at an early period, presumably by the Portuguese, and from China it was carried to Europe. It is cultivated in various subtropical regions. In checking the synonymy of Psidium Cattletanum Sabine, the name by which this species is best known, we found that Psidium littorale Raddi is apparently the earlier specific epithet. The fascicle in which the description and plate of the latter appears was published separately in 1820, although the date of publication usually is cited as 1823. This is the date of the title-page of volume 4 complete, but when fascicle- covers are in the volume, these are to be regarded as indicating the actual date of publication rather than the title-page. We have not been so fortunate as to find any record of the publication of Sabine’s name before the year 1821. 7. Myrtus Linnaeus Myrtus communis Linn. Sp. Pl. 1: 471. 1753; Gaertner, Fruct. 1: 184, t. 38. 1788; Le Maout & Decaisne, Traité Gén. Bot. 293. 1868; Baillon, Hist. Pl. 6: 305, 306. 1877; Niedenzu in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(7): 67, f. 35. 1893; Gard. Chron. III, 45: 18. 1909; Bailey, Stand. Cycl. Hort. 2096. 1916, Man. Cult. Pl. 535. 1924 200 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX FUKIEN, Kulangsu Island, Amoy (cultivated), Chung 1629. A native of the Mediterranean region and western Asia, widely culti- vated in favorable climates for ornamental purposes. 8. Decaspermum J. R. & G. Forster A cursory examination of the genus Decaspermum J. R. & G. Forst. shows the species to be highly variable and, perhaps on account of the polygamous flowers, somewhat more difficult than representatives of the other genera here considered. Possibly not more than five species are represented in our collections from China; yet, apart from the very distinct D. hainanense and D. albociliatum, the species are not easily defined. The following key and summary give the species as we under- stand them at present. A. Calyx-lobes ovate, obtuse to acute or slightly acuminate. B. Inflorescence terminal and in the uppermost leaf-axils only; the young branchlets and leaves as well as the inflorescence tomentose. 1. D. hainanense B. Inflorescence axillary and terminal; the young branchlets, the leaves and the inflorescence appressed-pubescent or glabrous. C. Plant glabrous; calyx and corolla mostly 4-merous. 2. D. cambodianum C. Branchlets, young leaves and inflorescence * appressed- pubescent; calyx and corolla 3-merous or 5-merous. D. Calyx and corolla 5-merous .............. 3. D. fruticosum D. Calyx and corolla 3-merous ............. 4. D. gracilentum A. Calyx-lobes linear to linear-lanceolate, elongate-acuminate. 5. D. albociliatum 1. Decaspermum hainanense (Merr.) Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 14: 42. 1935. Eugenia hainanensis Merr. Philip. Jour. Sci. 23: 255. 1923, Lingnan Sci. Jour. 5: 136. 1927. HAINAN, without definite locality, Wang 33701, 34183, 34210, 34679; Yik Tsok Mau, McClure 9734; Yaichow, Chun. & Tso 44739, Liang 62442, How 70687, How 71123; on the way to Seven Finger Mountain, Liang 61624; Po-ting, Lingshui, How 73499; Ko 52207; Po T’eng Shi (BoDeng), Ling Shui (Ling-tui) District, McClure 20044; Yeung Ling Shan, Ngai District, Lau 194. This species differs from all the other species of Decaspermum in China in the larger flowers, the predominantly terminal inflorescence, and the crisp or short tomentose pubescence of the younger parts. 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 201 2. Decaspermum cambodianum Gagnep. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 26: 73. 1920 et in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 846, f. 91. 1921; Craib, Fl. Siam, Enum. 1: 630. 1931; Merr. & Chun, Sunyat. 2: 291. 1935. Eugenia diate bea Merr. Jour. Arnold Arb. 6: 138. 1925, Lingnan Sci. Jour AGZS: Busoni Lee Ridley. Kew Bull. 1928: 74. 1928 (fide Craib). HAINaN, without definite locality, Liang 63765, 64946, Wang 35948 ; between Dung Ka and Wen Fa Shi, Chun & Tso 43770 ; Dung Ka, Chun & Tso 43872, 43911; Mo San Leng, Chun & Tso 44287; Chim Fung Ling, Kan-en District, Law 3720, 3792; Five Finger Mountains, Chun 1567, 2034. Indo-China and the Malay Peninsula. In most of the collections of this species the leaves tend to be broader above the middle, with a short obtuse acumen and a more or less attenuate-acute base. Chun 2034, the type of Eugenia multipunctata Merr. is wholly in agreement with this and apparently the name already has been correctly reduced to the synonymy of D. cambodianum. It should be noted, however, that the flowers are mostly 3-merous. Chun 1567 is aberrant in having the leaves distinctly acuminate with a short obtuse base; the flowers also are 3-merous; in fact except for the lack of pubescence this collection more nearly resembles D. gracilentum (Hance). 3. Decaspermum fruticosum J. R. & G. Forster, Char. Gen. 74. ¢. 37. 1776, Beschreib. Gattung. Pflanz. Reise Ins. Siid-See 77, t. 8, f. 37. 1779; Rehder, Jour. Arnold Arb. 15: 109. 1934. Eugenia Esquirolii Léveillé, in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 9: 459. 1911, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou 289, 1914 Pirus Bodinieri Léveillé, FI. Rein Tchéou 350. 1915. KweicHow, heights of Lao-ten, Esquirol 82; road between Lo-hou and Tong-tcheou, Esquirol 3611: Kwancrunc, Yang Shan and vicinity, south of Linchow, Tsui 581: Kwanest, Loh Hoh Tsuen, Ling Yiin Hsien, Steward & Cheo 530; Seh-Feng, Dar Shan, S. Nanning, Ching 7853, 8098; Tang Giar Poo, southeast of Luchen, Ching 5225, 5246: YUNNAN, Szemao, Henry 11753, 11753A, 11753B, 11753C ; be- tween Szemao and Puerhfu, Rock 2832; between Muang Hing and Szemao and the Szemao hills proper, Rock 2789; without definite lo- cality (Plants of E. Tibet and S. W. China), Forrest 27408. India to Yunnan, Kweichow and Kwangtung south through Malaysia to Poly- nesia. A variable and difficult species, possibly an aggregate, frequently called D. paniculatum Lindl. which may or may not be specifically distinct. 202 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX 4. Decaspermum gracilentum (Hance) comb. nov. a He gracilenta Hance, Jour. Bot. 23: 7. 1885; Forbes & Hemsl. Jour. oc. Bot. 23: 296. 1887. ane eu Hu, Jour. Arnold Arb. 5: 232. 1924. Decaspermum fruticosum sensu Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 5: 137. 1927; Merr. & Chun, Sunyat. 1: 74. 1930; Chun, Sunyat. 1: 289. 1934, non J. R. & G. Fors KWANGTUNG, Tai-tseh-wei, Sintong, Kochow, Tsiang 2087; Peiyun- shan, Kochow, Tstang 2186; near Kying-tung, Sunyi, Tsiang 2654: HAINAN, without definite locality, Wang 32843, 34370, 35415; Ngai Chau and vicinity, Ngai District, Law 5; Tung Koo Shan and vicinity, Wen Ch’ang District, Fung 20349; I Kap Shan and vicinity, Tan District, Law 1174; Hung Mo Shan and vicinity, Lai (Loi) area, Tsang, Tang & Fung 59 (L. U. 17590); Pak Shik Ling and vicinity, Ching Mai District, Lei 255, 558; Ka Chik Shan and vicinity, Ch’ang-Kiang Dis- trict, Lau 1388; Ue Lung Shan, Law 3177; Chim Fung Ling, Kan-en District, Lau 3548; Lin Fa Shan, Lam Ko District, Tsang 2 (L. U. 16751), 273 (L. U. 15772); near Po-ting, Lingshui, Liang 61564; Po- ting, How 71605, 71638; between Po-ting and Seven Finger Mountain, Lingshui, Liang 61527; Seven Finger Mountain, Liang 61651; Chim Shan, Fan Maan Ts’uen and vicinity, Fung 20141; Five Finger Moun- tain, McClure 8628; Tungkap, Tingan, Ko 52288; Tai Pin, Gressitt 1110, Fan Yah, Chun & Tso 44089 ; Yaichow, Liang 62087, 63023, How 70464, 70465; enroute Ta Hon to Nga Wan, McClure 9247; Nar-Fai- Lee, Ford 433. Formosa. In the southeastern part of China, most of the collections recently referred to D. fruticosum J. R. & G. Forst. are characterized by 3- merous flowers a little smaller than in Forster’s species and by the capsules with fewer (3-5) seeds. The specimens correspond in all details to the description of Eugenia gracilenta Hance although in Hance’s description the number of parts of the outer floral circles is not mentioned. Dr. W. R. Philipson at the British Museum has very kindly examined Hance’s type for us and has assured us the calyx and the corolla are 3-parted. The fairly well marked geographical range and the constancy of the trimerous flowers has led us to believe that these col- lections are to be regarded as representing a definite entity; hence, we separate them from D. fruticosum J. R. & G. Forst. and reestablish Hance’s species in the genus Decaspermum. 5. Decaspermum albociliatum sp. nov. Frutex circiter 4 m. altus, ramis teretibus, gracilibus, glabratis, ramulis perspicue molliter ac longe albido-ciliatis, ultimis gracillimis, vix 0.5 mm. 1938 |] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 203 diametro; foliis lanceolatis vel oblongo-lanceolatis, 3-6 cm. longis, 1—2.5 cm. latis, chartaceis vel subcoriaceis, graciliter subcaudato-acuminatis, basi late obtusis vel subrotundatis, utrinque minute puncticulatis, juniori- bus utrinque perspicue longe albido-ciliatis, pilis plus minusve persis- tentibus, venis primariis utrinque 8-10, obscuris, interdum obsoletis vel subobsoletis; petiolo 1-2 mm. longo, piloso; floribus axillaribus, soli- tariis, pedicellis calycibusque perspicue longe ac molliter albido-ciliatis, pedicellis sub anthesi 3-4 mm. longis, sub fructu paullo longioribus, bracteolis linearibus, albido-ciliatis, 5-7 mm. longis, sepalis linearibus vel lineari-lanceolatis, elongato-acuminatis, albido-pilosis, 4-5 mm. longis; fructibus subglobosis, circiter 5 mm. diametro, albido-ciliatis, circiter 6-locularibus. Hainan, Po-ting, F. C. How 73044 (type in herb, Arnold Arb.), 73736, July 1 and September 26, 1935, in forests, altitude 250-360 m. This form with conspicuous long, soft, white indumentum on the branchlets, leaves, pedicels and flowers and its slenderly acuminate leaves manifestly belongs in the group with Decaspermum fruticosum Forst. In both specimens cited the flowers are axillary and strictly solitary. Striking differential characters, as compared with D. fruti- cosum Forst., are its slender, elongated, linear bracteoles and the elongated, linear or linear-lanceolate, pilose sepals. In addition to the above we have one collection from Hainan, Yeung Ling Shan, Ngai District, Law 206, with only staminate flowers. The specimens have short axillary and terminal inflorescences and leaves similar to D. cambodianum Gagnep., but the younger parts and the flow- ers are pubescent. Although we cannot match the specimens, we think it unwise to propose a new species in this critical group without additional material, 9. Eugenia Linnaeus We have, for reasons indicated elsewhere,’ accepted Syzygium Gaertner (including Jambosa de Candolle) as the proper generic name for most of the Old World species that have been placed in Eugenia, restricting Eugenia to that large group characteristic of tropical America but with some representatives in the Old World tropics. Eugenia, as thus restricted, has no representatives in China except for a single intro- duced one of Brazilian origin; and this species is the type- or standard- species of the genus. Eugenia uniflora Linn. Sp. Pl. 1: 470. 1753; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1(1): 1Jour. Arnold Arb. 19: 99. 1938. 204 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX 440. 1855; Duthie in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 505. 1879; Urb. Bot. Jahrb. 19: 620. 1895; Turrill, Bot. Mag. 141: ¢. 8599. 1915; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 665. 1931; Alston in Trimen, Handb. FI. Ceyl. 6(Suppl.): 119. 1931. Myrtus brasiliana Linn. Sp. Pl. 1: 471. 1753. Plinia rubra Linn. Mant. 2: 243. 1771; Vellozo, Fl. Flum. 5: t. 46. 1827. Plinia pedunculata Linn. f. Suppl. 253. 1781; Curtis, Bot. Mag. 14: t. 473. Eugenia ag eae Lam. Encycl. 3: 203. 1789; DC. Prodr. 3: 263. 1828; Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 2: 188. 1894; Koord. & Bing Meded. Lands Plant. 40: 160. 1900 (Bijdr. Boomsoort. Java 6: 160). Stenocalyx Michelii Berg in Mart. Fl. Bras. 14(1): 337, 628. 1857. KWANGTUNG, Cultivated, Chun (S. Y. U. 4066). A native of South America of early introduction into the orient. It is now widely planted for ornamental purposes and for its edible fruits, and in some regions is naturalized or semi-naturalized. 10. Acmena de Candolle' Acmena, as first limited by de Candolle (1828) comprised one Aus- tralian species. Wight (1841), lacking authentic material for compari- son, misinterpreted the genus indicating several Asiatic species as part of Acmena which he placed in a subgenus of Eugenia. This concept of Acmena apparently replaced the original one, and in 1861 a Chinese species, Acmena Championi Benth. Fl. Hongk. 119, was described. This is really a Syzygium. Only two other species have been attributed to China, Acmena? chinensis Planch. Hort. Donat. 84. 1854-58 and A, acuminatissima (Blume) Merr. & Perry. As regards the first, the description was based on specimens cultivated in Europe and there is no direct evidence that this cultivated plant came from China. We have been unable to discover its identity, cf. Jour. Arnold Arb. 19: 19. 1938. The singular structure of the fruits of A. acuminatissima prompted us to consider the generic status of this genus. Although, as in Syzygium, the naked embryo falls out of the opened pericarp, its structure differs greatly. Here the cotyledons are not at all easily separated, in fact appearing as one, and within is a much lobed organ of different texture (for fuller discussion cf. Jour. Arnold Arb, 19:6). A close scrutiny of the anthers shows the sacs divaricate and opening by a terminal slit or pore. In the other genera of this closely related complex the anther-sacs are parallel and open longitudinally. rrill, E. D. and L. M. Perry. A synopsis of Acmena DC., a valid genus of re teas Jour. Arnold Arb. 19: 1- 20. 1938. genus of eleven known species chiefly of Malaysia and Australia but w ith o ne species widely ranging from Burma and southern China through Malaysia to Australia and the Solomon Islands. 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 205 Acmena acuminatissima (Blume) Merr. & Perry, Jour. Arnold Arb. 19s 120.4958 Myrtus acuminatissima Blume, Bijdr. 1088. 1826. Syzygium acuminatisstmum DC. Prodr. 3: 261. 1828. Jambosa fae Hassk. Cat. Hort. Bogor. Alt. 262. 1844; Migq. 1. Ind. Bat. 1(1): 438. 1855. Syzygium re wae Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1(1): 449. 1855. Eugenia acuminatissima Kurz, Rep. Pegu, App. A. Ixiii. 1875; For. Fl. Brit. Burma 1: 487. 1877; Duthie in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 483. 1878; Forbes & Hemsl. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 296. 1887; Koord. & Val. Meded. Lands Plant. 40: 155. 1900 (Bijdr. Boomsoort. Java 6: 1912; Koord. & Val. Atlas Baumart. Java 3: f. 506. 1915; Ridley, Fl. Malay Penin. 1: 747. 1922; Chung, ee Ba Soc. China 1(1): 184. 1924; non Miquel (1847), Ee Berg (1857-59). Eugenia Cumingiana Vidal, Phan. Cuming. an 173. 1885; Craib, FI. iam. Enum. 1: 636. 1931 Eugenia saligna sensu C. B. Rob. Philip. Jour. Sci. Bot. 4: 392. 1909; ferr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 5: 137. 1927; non Jambosa saligna Migq. sia subdecurrens Merr. & Chun, Sunyat. 2: 289. 1935. KWANGTUNG, Shi-wan-da-shan, Tso 23424; Ting Wu Shan, Tsiang 1930, ee Cues 6379, Liang 60316; She District, Wang 31838: Honckonc, Ford 21 (Herb. Kew, phot. KwancsI, Seh-feng, Dar Shan, South Nanning, Ching 8266: HAatNan, without definite locality, Liang 63367, 63371, 63438, 63692, 65256, 65331, Wang 33232, 34486 ; Yaichow, Liang 62212, 63277, How 70354, Po-ting, How 73046, 73405; Five Finger Mountain, McClure 2141 (C.C.C. 8682); Ka Chik Shan and vicinity, Ch’ang-kiang District, Law 2910; Ue Lung Shan, Lau 3165; Lin Fa Shan, Lam Ko District, Tsang 381 (L. U. 15880). Burma and Siam southward and eastward to the Philippines and the Solomon Islands. 11. Syzygium Gaertner A study of the Chinese species of Eugenia was undertaken as a pre- liminary to the larger, more complex and more difficult task of revising the Bornean species of the same group. Eugenia is a Linnean genus; nevertheless, it was a vague entity until the time of de Candolle. This distinguished scientist, previous to the publication of the Myrtaceae in the Prodromus, wrote an informal sum- mary of the family, Dict. Class. Hist. Nat. 11: 399-407. 1827 (preprint, 1826). In this he made a distinct effort to associate closely related genera and to untangle the confusion caused by certain generic concepts. Eugenia in particular was set forth with its salient characters. Less 206 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX than a quarter of a century later, Wight (1841), unable to maintain de Candolle’s concept, re-defined the genus on a much broader basis including therein Acmena de Candolle, Syzygium Gaertner, Jambosa de Candolle and Caryophyllus Linnaeus. Thus there were established two contrasting generic ideas, Eugenia Linn. sensu stricto and Eugenia Linn. sensu latiore, neither of which has wholly dominated the other. In view of this situation, any study of the genus necessarily involves a consideration of its extent. Eugenia in the strict sense stands primarily as limited by de Candolle, although it must be noted that the significant generic characters stressed by him have fallen into disuse and obscurity. Eugenia in its broader sense is a heterogeneous assemblage of material. As already indicated in our article on the Indo-Chinese species of Syzygium Gaertner, Jour. Arnold Arb, 19: 99, 1938, we have departed from the broader interpretation of Eugenia, not on account of the growing tendency of present-day botanists to use Syzygium, but rather owing to the conclusions reached through study of the structure of the fruits. In practically all the fruits of Syzygium which we opened, the naked embryo (consisting of two distinct cotyledons with the hypocotyl mostly concealed within) fell out and the seed-coat remained more or less loosely attached to the inside of the pericarp. In contrast, the opened fruits of Eugenia proper disclosed not the naked embryo but the seed with a usually lustrous and membranous or possibly cartilaginous seed-coat. Furthermore the embryo is pseudomonocotyledonous. These differences in the fruits we regard as the basic distinctions between the two genera. There are some differences in the inflorescences. Those of Syzygium are chiefly cymose-paniculate, whereas, in Eugenia they are largely of clustered one-flowered pedicels (or peduncles). The calyx limb is very short in the latter and the stamens are much less incurving in the bud. A more detailed discussion of the history and characters of these two genera is given in our forthcoming paper on the Bornean species of Eugenia. In taking account of all the species of China which have hitherto been accepted as Eugenia Linn. sensu latiore, it is necessary to call attention to two other genera, Acmena de Candolle and Cleistocalyx Blume. Summaries of both of these have been published in the Journal of the Arnold Arboretum, 18: 322-343, t. 25. 1937 and 19: 1-20. 1938, and of course the Chinese species appear again in this paper. To summarize briefly, the Chinese species of Eugenia Linn. sensu latiore are here treated as belonging to Eugenia Linn., Syzygium Gaert- ner, Acmena de Candolle and Cleistocalyx Blume. Eugenia is limited to one introduced species of American origin. Acmena is represented by 1938 ] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 207 a single indigenous species and Cleistocalyx by two. All other known Chinese species of the group, whether native or introduced, fall into the genus Syzygium which, as we interpret it, also includes Jambosa de Candolle. Of the ferty-five species of Syzygium as we recognize its occurrence in China, twenty-six are known as yet only from that country, the others are either introduced and cultivated or are already reported from Indo- China and India (Burma). Twenty have been found in Hainan alone and nine of these are not yet recorded from elsewhere in China. The literature is rather scant and fairly well scattered, and, as already indicated, since -Bentham’s Flora Hongkongensis was issued in 1861, all treatments appear under Eugenia Linn. The only summary of the genus for all China is that of Forbes & Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. 23: 296-298. 1887. Here fourteen species are listed with synonymy and citations of collections. Since then regional plant lists, such as Groff, Ding and Groff, Lingnaam Agric. Review 2(2): 119, 120. 1924 and Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 5: 136, 137. 1927, have been helpful in bring- ing the summary of species, often described singly, up to date. The only key to the species of the genus in China is that of Dunn & Tutcher, Kew Bull. Add. Ser. 10: 104, 105. 1912 (Flora of Kwangtung and Hongkong), in which nine species are contrasted. This, perhaps adequate for its purpose at the time, is now of little value when one attempts to identify material in this group since in this paper we record no less than nineteen species from Kwangtung, more than twice the number Dunn & Tutcher knew to occur in that Province. Our treatment of the group is not in any way intended as final but rather aims to furnish a synopsis of all the species hitherto reported and to provide, we hope, a usable key for identifying assembled collections and currently collected material. Unfortunately, apart from a small group or two, we have been unable to find sectional differences for the great majority of species, hence, we are obliged to use gross and vegeta- tive characters for our key. Gagnepain, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 64: 94-103. 1917, discussed the characters of “Eugenia” in great detail as foundation for his treatment of the genus in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- Chine 2: 796-844. 1920, 1921. Asa whole this is helpful, although not entirely in keeping with our experience as regards either the petals or the orientation of the embryo. Our study of the embryo has been somewhat handicapped by the complication of polyembryony and the irregularity of the cotyledons resulting from this, the immaturity of many of the fruits at hand, the paucity in the number of fruits and their entire lack in some species. 208 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM (VoL. x1x However, it may be helpful briefly to summarize what we have observed. Five species, S. Jambos (L.) Alston, S. buxifolium Hook. & Arn., S. latilimbum (Merr.), S. Forrestii Merr. & Perry and S, Hancei Merr. & Perry, are ordinarily polyembryonic. The cotyledons vary in size, the hypocotyls being short. In eight species, S. zeylanicum DC., S. tetra- gonum Walp., S. tephrodes (Hance), S. Tsoongii (Merr.), S. rysopodum, S. stenocladum and S. Chunianum (the last three herein described as new) the inner faces of the cotyledons are interlocking and the hypocotyl is long. Syzygium Championii (Benth.) and S. claviflorum Wall. have cotyledons adhering more closely than in the other species but clearly separable with the inner faces distinct. The remaining species repre- sented by fruits in the collections available to us have cotyledons with flat or concave inner faces. In S. Levinei (Merr.), S. myrsinifolium (Hance), S. balsameum Walp., S. euonymifolium (Metc.), S. fluviatile (Hemsl.), S. Bullockiit (Hance), S. kwangtungense (Merr.) and S. Grijsti (Hance), the hypocotyl is very short but visible at the side of the embryo, appearing as a circular piece holding the cotyledons together. In S. Cumini (L.) Skeels, S. szemaoense Merr. & Perry, S. salwinense, S. brachythyrsum and S. brachyantherum (the last three herein described as new) the point of attachment and the hypocoty] are concealed between the two cotyledons. All the material examined is cited in this article. In 1930 the senior author critically examined Hance’s types also those of Hooker and Arnott, and Bentham, and made carbon imprints of the leaves which have been most helpful in showing both the actual size and the plan of the venation. KeEY TO THE CHINESE SPECIES OF SYZYGIUM A. Flowers large, apex of the bud at anthesis at least 8 mm. in diameter ; calyx-lobes persistent, conspicuous, 3 mm. or more high. B. Inflorescence lateral, i. e., on the branches below the leaves ee malaccense B. Inflorescence axillary and terminal. C. Leaves lance-oblong to elliptic, rounded or slightly cordate at the base. D. ede er-buds 2.5-3.5 cm. high; apex of the calyx-tube about m. in diameter, tube not obviously glandular 2. S. latilimbum D. Flower-buds 1.5-2 cm. high; apex of the calyx-tube 0.8-0.9 m, in diameter, the tube copiously dotted with minute SUMGR: Geis ccna eee ee raw ae x . S. samarangense C. Leaves elliptic to narrowly lanceolate, tapering at the base (slightly cordate or rounded in S. Jambos var. sylvaticum). 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 209 D. Petioles 5-8 mm. long; leaves Leos acuminate at the apex; anthers elliptic, 1-1.5 m E. Leaves narrowly lanceolate, pe cm. long, 1. Cc broad; fruit with 3-4 seeds ...... 4. S. polypetaloideum E. pas lanceolate, 10-25 cm. long, 2.5-5 cm. broad; fruit Bis) Seed) aso S.ccueeetoxerwarine 5. S. Jambos py, ee ee mm. long; leaves obtusish or somewhat abruptly acuminate at the apex; anthers elliptic, 0.6—-1 mm. long. E. Inflorescence open, ultimate branchlets = 1 cm. lon ng ; eaves + obscurely pellucid-punctate, ee vein manifest, secondary one + obscure. . S. brachyantherum E. Inflorescence somewhat crowded, ultimate branchlets about 4 mm. long; leaves obviously pellucid-punctate, submarginal veins conspicuous, secondary one manifest. 7. S. imitans A. Flowers small or slender, apex of the bud at anthesis not exceeding 5 mm. in diameter; calyx, if lobed, with caducous lobes (sometimes only tardily so in fruit) inconspicuous, not more than 2 mm. hi B. Flower-buds slenderly clavate, not glaucous, at least 9 mm. long; calyx-tube gradually attenuate to the base or narrowed into a very short pseudostipe. C. Branchlets tetragonous. D. Leaves oblong-ovate, subcordate at the base; inflorescence chiefly terminal; rachis scarcely 1 cm. lon . S. Botsianum DD: Leaves elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, tapering at the base; inflorescence terminal and axillary, rachis up to 2 cm. long. 9. S. Champion C. Branchlets subcompressed, sometimes obscurely tetragonous. D. Cymes few-flowered, axillary and terminal; calyx-tube nar- rowed into a short pseudostipe, longitudinally wrinkled or slightly sulcate. E. Calyx slightly suleate and copiously glandular; primary veins strongly ascending (from midrib at angle of about 45°); bark of the branchlets grayish-white. 10. S. stenocladum E. Wrinkles of the calyx somewhat obscuring the minute nds; veins spreading-ascending (at approximately 60°) ; bark of the branchlets fuscous. 11. S. rysopodum D. Cymes usually in dense fascicles, axillary and terminal or in the axils of fallen leaves: calyx-tube gradually attenuate to the base, not obviously wrinkled or sulcate. E. Leaves large, 10-20 cm. long, 4-9 cm. broad, thick-coria- ceous; upper surface minutely punctate ; submarginal vein 2 mm. or more from the margin; secondary veins INCONSPICUOUS: gacaeg ewe hues Ka ess 12. S. claviflorum 210 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX E. Leaves smaller, 4-13 cm. long, 2-4.5 cm. broad, coriaceous ; both surfaces abundantly but minutely punctate; sub- marginal vein usually less than 1.5 mm. from the margin; secondary veins tending to be almost as prom- inent as the primary ones, giving the impression of closer venation than in S. claviflorum Wall. 13. S. leptanthum B. Flower-buds various, usually not slenderly clavate (or if clavate, also glaucous) and rarely more than 9 mm. long. C. Calyx longitudinally wrinkled and more or less glaucous or pruinose when dry; fruit, where known, white or whitish. D. Branchlets tetragonous, the angles strongly margined or slightly winge E. Petioles 7-10 n mm. long; leaves elliptic; ultimate branches of the inflorescence very short (2-1 mm. or less), usually bearing several (5 or more) flowers at the apex. 14. S. Rockit I. Petioles 1-3 mm. long; leaves not elliptic; ultimate branches of the reneged short, usually bearing 3 (1-5) flowers at the a F. Leaves ovate to ais subcordate at the DAME: 652 Sota oc be eveeceeanceeuanx 15. S. tephrodes F. Leaves narrowly oblong, acute at the base. 16. S. Tsoongit D. Branchlets slightly compressed or terete. E. Acumen not more than half as long as the remainder of the blade; branchlets slender I*. Leaves ovate, scarcely aiueiaie above, only occasion- ally glandular-punctate beneath; primary veins spreading ; secondary venation mostly obscure ; calyx chiefly verrucose ...........0005 . S. seylanicum F. Leaves lanceolate to lance-ovate, minutely punctate above, glandular-punctate beneath; primary veins ascending-spreading ; secondary venation os as prominent as the primary; calyx not verruco 18. S. een E. Acumen very slender and about as long as the remainder of the blade; branchlets very slender, thread-like. 19. S. araiocladum C. Calyx not longitudinally wrinkled nor glaucous; fruit variously colored, not white D. Rachis and branches of the inflorescence minutely — KE. Leaves slenderly oblong with narrow obtuse a 20; 3; ACH E. Leaves elliptic to ovate-elliptic with the acumen + 1 cm. 24 aa ae ae ee oP ea 1. S. Levinet 1938 | MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 211 D. Rachis and branches of the inflorescence glabrous. E. Inflorescence usually lateral in the axils of old or fallen leaves oa appearing terminal), below the new leafy s F, a see up to 23 cm. long; primary veins + 10 mm. apart G. Inflorescence apparently terminal or subterminal (on last year’s shoots) ; wie bud 2-2. m high, obconical ............20. S. yunnanense G. Inflorescence _ lateral eee ee terminal ) ; flower-bud 4-6 mm. high, globose or depressed- globose at the apex, abruptly narrowed into a stalk-like base. H. Leaves coriaceous; flower-bud with a_ thick pseudostipe ; branchlets brownish. I. Branchlets definitely winged; leaves drying olive-2reen .2.cecceweees 23. S. Nienkut I. Branchlets obscurely 4-angled or only slightly compressed; leaves drying red- dish-brown .......... 24. S. tetragonum H. Leaves chartaceous; flower-bud with a slender clavate pseudostipe; branchlets olive-green becoming whitish ........ 25. S. balsameum F. Leaves, if large, closely veined; primary veins = 5 mm. apart ; secondary veins almost as prominent. G. Inflorescence open and elongated, 3-7(-12) cm. long ; flowers sessile. H. Flower-bud obovoid or subglobose at apex, tapering to a pseudostipe; leaves mostly ellip- tic to oblong-elliptic. I. Inflorescence lateral; calyx obscurely lobed. 26. S. Cumini I. Inflorescence axillary and terminal; calyx- lobes definite, about 2 mm. high. 27. S. Augustinu H. Flower-bud obconical; leaves lanceolate to slen- erly SINOUG. c2ua cama 28. S. fruticosum G. Inflorescence mostly compact and short, scarcely more than 2 cm. high; flowers pedicelled. 42. S. enonymifolium E. Inflorescence axillary and terminal. F. Branchlets tetragonous. G. Angles of the branchlets a mes winged; inflo- tera toward base; primary veins 6-12 m ; 33. "S. Nienkut 212 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. X1x G. Angles of the branchlets often strongly margined ; inflorescence axillary and terminal; flower-bud gradually tapering to the base, or if abruptly contracted, with calyx-lobes 2 mm. high; pri- mary veins of the leaves 1-5 mm. apart (6-12 mm. in S. cathayense). H. Flower-buds with obvious calyx-lobes, abruptly contracted into a stalk-like base; gelieeoe beara ) (usually two) 2-4 mm. within 2 oa 2 |: So ca ee a ares 29. S. uereontiats ink cca with inconspicuous calyx-lobes, gradually tapering to the base; —e- vein scarcely 1 mm. within the margin I. Leaves lanceolate, 4.5-10 cm. long; primary veins strongly ascending. 30. S. sterrophyllum I. Leaves not lanceolate, or if so, not more than 5 cm. long; primary veins spreading- ascending. J. Flowers pedicelled; branches of the in- florescence usually ascending. K. Leaves rounded to acutish at = apex, 1-5 cm. long; primary veins 10-21 on each side of the midrib, 1.5-3 mm. apart. L. Leaves subcoriaceous with rela- tively large pellucid pustula- tions; submarginal vein obvi- ous; primary veins 16-21, obvious ....... 31. S. Handelii L. Leaves subcoriaceous to coria- ceous with minute or obsolete pustulations ; primary veins 10- 14, more or less obscure M. Leaves often verticillate, occa- sionally opposite and alter- nate, 1-3 cm. long, about 1/3 as broad ....32. S. Grijsit M. isin chiefly opposite, if as as in S. Grijsit, usually cs rounded. 33. S. buxifolium K. Leaves acuminate at the apex, 4-7 cm. g; primary veins 16-23 on either side of midrib, 2-3 mm. rt. S. buxifolium var. austrosinense 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 213 J. Flowers sessile; branches of the inflo- rescence often strongly divaricate. K. Flowers and leaves appearing to- gether (inflorescence apparently leafy); upper surface of leaves with midrib, primary and submar- ginal veins impressed, punct 34. S. salwinense K. Flowers appearing after leaves; upper surface of leaves with only the midrib impressed, obscurely piunctate «6s. 40 5. S. ssemaoense F. Branchlets terete or slightly ae ae to sulcate, occasionally obscurely tetragonou G. Leaves large, with very open Tengen primary veins + 10 mm. apart. H. Inflorescence chiefly terminal; flower-bud ob- conical, 2-2.5 mm. high; branchlets whitish. 22. yunnanense H. Inflorescence occasionally terminal; flower-bud turbinate with thickish pseudostipe, 3-4 mm high; branchlets brownish. 24. S. tetragonum G. Leaves.smaller with primary veins rarely more than 9 mm. apart. H. Leaves ules rounded subcordate base, practi- CANlY S686) Ox rrtitessus aces 36. S. Bullockit H. Leaves eens to petiolar base or petiole. I. Secondary venation almost as prominent as the primary (leaves closely veined). J. Inflorescence 3-10 cm. high, flowers usually clustered at the tips of the branches. K. Flower-buds 5-6 mm. high, sub- globose at the apex or obovoid and narrowed into a pseudostipe. L. Petiole 7-10 mm. long ; calyx-lobes about 2 mm. high. 27. S. Augustinit L. Petiole 15-20 mm. long; calyx- lobes about 0.5 mm. high. 37. S. Forrestii K. Flower-buds 2.5-3 mm. high, obconi- cal, without pseudostipe. 28. S. fruticosum J. Inflorescence 1-4 cm. high, flowers usu- ally single at tips of the branches, or, 214 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. xXIx if a. in triads, one sessile and two pedice K. ie neat scarcely more than 1 cm. high with branches 1-1.5 mm. long; flower-bud 5 mm. long, 3.54 mm. in diameter at apex; calyx- lobes about 1 mm. long. 38. S. brachythyrsum kK. Inflorescence 2-4 cm. high, usually with secondary branches; flowers 3 mm. long, apex 2 mm. in diam- eter; calyx-lobes scarcely 0.5 mm. 1 39. S. Chunianum I. Secondary venation not at all prominent. J. Leaves linear-oblong, rounded at the apex; flowers isis . S. fluviatile J. Leaves not _ ee 8 pedi- cellate or sessile. K. Flowers panne pedicellate. L. Bark brownish; venation of the leaves © obscure; inflorescence chiefly terminal or in the upper axils; flower-buds about 5 mm. long ....41. S. kwangtungense L. Bark greyish-white; venation of the leaves evident; inflorescence chiefly axillary or lateral in the axils of fallen leaves; flower- buds about 3 mm. lon 42. S. euonymatoleum K. Flowers very short-pedicellate or sessile. L. Inflorescence 2—4 cm. high, fairly open; secondary venation of the leaves often obvious. 39, S. Chunianum L. Inflorescence usually not more than 2 cm. high, fairly compact. M. Primary veins parallel, some- what transverse; calyx-lobes at least 1 mm. long. 38. S. brachythyrsum M. Primary veins oblique; calyx- mm. or less long. N. Flower-bud scarcely more 1938 | MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 215 than 2 mm. high, usually a stamens ver short (+ 1 mm. long). 43. S. Hancet N. Flower-bud 2.5-4 mm. long, scarcely, if at all, angled; stamens 2-3 mm. long O. Leaves roundish-elliptic, abruptly contracted into a short (3-5 mm. long) obtuse acumen; inflorescence _ termi- nal; branchlets sul- cate ....44. S. Howti O. Leaves elliptic, usually not so abruptly acumi- nate (acumen + 10 mm. yg); inflo- rescence axillary and terminal; branchlets compressed. 45. S. Rehderianum » 1. Syzygium malaccense (Linn.) comb. nov. Eugenta malaccensis Linn. Sp. Pl. 470. 1753; Kurz, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 1: 493. 1877; Duthie in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2:471. 1878; Forbes i Hemsl. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 297. 1887; Hemsl. Jor: Linn. Soc. Bot. 30: 177. 1894; Koord. & Val. Meded. Lands Plant. 40: 55. 1900 (Bijdr. Boomsoort. Java 6:55); King, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 70(2): 82. 1901 (Mater. Fl. Malay. Penin. 3: 512); Merr. = Jour. Sci. Bot. 9: 121. 1914; Koord. & Val. Atlas Baumart. Java 3: f. 445. 1914; Merr. Herb. Amboin. 398. 1917; Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Iaido: Chine 2: 839. 1921; Ridl. Fl. Malay Penin. 1: 724. 1922; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 651. 1931; Kanehira, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 45: 334. 1931, Jour. Dept. Agric. Roch Univ. 4: 380. 1935. Eugenia macrophylla Lam. Encycl. 3: 196. 1789. Jambosa malaccensis DC. Prodr. 3: 286. 1828; Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechey’s Voy. 188. 1833; Wight & Arn. Prodr. 1: 332. 1834; Hook. Bot. Mag. 74: ; oo 1848; Wight, Ill. 2: ¢. 98. 1841; Diels, Bot. Jahrb. 56: 532. 1921. Jambosa purpurascens DC. Prodr. 3: 286. 1828, quoad syn. Roxb. Eugenia purpurea Roxb, Fl. Ind. ed. 2, 2: 483. 1832; Wight, Ic. 2: t. 549. 1843. Eugenia malaccensis Linn. var. purpurea Duthie in Hook. f. FI. Brit. Ind. 2: 472. 1878. Jambosa domestica Blume, Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 1: 91. Caryophyllus malaccensis W. F. Wight ex Safford, ae U. S. Nat. Herb. 9: 217. 1905. 216 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. X1x Reported from southern China by Hooker and Arnott and also by Forbes and Hemsley, on the basis of specimens collected during Beechey’s Voyage; these would have been from an introduced and culti- vated tree, probably at Macao. Native of some part of the Indo- Malaysian region, now more or less pantropic in cultivation; we have seen no Chinese material that is referable to this strongly characterized species. 2. Syzygium latilimbum (Merr.) comb. nov. Eugenia latilimba Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 13: 64. 1934. HAINAN, Wang 33965; Yaichow, How 70575, 71075, April 23, July 21, 1933, in woods by stream; Po-ting, Ling Shui, Ko 52169; Chim Shan, Fan Maan Ts’uen, McClure 20098 (type in Herb. New York Bot. Gard.), May 4—20, 1932. Syzygium latilimbum is readily separated from the other Chinese species of this group by the oblong-elliptic leaves which are rounded or slightly cordate at the base, and by its very large flowers. In addition to the above cited material we have a collection from Yunnan, Szemao, Henry 11945, which appears to be a close relative. Its leaves are scarcely more than half as wide, gradually acuminate and more obviously glandular-punctate. Although this collection does not match any species represented in the material at hand, it is too frag- mentary to characterize as a distinct species without supplementary specimens. Arb. 19: 115 Myrtus bipsedeaitied Blume, Bijdr. 1084. 1826. Jambosa sam gensis DC, Pr odr. 3: 286. 1828. pes pm Lam. Encycl. 3: 200. 1789; Kurz, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 46(2): 69. 1877, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 1: 494. 1877; Duthie in Hook. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 474. 1878; King, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 70(2): 81. 1901 (Mater. Fl. Malay. Penin. 3:511); Merr. Philip. Jour. Sci. Bot. 9: 120. 1914, Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amboin. 395: 1917; Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 837. 1921; Ridley, Fl. Malay Penin. 1: 726. 1922; Guillaumin, Jour. Arnold Arb. 12 255. 1931; Kanehira, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 45: 334. 1931; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 647. 1931; Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 13:41. 1934; non Syzygium javanicum Miq. Kwancrtunce, Tong 98 (S. ¥. U. 6209); Honam Island, Lau 4 (L. U. 18405); Heungshan, Chun 98. An introduced and planted species here. Native of Malaysia, widely distributed in the Old World tropics. Unfortunately the currently used specific name javanica is preoccupied a ecu samarangense (Blume) Merr. & Perry, Jour. Arnold 1938. 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 217 in Syzygium, S. javanicum Miq. (1855) being a totally different species based on a Javan specimen collected by Horsfield. 4. Syzygium polypetaloideum sp. nov. Arbor parva, 3-5 m. alta; ramulis novellis paulum subcompressis, ferrugineis; foliis lineari-lanceolatis, 6-13 cm. longis, 1.5—2 cm. latis, utrinque angustatis, subcoriaceis, pellucido-punctatis, venis primariis utrinque 10-19, supra obscuris, subtus prominulis, secus marginem in venam submarginalem confluentibus, venulis laxe reticulatis; petiolo 5-7 mm. longo; inflorescentiis terminalibus, 6-8 cm. longis, paucifloris, ramis paucis, + 2 cm. longis; floribus magnis, alabastris obovoideis, circiter 15 mm. longis, apice 10-12 mm. latis; calycis lobis 4, circiter 5 mm. longis, semi-orbicularibus, petalis 4, liberis, staminibus elongatis, antheris elliptico-oblongis, 1 mm. longis; fructibus subglobosis, circiter 1.7 cm. latis, seminibus 3—4. Kwancs1, Bako Shan, W. Poseh, Ching 7637, September 24, 1928, by open stream side, 600 m. alt.: YUNNAN, Red River bank, Beauvais 826, Maupan, Henry 10716, 10716A (type in Herb. Arnold Arb.). This species superficially resembles Eugenia polypetala Wight. It differs in having opposite leaves with primary veins less remote and more divergent, terminal inflorescence and corolla of only four petals. 5. Syzygium Jambos (L.) Alston in Trimen, Fl. Ceyl. 6(Suppl.): 115. 1931; Merr. & Perry, Jour. Arnold Arb. 19: 114, 1938. Eugenia Jambos L. Sp. Pl. 470. 1753; Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 307. 1790, ed. Willd. 375. 1793; Willd. Sp. Pl. 2: 959. 1800; Roxb. FI. Ind. ed. 2, 2: 494, 1832; Wight, Ill. 2: 14. 1841; Kurz, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 46(2): 69. 1877, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 1: 495. 1877; Duthie in Hook. f. FI. Brit. Ind. 2: 474. 1878; Forbes & Hemsl. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 297. 1887; King, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 70(2): 82. 1901 (Mater. Fl. Malay. Penin. 3: 512); Dunn & Tutcher, Kew Bull. Add. Ser. 10: 104. 1912; Merr. Herb. Amboin. 397. 1917; Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- Chine 2: 834. 1921; Ridley, Fl. Malay Penin. 1: 724. 1922; Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 5: 136. 1927; Walker, Lingnan Sci. Jour. 6: 133. 1928; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 647. 1931; Merr. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 24(2): 285. 1935. E. malaccensis sensu Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 306. 1790, ed. Willd. 374. 1793, non Linn. Myrtus Jambos HBK. Nov. Gen. Sp. Pl. 6: 144. 1823. Jambosa vulgaris DC. Prodr. 3: 286. 1828; Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechey’s Voy. 188. 1833; Wight & Arn. Prodr. 1: 332. 1834; Hook. Bot. Mag. 61: t. 3356. 1834; Wight, Ic. 2: ¢. 435. 1843; Benth. Fl. Hongk. 120. 1861 Vahose Jambos Millsp. Field Columb. Mus. Bot. 2: 80. 1900. FUKIEN, Changchow, White Cloud Hill, Chung 1148 ; Foochow City, 218 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIx Chung 2381, 2697: KwanctTune, without locality, Chun 6132, 9785, 40188, Hu (S. Y. U. 20794), Lau 223, Liang 61872, Ng 101, Tso 20088, Wang 30496; Ying-Tak, Liang 60549; Yeung-kong, Wang 38818; Honam Island, Levine 357, 427 ; Lofoushan, Chun 40510; Canton, White Cloud Hill, Tso 20007; vicinity of Canton, Levine 627, 3217: Honc- KONG, Wright s.n., Bodinier s.n., Chun 5610, 5144, Wang 32392, Gibbs (Hb. Hongkong 7440), Tsiang 356: YUNNAN, Tsiang 12647 (S.Y.U. 73450): Hainan, Wang 36437, Liang 64518; south of Fan Ta, McClure 9156, Pak Shik Ling and vicinity, Ching Mai District, Lei 308 ; Hung Mo Shan and vicinity, Lai, Tsang & Fung 414 (L. U. 17948); Na Lin Shan, Taam Chau District, Tsang 152 (L. U. 16901); Sha Po Shan, Tsang 431 (L. U. 17180); Chim Shan, Fan Maan Ts’uen, Ling Shui District, McClure 20129. Many of the Hainan collections are reported as from trees growing near streams. Syzygium Jambos var. oo (Gagnep.) Merr. & Perry, Jour. Arnold Arb. 19: 114. E gates Jambos 1., var. a Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl, Gén. Indo- Chine 2: 835. 1921. aantear. Ng 101,in part (S. Y. U. 27508, 67794). Unfortunately, since the label is written in Chinese characters, we do not know in what locality the specimens were collected. Gagnepain reports the variety from Hongkong. It differs from the species in the rounded leaf-base and the compact inflorescence. It is well to add, how- ever, that there is a specimen in the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, collected by Bodinier in Happy Valley, Hongkong, March, 1894, which has rather broad leaves with rounded base but the inflorescence is open. Native of the Indo-Malaysian region, now pantropic in cultivation. 6. Syzygium brachyantherum sp. nov. Arbor 3-12 m. alta; ramulis teretibus vel subcompressiusculis; foliis anguste ellipticis, 8-14 cm. longis, 2.5—5 cm. latis, basi obtusis, apice obtuse vel abrupte acuminatis, acumine 1-1.5 cm. longo, subcoriaceis glanduloso-punctatis, siccis subtus pallido-brunneis, venis primariis 12-19 utrinque prominulis secus marginem arcuatim confluentibus, venulis laxe reticulatis, petiolo 8-14 mm. longo; inflorescentiis terminali- bus 5-10 cm. longis latisque, ramis gracilibus, divaricatis, 2—5 cm. longis, ultimis + 1 cm. longis; floribus magnis, alabastris obovoideis 12-14 mm. longis, apice 10-11 mm. latis; calycis lobis 4 semiorbicularibus circiter 5 mm. longis, 6 mm. latis, petalis liberis, staminibus elongatis, antheris late ellipticis 0.6-1 mm. longis; fructibus obovoideo-globosis 2 cm. diametro. 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 219 YUNNAN, Szemao, Henry 12651, 12091, 12091A, 12091B; Ping-pien- Hsien, Tsai 61322, July 28, 1934, in ravine 360 m. alt.: Harnan, Fan Yah, Chun & Tso 44077, October 19, 1932, 730 m. alt.; Ngo Ko Shan, Ch’ang-kiang District, Law 1894 (type in Herb. Arnold Arb.), June 8, 1933: Yaichow, Liang 62614, 63154, August 15 and September 26, 1933; Five Finger Mountain, McClure 8425, December 9, 1921. This species is closely allied to S. Jambos (L.) Alston, but it is clearly distinct in its long-petioled and slenderly elliptic leaves and its open and often widely branching inflorescence; the flowers are smaller with shorter pseudostipes and somewhat shorter anthers than in the latter species. 7. Syzygium imitans Merr. & Perry, Jour. Arnold Arb, 19: 113. 1938. Kwancsl, Shap Man Taai Shan, Tsang 24111, 24327. Indo-China. This species is very much like S. brachyantherum Merr. & Perry in general appearance. The inflorescence, however, is rather crowded and has much shorter ultimate branchlets with slightly smaller flowers. The leaves are more glandular and practically all show a secondary sub- marginal vein, the main one being very distinct. The average length of the petiole is as long as that of the longer ones in S. brachyantherum. 8. Syzygium Boisianum (Gagnep.) Merr. & Perry, Jour. Arnold Arb. 19: 115. 1938. Euae nia Boisiana Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 318. 1917 et in Lecomte, FI. Indo-Chine 2: 840, f. 87. 1921. ne Po-ting, How 72784, June 8, 1935, in forest at 360 m. alt. This species is reported for the first time from China. The collection appears to differ from the Indo-Chinese material only in its somewhat larger leaves. Eugenia Boisiana is characterized by Gagnepain as having 10 petals; we suggest that the number is variable, and if used as a key-character, it needs further consideration and support. 9. Syzygium Championii (Benth.) comb. nov. Acmena Championii Benth. Jour. Bot. Kew Gard. Miscel. 4: 118. 1852 Walp. Ann. 4: 840. 1857; Benth. Fl. Hongk. 119. 1861. Eugenia Henry Hance, Jour. pe 23.7, 1885. Eugenia Championii Hemsl. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 296, 1887; Dunn & Tutcher, Kew Bull. Add. Ser. 10: 105. 1912; Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 13: 41. 1934. Eugenia Maclurei Merr. Philip. Jour. Sci. 21: 350. 1922, Lingnan Sci. Jour. 5: 136. 1927. KWaANGTUNG, without locality, Sun Yatsen University 5416, Chun 40107; Yeungchun, Wang 38740; Shi-wan-da-shan, Tso 23531; Ying- Tak, Wentongshan, Liang 61042; Lokcheong, Ko 51123; Sunyi, Wang 37725; Fan Shiu Au and vicinity, Wung Yuen District, Law 2751; 220 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. xIx Yoongyuen, Lau 25023; Loufoushan, Chun 40430, 40457, Tsiang 1697, Ko 52447, 52459, 53520; Toishan, Tso 22390: HoncKonc, Sargent s. n.; below Bowen Road, Ford s. n., October 16, 1893; Happy Valley, Bodinier 670: WKwancst, Pingnan, Wang 39980, Seh-feng, Dar Shan, S. Nanning, Ching 8094; Shap Man Taai Shan, southeast of Shang-sze, Tsang 24132, 24555, 24693: Hainan, Po-ting, How 73417, 73597, 73859; Tai Un, McClure 7678, October 26, 1921 (type of E. Maclurei) ; Dung Ka to Wen Fa Shi, Chun & Tso 43858; Dung Ka, Chun & Tso 43917. In the material at hand we have not found any tangible differences by which Eugenia Henryi Hance and E. Maclurei Merr. can be main- tained as separate species. A full discussion of the identity of Bentham’s species may be found in Lingnan Sci. Jour. 13:41, 1934. Briefly, the original description in- cluded two distinct species; one with smaller pale leaves, narrowly clavate calyces and 4-angled branchlets; the other with slightly larger dark brown leaves, ellipsoid fruits and terete branchlets. The first Merrill designated as true E. Championii (Benth.) Hemsl., as it is that part of the material with Acmena characters on which the original description was based, as Acmena was interpreted by Bentham, i. e., that group of species characterized by elongated rather slender calyx tubes that gradu- ally taper to the base. 10. Syzygium stenocladum sp. nov. Arbor + 12 m. alta; ramulis cinereis subcompressis vel teretibus; foliis anguste ellipticis 4-7 cm. longis, 1.5-3 cm. latis, coriaceis, basi acuminatis, apice obtuse acuminatis recurvatisque, glandulis minutis impressis conspersis, utrinque subconcoloribus, costa supra impressa, venis primariis gracilibus inconspicuis, valde ascendentibus, 2-4 mm. remotis, venulis laxe reticulatis, petiolo 5-7 mm. longo; inflorescentiis terminalibus axillaribusque paucifloris, rachi 5-10 mm. longo; calycis tubo clavato, basi stipitato, 12-13 mm. longo, crebre glanduloso, lobis 0.4 mm. altis. Hainan, Ue Lung Ling, Ch’ang-kiang District, Law 1454, (type in Herb. Arnold Arb.), April 4, 1933. This species is characterized by its slender grayish-white branchlets, the leaves with a recurving apex and strongly ascending primary veins. The calyx is copiously glandular and inclined to be sulcate when dry. The corolla and most of the stamens have already fallen. Two nearly mature fruiting collections, Hainan, Yaichow, How 70640, May 1, 1933; Ka Chik Shan and vicinity, Ch’ang-kiang District, Lau 1638, April 26, 1933, are very closely allied, having grayish-white 1938 ] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 221 branchlets and very short and sparsely flowered inflorescences. How 70640 apparently differs only in having the primary veins of the leaves spreading-ascending. Lau 1638 has larger thicker leaves more profusely punctate above as well as spreading-ascending primary veins. Possibly both collections are but forms of S. stenocladum. 11. Syzygium rysopodum sp. nov. Arbor 14-20 m. alta; ramulis fuscis, subcompressis; foliis ellipticis, 4.5—9 cm. longis, 1.7—3.6 cm. latis, utrinque angustatis, basi obtusis, apice abrupte acuminatis, acumine 5-10 mm. longo, firmis nitidis, coriaceis, olivaceis, subtus pallidis, glandulis minutis impressis conspersis, costa supra impressa, venis primariis + conspicuis 2—4 mm. remotis in venam unicam secus marginem confluentibus; petiolo 9-14 mm. longo, trans- versim corrugato; cymis terminalibus et in axillis superioribus usque ad 6 cm. longis, alabastris ignotis; calycis lobis 5, 0.5-0.8 mm. longis vix 1 mm. latis, obtusiusculis, tubo 12 mm. longo, 4 mm. lato, longitudinaliter rugoso, late clavato, breviter stipitato, staminibus numerosis, antheris suborbicularibus, vix 0.4 mm. longis, stylo 4.5—-5 mm. longo; fructibus pyriformibus vel ellipsoideis, circiter 1 cm. longis. Hainan, Liang 65063, February 21, 1933, shaded forest, midway up the mountain; Po-ting, How 73669 (type in Herb. Arnold Arb.), Sep- tember 14, 1935, ravine in forest at about 480 m. alt.; Yaichow, How & Chun 70137; Mo San Leng, Chun & Tso 44316. A rather distinct species with the longitudinally wrinkled calyx as its obvious character. The flowers of the type-specimen have already passed anthesis. The fruit is red with one or two seeds and the embryo is similar to that found in the seeds of the other clavate-flowered species of Syzygium. 12. Syzygium clavifiorum (Roxb.) Wall. List no. 3575. 1931, nomen nudum ; Cowan & Cowan, Trees North. Bengal 67. 1929. ae claviflora Roxb. Hort. Bengal. 37. 1814, nomen nudum, FI, Ind. 2, 2: 488. 1832; Wight, Ic. 2: ¢. 606. 1843; Kurz, Jour. As. Soc. Bene 46(2): 65. 1877, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 1: 480. 1877; Duthie in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 484. 1878; King, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 70(2): 107. 1901 (Mater. Fl. Malay. Penin. So: 567) 3 Craibs #12 Siam, Enum. 1: 635. 1931; Merr. & Chun, Sunyat. 2: 43. 1934 Hainan, Liang 65221, 65372, Wang 36691; Po T’eng Shi (BoDeng) and vicinity, Ling Shui District, Fung 20020; Chim Shan, Fan Maan Ts’uen, McClure 20128; near Po-ting, Liang 61602; Tun Shan Lin, Manyun, Ko 52125 ; Chung Ngo Shan, Ch’ang-kiang District, Lau 3355 ; I Kap Shan and vicinity, Tan District, Law 1189; Chim Fung Ling, Kan-en District, Lau 3424; Yaichow, How & Chun 70206, How 70665. 222 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM (VOL. XIX This material is reasonably constant in floral characters, texture and venation of leaves, and color of bark. Although the leaves show a strong tendency to be elliptic rather than lanceolate as in the original descrip- tion, the collections compare favorably with specimens available to us from Chittagong, the type-locality of this species. Burma, Siam, Indo- China, and the Malay Peninsula. 13. Syzygium leptanthum (Wight) Niedenzu in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(7): 85. 1893. Eugenia le ta ies Ill. 2: 15. 1841, Ic. 2: t. 528. 1843; Kurz, Jour. As. : al 46(2): 65. 1877, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 1: 480. 1877; Duthie in Hook, f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 484. 1878; Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 833. 1921; non Benth. (1840). Eugenta claviflora var. leptantha ing, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 70(2): 108. 1901 (Mater. Fl. Malay. Penin. 3: 538). Eugenta leptalea Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 649, 1931. YUNNAN, Szemao, Henry 12860, 12921, 12921A. Most of the flowers on these specimens have already opened, but, of the remaining buds, two dissected had eight petals each. Among the species of Syzygium with clavate flowers and small calyx-lobes (+ 1 mm. high), as far as we know, only S. Boisianum (Gagnep.) Merr. & Perry and S. Wightianum Wight have been reported as having more than the usual number (4—5) of petals. The first is readily excluded on foliar characters; likewise the second, if the material of that species in our herbarium (Pen. Ind. Or., Hb. Wight 1036, distr. Royal Gardens, Kew 1866-7, and Malabar, Concan, Stocks, Law) may be regarded as authentic. On the other hand, our specimens are fairly comparable to Griffith (Herb. East India Co. 2367, distr. Royal Gardens, Kew, 1861-2) cited by King, l. c., as EF. claviflora var. leptantha King (in the Griffith collec- tion there was at least one flower with eight petals), i. e., S. leptanthum (Wight) Ndz. and, provisionally we are placing our collections in this species. We are not greatly assured as to its true identity nor as to that of S. claviflorum Wall. Our nearest approach to the original of each is found in the descriptions and in Wight, Ic. t. 528 and t. 606. The first illustration shows a flowering branch natural size; ¢. 606 is a copy of Roxburgh’s original drawing without reference to size. Doubt as to the identity of the two must have existed in Wight’s mind since ¢. 528 is labeled Eugenia (A) claviflora ? Roxb. although his legend is Eugenia (A) leptantha (R. W.). We note that S. leptanthum (Wight) Ndz., as meagerly represented in our herbarium by six sheets, tends to have 1938 ] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 223 slightly smaller leaves and often smaller flowers than those shown in Wight’s plate. 14. Syzygium Rockii sp. nov. Arbor + 12 m. alta; ramulis tetragonis subfuliginosis; foliis ellipticis, coriaceis, nitidis, olivaceis, supra pallidis, 8-10 cm. longis, 2.5—3.5 ¢ latis, basi obtusiusculis, apice obtuse acuminatis, acumine + 1 cm. longo, subtus glandulis minutis conspersis; costa subtus prominente, venis primariis utrinque vix elevatis, 2-3 mm. remotis, ad marginem in venam unicam confluentibus, venulis laxe reticulatis; petiolo + 1 cm. longo; paniculis terminalibus et in axillis superioribus, 5-10 cm. altis, ramulis ultimis brevibus; floribus glomerulatis, alabastris 8-9 mm. longis, apice 2.5 mm. diametro; calycis tubo glaucescente, lobis 1-1.5 mm. longis, obtuse triangularibus, antheris late orbiculatis; stylo + 3 mm. longo. YUNNAN, Muang Hing plain, between Muang Hing and Szemao and the Szemao hills proper, Rock 2742 (type in Herb. Arnold Arb.), March 2, 1922. A very distinct species belonging to the Leptomyrtus group, and char- acterized by long slender caducous bracts, glaucous calyces and 4-angled branchlets. The inflorescence is widely branching with the tips of the branches subdividing, very slightly elongating and bearing flowers in glomerules or fascicles. 15. Syzygium tephrodes (Hance) comb. nov. ics ty abe Hance, Jour. Bot. 23: 7. 1885; Forbes & Hemsl. Jour. Soc. Bot. 23: 298. 1887; Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 5: 137. 1927. Pane , Henry 8258, Moninger 51, Liang 63738, 64932, Wang 33411; near Ka-chik, Henry 162 (type in Herb. Brit. Mus.; phot. and aan imprint) ; ne ehoy, Liang 61953, 63098; Tai Un, MeChies 7828; Po- ting, How 72816, 73350; Mo San Leng, Chun & Tso 44394; Tung Koo Shan and vicinity, Wen-ch’ang District, Fung 20351; Mei Maan and vicinity, Lez 10; Pak Shik Ling and vicinity, Ching Mai District, Lez 696. In the characters of the branchlets, inflorescence and fruit, S. tephrodes and S. Tsoongti are very much alike. The branchlets of the former may more nearly approach a winged condition at or just below the nodes and the flowers of the latter may have a little longer pseudostipe, but these differences are only in degree or scarcely worth mentioning. The foliar characters, however, are definitely those of distinct species; the leaves of S. tephrodes (Hance) are ovate or elongate-ovate with a rounded, emargi- nate, or subcordate base; whereas, those of S. Tsoongii are narrowly oblong with an acute base. 224 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. x1x 16. Syzygium Tsoongii (Merr.) Merr. & Perry, Jour. Arnold Arb. 19: 112. 1938 Eugenia leucocarpa Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 327. 1918 et in Fl. Gén. Indo- Chine 2: 828. 1921, non Merr. 1 Eugenia Tsoongit Merr. Philip. Jour. Sci. 21: 504. 1922. KwanctunG, Yamchow, Tsoong 1867 (C. C. C. 3748) (type of E. Tsoongu in Herb. Manila): Hainan, Liang 64157, Wang 33342, 36838 ; Dung Ka to Wen Fa Shi, Chun & Tso 43676, 43688, in thicket by stream at about 500 m. alt.; Po-ting, How 72810, 73714; Yaichow, How 70528, Liang 62020; Lokwui, How 72270; Chung Kon, Gressitt 1034. Indo- China. How 72270 varies a little from the other specimens cited in having broader leaves somewhat tapering at the apex. Eugenia leucocarpa Gagnep. and E. Tsoongii Merr., described inde- pendently, are apparently the same species. Although Gagnepain’s is the earlier name, owing to the fact that it is a later homonym of E£. leucocarpa Merr. Philip. Jour. Sci. Bot. 11: 23. 1916, it must be rejected. 17. Syzygium zeylanicum (L.) DC. Prodr. 3: 260. 1828; Merr. & Perry, Jour. Arnold Arb. 19: 101. 1938. Myrtus zeylanica Linn. Sp. Pl. 472. 1753. Eugenia spicata Lam. Encycl. 3: 201. 1789; Sa & Val. Meded. Lands Plant. 40: 122. 1900 (Bijdr. Boomsoort. Java ae). Eugenia zeylanica Wight, Ill. 2:15, 1841; oe in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 485. 1878; King, Jour. As. Soc, Bengal 70(2): 108. (Mater. FI. Malay. Penin. 3: 538); Gagnep. in Lecomte, FI. Indo-Chine 2: 804. 1920; Merr. Enum. Born. Pl. 434. 1921 - Rid. FI Malay Penin. 2: 738. 1922; non Willd. Sysygium bracteatum Korth. Nederl. Kruidk. Arch. 1: 205. 1847. Eugenia varians Miq. Anal. Bot. Ind. 1: 21. 1850. Syzygium coarctatum Blume ex Migq. 1. c., in syn., excl. syn. S. rugosum orth. Eugenia myrttfolia sensu Miq. Anal. “es - 1: 20. 1850, non Roxb. Myrtus lepidocarpa Korth. ex Miq. l.c Syzygium myrtifolium Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1): 456. 1855. Jambosa bracteata Migq. op. cit. 437, Eugenia anttse ptica sensu Ridl. Jour. Bot. 68: 17. 1930, non O. Ktze. KwANcGTuUNG, Chun 51635, July 18, 1931; Sunyi District, Wang 32075; Yeungchun, Wang 38666. India and Ceylon to Burma and Indo-China, southward to Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. Syzygium zeylanicum DC. and S. odoratum DC. are very closely re- lated species. In the former, however, the leaves are usually more rounded-cuneate at base and the primary veins are more spreading- ascending; the flowers are usually a little larger with slightly longer calyx-lobes and there is a tendency for the calyx-tube to be verruculose. 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 225 18. Syzygium odoratum (Lour.) DC. Prodr. 3: 260. 1828; Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechey’s Voy. 187. 1833; Benth. Fl. Hongk. 119. 1861; Merr. & Perry, Jour. Arnold Arb. 19: 102. 1938. Opa odorata Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 309. 1790; Moore, Jour. Bot. 63: 283. 1925; non Eugenia odorata Berg. Eugenia Millettiana Hemsl. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 28: 297. 1887; Merr. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 24(2): 285. 1935, Lingnan Sci. Jour. 14: 41. 1935. Eugenia Deckeri Gagnep. Not. Syst. 3: 323. 1918 et in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 807. 1920. CHINA, without locality, ex herb. Lindley: KWANGTUNG, Canton, Arnott s. n.; Pon-tan, Hoi Kong District, Luichow, Tstang 2549, 25900; Kouang-tcheou, Decker 15 (type of E. Deckeri Gagnep.) ; Lappa Island, near Macao, Hance 1314: Honcxone, Sha-tin, New Territory, Chun 4944, 5114: Harnan, Po-ting, How 73460; Wong Kam Shan, Ngai District, Law 564. CocHin-Cuina, photograph of the type of Opa odorata Lour., original in the herbarium of the British Museum. A complete discussion of this species under the name Eugenia Millet- tiana Hemsl. may be found in Merrill, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 24(2): 285. 1935, Loureiro’s specific name odorata being invalid in Eugenia. Confusion in the concept of the species arose owing to the fact that the collections cited by Hemsley (and therefore accepted as correct) repre- sent this and a very different species which has since been described as Eugenia Levinei Merr. Nomenclaturally, when no original description is given, the name must be interpreted from the synonymy rather than from erroneously named specimens. Hooker & Arnott suggested the possibility of S. lucidum Gaertn. as a synonym and Seemann accepted it as such, but Britten (Jour. Bot. 58: 151. 1920) points out that S. lucidum Gaertn, is an Australian species and not identical with the one in question. Loureiro’s specific name is valid in Syzygium but is invalid in Eugenia. Doctor F. Gagnepain very kindly sent us a leaf and a flower of the type of Eugenia Deckeri Gagnep. As we had already suspected, true Syzygium odoratum DC. is the species represented. Further, it is to be noted that Kouang-tcheou, where Gagnepain’s type was collected, is the small French possession just northeast of Luichow Peninsula in Kwang- tung Province, China, and is hence geographically a part of China not of Indo-China. Eugenia Millettiana sensu Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gen. Indo-Chine 2: 823. 1920, is S. Levinei (Merr.) Merr. & Perry. 19. Syzygium araiocladum sp. nov. Arbuscula + 1 m. alta; ramulis teretibus vel subcompressis, gracillimis 226 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIx ferrugineis; foliis coriaceis, 3-5 cm. longis, 0.6-1.5 cm. latis, lanceolatis, basi acutis vel obtusiusculis, apice longissime obtuseque acuminatis, acumine 1.5—2 cm. longo, subtus glandulis minutis impressis conspersis ad marginem crebris, costa supra impressa, venis primariis vix perspicuis, + 2 mm. remotis, petiolo 2-3 mm. longo; inflorescentiis terminalibus et in axillis superioribus, + 2.5 cm. longis, paucifloris; alabastris clavatis 7-8 mm. longis, apice 2—2.5 mm. latis, basi longe stipitatis; calycis tubo glaucescente, lobis vix 0.5 mm. longis, deltoideis, antheris orbiculatis, stylo + 4 mm. longo; fructibus ignotis. KWANGsI, Shap Man Taai Shan, near Hoh Lung Village, southeast of Shang-sze, Kwangtung Border, Shang-sze District, Tsang 22482, 22559 (type in Herb. Arnold Arb.), June, 1933. This species is apparently related to Syzygium odoratum DC. It is, however, a smaller shrub with very slender almost thread-like branchlets and strikingly different leaves. The tip of the leaf is practically linear and almost as long as the rest of the blade; the lower surface is sparsely dotted with minute glands which become very abundant close to the margin, and more or less form a marginal row. Then, too, the pseudo- stipe of the flower is longer and more slender than that of any other Chinese species of the Leptomyrtus group. 20. Syzygium myrsinifolium (Hance) comb. nov. Eugenia myrsinifolia Hance, Jour. Bot. 23: 8. 1885; Forbes & Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 297. 1887; Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 5: 137. 1927 Hainan, Henry (type in Herb. Brit. Mus.; carbon imprint), Liang 64578, January 13, 1934, margin of stream, Wang 33343, 34274, 35429, Dung Ka, Chun & Tso 43520, along stream, about 500 m. alt.; Tungkap, Tingan, Ko 52286, January 5, 1932; Hung Mo Shan, Tsang & Fung 420 (L. U. 17954), 669 (L. U. 18203), Tsang, Tang & Fung 176 (L. U. 17707), May 15, 1929; Nga Wan, McClure 8347, December 6, 1921; Five Finger Mountain, McClure 8525, December 18, 1921; near Shui Mun, McClure 3085 (C. C. C. 9637), May 15, 1922, shady ravine, edge of mountain stream, 600-650 m. alt.; Seven Finger Mountains, Liang 61756, May 5, 1932; Yaichow, Liang 62529, August 11, 1933; between T’ang K’iu (Din-kio) and Po T’eng Shi (BoDeng), Ngai District, McClure 20039, April-May, 1932; Sama Kong and vicinity, McClure 20039, April-May, 1932; Po-ting, How 72173, 73716. Syzygium myrsinifolium (Hance) Merr. & Perry and S. Levinei (Merr.) Merr. & Perry are the only two described Chinese species of Syzygium which do not have glabrous inflorescences. They are quite unlike as to flowers and foliage. The first has slenderly obovoid flower- 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 227 buds about 6 mm. long and oblong leaves; the second has turbinate flower-buds near 4 mm. long and elliptic to ovate-elliptic leaves. 2%, st li Levinei (Merr.) Merr. & Perry, Jour. Arnold Arb. 19: 110. 1938 Eugenia Levinei Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 18: 39. 1934. Eugenia Millettiana sensu Dunn & Tutcher, Kew Bull. Add. Ser. 10: 105. 1912; Gagnep. in Lecomte Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 823. 1920; McClure, Lingnan Univ. Sci. Bull. 3: 30. 1931; non Hemsl. KwancTun, without locality, Chun 5145, 9849, 40126; vicinity of Canton, Kwok 80453, Wang 30559; Lantau Island, McClure 13107, Tsang 16638; Lofoushan, Chun 40502, 40963, Ko 52422, Ford s. n., Merrill 10713 (type in Herb. Manila), August 28, 1917; Toishan, Tso 22540; Ting Woo Shan, Kao-Yao District, Law 20245; Poon Ue, Paak Shan, Kwok 6803; Poon Yue District, Levine 3251; Kong Moon, McClure & Fung 00455 (L. U. 19636); Kochow, Tsiang 871, 945: Honckone, Chun 5110, 40306, 41744, Tsiang 359, Wright s. n., Wang 30316; Aberdeen Road, Gibbs (Herb. Hongkong 7492); Ta-wei, New Territory, Chun 5135; Sha-tin, Chun 5107 ; August, 1927; Ma Au Shan, Tsiang 201, April 17, 1928; Wu Kau Tin, Chun 6231, Tsiang 2976, 2989 ; Causeway Road, Ford s. n. in part, August 17, 1893; Little Hong- kong, Chun 4987; Wong Nei Chong, Tsiang 2997, August 14, 1929; Bowen Road, Tsiang 2997, Bodinier 1295; Peak, Wang 3023: KWwanc- st, Seh-Feng, Dar Shan, S. Nanning, Ching 7858, October 15, 1928, in woods at about 360 m. alt.: Harnan, Fenzel (S. Y. U. 17736), Liang 63305, 64947, 65142, Wang 33433, 34317 ; Namdmu, Chun 5918 ; Tung Koo Shan and vicinity, Wen-ch’ang District, Fung 20434; Yaichow, How 71076, Fung Leng, Ngai District, Law 486 ; Tai Tin Shan, Ch’ang- kiang District, Law 1279; Ka Chik Shan and vicinity, Lau 1466; Chim Fung Ling, Kan-en District, Law 3543, forest; Mei Maan and vicinity, Ching Mai District, Lei 21; Sha Po Shan and vicinity, Taam-chau District, Tsang 631 (L. U. 16130). Syzygium Levinei (Merr.) Merr. & Perry is the correct name for the species which, until very lately, has been confused with Syzygium odoratum DC. (E. Millettiana Hemsl.). They are much alike as to foliage but the inflorescences are very different, at least when dry. In the former, the axes and branches are minutely papillate and the flowers dry a dark brown; in the latter the axes of the inflorescences are smooth and the flowers are glaucous or pruinose on drying. 22. Syzygium yunnanense sp. nov. Arbor + 9 m. alta; ramulis subcompressis albis vel cinereis; foliis late 228 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX lanceolatis, utrinque angustatis, basi acutis, apice obtuse acuminatis, 9-17 cm. longis, 2.5—5 cm. latis, coriaceis, siccis brunneis, subtus pallidis et minute glanduloso-punctatis, venis primariis perspicuis, + 1 cm. remotis, intra marginem arcuatim anastomosantibus, venulis incon- spicuis; petiolo 1.5—-2 cm. longo; paniculis pluribus terminalibus et in axillis superioribus aggregatis, 2.5—4.5 cm. longis, ramulis obscure tetra- gonis, minute pustulatis, 3—5-floris; alabastris obovoideis, 2—2.5 mm. longis, apice circiter 1.5 mm. latis, calycibus obsolete 4-dentatis vel undulatis, staminibus vix 2 mm. longis, antheris ovatis, connectivo in glandulam producto. YUNNAN, Szemao, Henry 12938 (type in Herb. Arnold Arb.). This species is undoubtedly very closely related to S. cinereum Wall., in which the branches of the inflorescence are brachiate, the primary veins of the leaves anastomose 3—5 mm. from the margin and a second submarginal vein may be faintly present; glandular punctations too are sparse or lacking. In S. yunnanense Merr. & Perry, on the other hand, the branches of the inflorescence are ascending, the flowers perhaps a little larger, the primary veins anastomose about 2 mm. from the margin and the leaves are much more puncticulate. 23. Syzygium Nienkui sp. nov. Arbuscula vel arbor parva, glabra, 3-12 m. ‘alta; ramis teretibus, cinereis, ramulis 2-4 mm. crassis, tetragonis, anguste alatis, olivaceis vel brunneis; foliis coriaceis, olivaceis, ellipticis vel oblongo-obovatis, 10-20 cm. longis, 4.5—8 cm. latis, basi cuneatis vel obtusiusculis, apice abrupte obtuseque acuminatis, acumine + 1 cm. longo, supra minute pellucido-punctatis, subtus pallidioribus, venis primariis 15-18, 7-12 mm. remotis prominulis, venulis vix conspicuis laxe reticulatis, vena intra- 1-1.5 cm. longo; paniculis axillaribus terminalibusque vel ex axillis defoliatis, 1.5—4.5 (plerumque 3) cm. longis, ramis brachiatis ad 2 cm. longis, tetragonis vel subalatis, 1-3-floris; alabastris obovoideis, 4.5—5.5 mm. longis, apice 4 mm. diametro; calycis parte limboidea valde depresso-cupulari, post anthesin fere = na lobis vix 0.4 mm. longis, 1 mm. latis, petalis calyptratim deciduis. Hainan, Liang 64187, in light woods on slope of hill, Wang 34300, 34705, 35056, 35350, 36369; Dai Land, Dung Ka, Chun & Tso 43905 (type in Herb, Arnold Arb.), September 23, 1932, in forested ravine, about 700 m. alt.; Po-ting, How 73070, July 4, 1935, in forest at about 360 m. alt. This species is closely allied to S. tetragonum Wall. It differs in the 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 229 very definitely winged branchlets, the coarser and narrowly winged rachis and the larger flowers. In addition to these apparently constant charac- ters the leaves of this species dry an olive-green; whereas, in S. tetra- gonum they are reddish-brown when dry. The specific name is derived from the given names of one of the collectors, Nien Ku Chun. This was indicated by Prof. W. Y. Chun as a new species under Eugenia. It is named in honor of N. K. Chun. 24. Syzygium tetragonum Wall. List no. 3550. 1831, nomen nudum; Wight, Ill. 2: 16. 1841, in syn.; Walp. Repert. 2: 179. 1843; Cowan & Cowan, Trees North. Bengal 67. 1929. Eugenia tetragona Wight, Ill. 2: 16. 1841; Kurz, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 46(2): 66. 1877, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 1: 484. 1877; Duthie in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 497. 1879. Syzygium rameum Wall. List no. 3595. 1831 (fide Duthie), nomen nudum, YUNNAN, without locality, Forrest 29973; Salwin-Irrawadi Divide, near La-To-Wa-Di, Forrest 954, banks of streams, side valleys of the Salwin; Shweli valley, Forrest 8296, 9572, 11810 ; Shweli-Salwin Divide, Forrest 24424, 24425, 26149; hills 3 days south of Tengyueh, Forrest 26667; watershed of Black River or Papienho, between Mohei and Maokai, Rock 2925 ; Lung-ling Hsien, Tsai 55031, 56673, 56686 ; Mong- ka, Tsai 56338, 56767; Szemao, Henry 12650, 12650A, 12650C,; Kin- tung, near Jiutsun, Tsang 12409; Tsukai, Tstang 12230. In the collection Henry 12650C, the primary veins are not so far apart as in the other collections cited. On the whole our material is a good match for various collections of EF. tetragona Wight from Assam and Burma. Unfortunately we have no representation from the type-locality. Wight describes the stems (branchlets) as 4-sided with winged angles. Some specimens of the Indian material have the branchlets sharply quadrangular though not definitely winged, others show merely com- pressed or obtusely quadrangular branchlets; the latter compare well with the Chinese collections. Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 664. 1931, suggests, in his discussion of E. subviridis Craib, that the material passing as EF. tetragona Wight contains two species, the true E. tetragona Wight and E. ramosa Wall., the latter being the more common. At present we have not located the second binomial; is it possible that S. rameum Wall. is the one intended? Duthie included S. rameum Wall. under E. tetragona Wight and noted that the branchlets were not so acutely 4-gonous. 25. Syzygium balsameum Wall. List no. 3592. 1831, nomen nudum; Wight, Ill. 2: 16. 1841 in syn.; Walp. Repert. 2: 179. 1843; Cowan 230 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX & Cowan, Trees North. Bengal 68. 1929; Merr. & Perry, Jour. Arnold Arb. 19: 108. 1938 Eugenia soe Wight, Ill. 2: 16. 1841; Kurz, fae s. Soc. Bengal 46(2): 66. 1877, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 1: 485. 1877; Duthie in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 499, 1879; Craib, Aberdeen Univ. Studies 57: 84. 1912 (Contrib. Fl. Siam, Dicotyl.); Gagnep. in Lecomte,- Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 819. 1920. Memecylon floribundum Wall. List no. 4113. 1831 (fide Duthie), nomen nudum. YUNNAN, Szemao, Henry 12682, 12798; between Muang Hai and Keng Hung, Rock 2479, February 15-17, 1922, grassy shaded bank of the Nam Ha. In addition to the above specimens we have examined the following collections, Sikkim, Hooker f.; Silhet, Hooker f. & Thomson; Assam, Dr. King’s Collector, Mann, Indo-China, province of Tuyen-Quang (no collector given). All appear to make a consistent series giving the species a geographical range from the Himalayan region in India to Burma, Indo-China and the southwestern part of China. Craib, FI. Siam. Enum. 1: 633. 1931, points out that there is no record of its occurrence in the Malay Peninsula. Although S. balsameum seems not to have been noted in the various reports on the flora of China, both Duthie and Craib record it as occurring in Yunnan. 26. Syzygium Cumini (L.) Skeels, U. S. Dept. Agric. Bur. Pl. Ind. Bull. 248: 25. 1912; Alston, Handb. FI. Ceyl. 6(Suppl.) : 116. 1931; Merr. & Perry, aes Arnold Arb, 19: 108. 1938. Myrtus Cumini Linn. Sp. Pl. 471. 1753 Eugenia Jambolana Lam. Encycl. 3: 198. 1789; Wight, - - 16. 1841, Ic. 2: ¢t. 535. 1843; Kurz, Jour. As. Soc. Beneal 46(2): 67. 1877, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 1: 485. 1877; Duthie in Hook. f. FI, a Ind. 2: 499. 1879; King, _ As. Soc. Bengal 70(2): 131. 1901 (Mater. FI. Malay. Penin. 3: 561); Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 818. 1920; sha Fl. Malay Penin. 1: 754. 1922; Wilder, Bishop Mus. Bull. 86: 81. 1931; F. Brown, Bishop Mus. Bull. 180: 202. 1935. oo Liphapeisitid sensu Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 230. 1790, ed. Willd. 283. n Linn. Peo pia Spreng. Syst. 2: 216. 1825 (based on J. peduncu- lata Lour.). Syzygium Jambolanum DC. Prodr. 3: 259. 1828; Wight & Arn. Prodr. 1: 329. 1834. Eugenia Cumini Druce, Rept. Bot. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 3: 418. 1914; Merr. Interpret. Herb. Amb. 394. 1917, Enum. Philip. Fl. Pl. 3: 164. 1923, Lingnan Sci. Jour. 5: 136. 1927; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum. 1: 637. 1931; Merr. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ieee 284. 1935. Eugenia Tsoi Merr. & Chun, Sunyat. 2: 291. 1935. 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 231 KwANcGTUNG, Hongkong, Wang 32362: Kwancsi, Lungchow, Morse 497 , near Sui-luk, southwest of Nanning, Sui-luk District, Tsang 21931: YUNNAN, without locality, Tsai 55828; Lu-Shuei, Tsai 54538 ; Lu-se, Tsai 56309; Szemao, Henry 11782 A, B, C: Hainan, Wang 32716, 32888, Liang 65014, 66312; Notia, McClure 7787 ; Nor T-ai See, Ford 354; Yaichow, Liang 61908, 62067, How 70536, 70777, Chun & Tso 44728; Nam Shan Ling, Tso 23006 (type of E. Tsoi), 23019; Lin Fa Shan, Lam Ko District, Tsang 7, 198 (L. U. 16756, 15697); Pak Shik Ling and vicinity, Ching Mai District, Lei 551; Tai Wong Ling and vicinity, Lei 767; Chim Fung Ling, Kan-en District, Law 3408; Lok Mooi Shan and vicinity, Ch’ang-kiang District, Law 1215; Ue Lung Shan, Lau 3184; Ngai Chau and vicinity, Ngai District, Law 8; Paai Poon Ts’uen and vicinity, Fung 20075; Tung Koo Shan and vicinity, Wen-ch’ang District, Fung 20352. Widely distributed in the Indo-Malaysian region, extending from India and Ceylon to Malaysia, introduced in other tropical regions. 27. Syzygium Augustinii sp. nov. Arbor? + 6 m. alta; ramulis compressis vel + sulcatis cinereis decorticatis rufis; foliis ellipticis, utrinque angustatis, basi acutis, apice obtuse acuminatis, 9-12 cm. longis, 3.5—6 cm. latis, coriaceis, pellucido- punctatis, supra cridibus, subtus pallidioribus, costa supra impressa, venis perspicuis, gracilibus, conferte penninerviis, venulis reticulatis, vena submarginali a margine + | mm. distante, petiolo 7-10 mm. longo, gracili; paniculis axillaribus terminalibusque 3—9 cm. longis; floribus sessilibus, calycis tubo late obconico, basi abrupte longiuscule stipitato, usque ad 5 mm. longo, apice circiter 5 mm. lato, lobis 1.5—2 mm. longis, 2 mm. latis, rotundatis, petalis calyptratim coalitis, deciduis, staminibus numerosis, longis, antheris ellipticis, 0.8 mm. longis, stylo circiter 10 mm. longo. YUNNAN, Szemao, Henry 11782 (type in Herb. Arnold Arb.). The leaves of this species very closely resemble those of S. Cumini (L.) Skeels but the inflorescence is both axillary and terminal and the flowers are slightly larger with very obvious calyx-lobes; on the other hand, in S. Cumini (L.) Skeels the inflorescence is seldom terminal and the calyx is undulate or obscurely lobed. 28. Syzygium fruticosum DC. Prodr. 3: 260. 1828, Mém. Myrt. ¢. 19. 1842; Merr. & Perry, Jour. Arnold Arb. 19: 109, 1938. eugene isis Roxb. FI. Ind. ed. 2, 2: 487. 1832; Wight, Ic. 2: t. 624. 1843 z, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal 46(2): 66. 1877, For. Fl. Brit. Bora - “485. 1877; Duthie in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 499. 1879; 232 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 843. 1921; Craib, Fl. Siam. Enum, 1: 642. 1931. Yunnan, Red River, Henry 9644; near Maupan, Red River valley, Henry 10666, vicinity of Szemao City, Tsiang 12702 (S. Y. U. 73027), November 27, 1933. Our collections seem to compare favorably with those of the above species from Bengal, Upper Burma and Indo-China. The leaves may be slightly narrower but the venation is very similar and the flowers are much like those of the Indian specimens. 29. Syzygium cathayense sp. nov. Glabra; ramulis tetragonis, pallide brunneis; foliis coriaceis, anguste ellipticis, basi acutiusculis vel obtusis, apice acuminatis supra atro- brunneis, subtus pallidioribus, margine subrevolutis, costa supra im- pressa, venis primariis prominulis, utrinque 8-12, 5-7 mm. remotis, secus marginem in venas duas arcuatim confluentibus, venulis gracilioribus, laxe reticulatis; petiolo ruguloso 7-10 mm. longo; paniculis terminalibus et in axillis superioribus, + 4 cm. longis, ramis ad 2.5 cm. longis, flores sessiles plerumque tres gerentibus; alabastris stipitato-globosis; calycis tubo 6—6.5 mm. longo, apice 4—4.5 mm. lato, lobis 4 circiter 2 mm. longis latisque, rotundatis, petalis liberis, staminibus longis, numerosis, antheris ellipticis, 0.5 mm. longis, stylo circiter 13 mm. longo gracili. KwancTunc, Fang Cheng, Wu 104 (S. Y. U. 67797) (type in Herb. Sun Yatsen Univ. The open venation of the leaves, with the primary veins anastomosing well within the margin forming a very definite submarginal vein outside of which is a secondary and less obvious one, suggests an alliance with the larger-flowered species (S. Jambos [L.] Alston and others), which is perhaps emphasized by the relatively large calyx-lobes. In addition to the characters already mentioned, the small flowers and the 4-angled brownish white branchlets render this a very distinct species. — . 30. ees sterrophyllum Merr. & Perry, Jour. Arnold Arb. 19: 103. 1938. Eugenia fluviatilis sensu Gagnep. in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 10. 1920, non Hemsl. Kwanctunc, Shi-wan-da-shan, Tso 23377 (type in Herb. Arnold Arb.), July, 1933, shrub in shaded ravine: Kwancosi, Seh-feng, Dar Shan, S. Nanning, Ching 7857, 7890, 8089, 8230, October, 1928; Shap Man Taai Shan, southeast of Shang-sze, Tsang 23807, 24411, 24720. Indo-China. This species is most like S. fluviatile (Hemsl.) in habit. It differs in 1938] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 233 the tetragonous branchlets, the obtusely acuminate leaves, and the sessile or subsessile flowers. 31. Syzygium Handelii sp. nov. Eugenia acuminatissima sensu Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou, 289. 1914, non Kurz. Eugenia Millettiana sensu Handel-Mazzetti, Symbol. Sin. 7: 596. 1933, sl. Frutex flexuosus; ramulis tetragonis, ferrugineis, gracilibus; foliis linearibus oblongisve, 2—5.5 cm. longis, 0.6-1.3 (—1.9) cm. latis, basi in petiolum 2—4 mm. longum attenuatis, apice obtusis, subcoriaceis crebre et pellucide glanduloso-pustulatis siccis brunneis, subtus pallidioribus, venis primariis gracilibus sed prominulis, oblique patulis, utrinque 14-20, in venam submarginalem a margine 1.5—3 mm. distantem confluentibus; paniculis terminalibus et axillaribus, foliis brevioribus, ramulis erecto- patulis, alabastris 3.5-4 mm. longis, pyriformibus, pedicellatis; calycis tubo obconico, apice + 3.5 mm. lato, lobis circiter 0.5 mm.. longis, obtusis, petalis singulatim deciduis, staminibus longis, antheris ovatis, apice glanduloso-mucronatis; fructibus subglobosis, + 6 mm. crassis, calycis margine elevato persistente coronatis; cotyledonibus semiglobosis. Hvupen, Wilson 456 (S. Y. U. 35123); Ichang and immediate neigh- borhood, Henry 2886: KwericHow, on the river below Sandjio, Handel- Mazzetti 276-10811 (Diar. Nr. 2129, 41) (type in Herb. Arnold Arb.), July 16, 1918, along streams, often submersed; near Tou-chan, Cavalerie in hb. Bodinier 2673; border of stream, Esquirol 891: KWANGTUNG, without locality, Chun 42758: Kwancst, south of Nee Bai, border of Kweichow, Ching 6289. This species, quite remote from S. odoratum DC. (E. Millettiana Hemsl.) belongs to the buxifolium group. It is distinguished by its thinner and prominently veined leaves and their glandular pustulations. In S. buxifolium H. & A. the glandular contents seem to have shrunk in drying so that the glands appear as minute dots and the lower surface of the leaves appear as if about to wrinkle. Handel-Mazzetti notes that the leaves vary from 3.7 X 1.9 cm. to 5 & 1 cm. on the same twig. 32. Syzygium Grijsii (Hance) comb. nov. Eugenia Grijsii Hance, Jour. Bot. 9: 5. 1871. Eugenia pyxophylla Hance, 1. c. 6. CHEKIANG, without locality, Tsoong 569; Tsing Tien, Keng 70 ; Choo- chow, Hu 564; S. Chekiang, Ching 2424: FuxiEn, De Grijs 391 (phot. of type), Chung 6943; Changchow, Chung 872; Kuliang Hills, near Foochow, Norton 1276; Kushan, Foochow, Chung 8089; Ku-Dien, 234. JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. X1x Chung 8045; Amoy, Chung 4676; Hinghwa District, Chung 985: KiaAncsI, Lingnan District, Lau 4645: Kwanctunc, Gilchrist 47, 104 (S. Y. U. 72337, 89692); Ying-Tak, Liang 61194; Tai Mo Shan, Tapu District, Tsang 21023: Kwancsi, Graves (phot. of type of E. pyxophylla). A species undoubtedly very closely related to S. buxifolium Hook. & Arn., but the thinner and narrowly oblong leaves are numerous and often crowded into verticils, the veins are faintly outlined on the lower surface and the minute punctations more or less scattered. The inflorescence is similar to that of S. buxifolium Hook. & Arn. Hemsley reduced both of Hance’s species to Eugenia sinensis Hemsl. 33. Syzygium buxifolium Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechey’s Voy. 187. 1833; Walpers Rep. 2: 180. 1843; Benth. Jour. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4: 118. 1852, Fl. Hongk. 118. 1861; Merr. & Perry, Jour. Arnold Arb. 19: 104, 1938. Eugenia microphylla Abel, Narr. Jour. China 181, 364. 1818; Forbes, Jour. Bot. 22: 124. 1884; Rehder & Wilson in Sargent, Pl. Wils. 2: 420. 1915, Jour. Arnold Arb. 8: 179. 1927; Groff, Lingnan Univ. Sci. Bull. 2:76. 1930; McClure, op. cit. 3:30. 1931; Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin, 7: 596, 1933, Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 52B: 161. 1934; Merr. Jour, Arnold Arb. 18: 71. 1937; non Syzygium microphyllum (Bedd. ) Gamble, 1919, Syllistum buxifolium Meyen & Schauer, Nov. Act. Acad. Leop.-Carol. Cur. 19: Suppl. 1: 334. 1843. Eugenta sp. Moore, Jour. Bot. 13: 227. 1875. Eugenia sinensis Hemsl. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 298. 1887; Dunn & Tutcher, Kew Bull. Add. Ser. 10: 105. 1912; Léveillé, Fl. Kouy- Tchéou, 289. 1914. SYZVG eg Meio ain sensu Masamune, Mem. Fac. Sci. Agr. Taihoku Ur 23. 1934, non Gamble. Fee Tsoong 569 (S. Y. U. 43334); Tientaishan, Kwoh Ching Sze, Chiao 14189; vicinity of Ningpo, McGregor s. n.; south of Pang Yung, Ching 1981; Tai Suan, Ching 2103 ; Tai Chow, Ching 1314 ; Chei- Ki, Ching 4932; Chu-Hsien, Keng 861; Tai Pai Shan, Keng 1176; Taishun Hsien, Keng 292; Westlake, Hu 1443 ; Hangchow, Tang & Hsia 83, Allison 53, Meyer 426, 1476: ANuwe1, Wu Yuan, Ching 3311: FUKIEN, Chung 6678, 7352, Dunn (Herb. Hongkong 2703); Kuliang, Norton 1275, Chung 6460, 7257 ; Foochow, Tang Chung Chang & Uong Sing Po 3775, Carles 562, 658, Hicken s.n.; Kushan, Chung F335, 3700, 8012; behind Kushan Monastery, Uong Sing Po 12222; Minhow Hsien, Chung 2083, 2253; Buong Kang, Yenping, Chung 3502: Kuiancsi, Lu Shan, Steward & Chiao 4729; Fa Yii Hsien, Hu 974: Kwercuow, mills of Tong-Tcheou, Esquirol 3237, 3767; Pin Fa Mount, Cavalerie 1938 | MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 235 403, 600; Pinfa, Kweiting, Tsiang 5463; Miao Wang, Kiangkou Hsien, Steward, Chiao & Cheo 543; Ta Ho Yen, Fan Ching Shan, Steward, Chiao & Cheo 695; Tuyun, Hwang Chai Shan, Tstang 5806: Kwanc- TUNG, Chun 8237, 8524, Loh 8299, Hui 8570 (S. Y. U. 29002, 34210, 29823, 34250); Naam Kwan Shan, Tsengshing District, Tsang 20389 ; Tai Mo Shan, Tapu District, Tsang 21088; Tung Koo Shan, Tsang 21648 ; Lofoushan, Chun 41388 ; Wong Chuk I and vicinity, Wung Yuen District, Lau 2174; Yoongyuen, Lau 24934, 25167; Yueyuen, Ko 53065, 53530, 53567; Yang-Mei-Lang, Sin 11890; Tung Koon, near Cheung Hang Kang, Lau 00348 (L. U. 19629); Tai-O, Chun 3141; Tsatmukn- gao, near Lienping, Mell 649; North River Region, Wang & Liang 31650; Pan Ling Tsze, Chun 5879; Huang-tung, Yao-Shan, Sin 9114, 9918; Canton and vicinity, Levine 1344; Lok Chong, Tso 20992, Ko 51898; Sam Kok Shan, Tsung-fa-Lungmoon Districts, Tsang 20537; Yingtak, Wang 2898, 30009, Tso 22069, 22175, Liang 61112; Chung Som Tsuen, McClure 150; Sunyi, Ko 51750, Wang 37914; Lantau Island, Taai Ue Shan, Tsang (L. U. 16507, 16665): Honcxone, Chun 41774, 41825, Wang 30307, Bodinier 1013, 1149, Sargent s.n., Ford s.n., Wright s. n., Hance 1043, Wilford s. n.; woods of Little Hongkong, ‘Bodinier 709; Tai Ue Mountain, Fung 00116 (L. U. 19424); Sha-tin, Chun 5311; Swatow, Dalziel s.n. Indo-China, Riu Kiu Islands, and Formosa. On account of the variation in size and outline of the leaves it has been exceedingly difficult to determine what may be regarded as definite specific lines for S. buxifolium H. & A. The above series of collections are reasonably uniform. In addition to these, we have two other groups and a variety which with better representation may prove to be a good species. The first group cited below is aberrant in having short internodes, crowded and chiefly verticillate leaves usually obviously veined and scattered-punctate; the branches of the inflorescence too are sometimes verticillate but the flowers are like those of S. buxifolium H. & A. ANHWEI, Li Shan, Ching 3106; Wu Yuan, Ching 3306: Hupern, Henry 7758: Kiancsi, Sai Hang Cheung, Kiennan District, Law 3931; near Ningdu, Wang 466; Hong San, near Kit-tan, Gressitt 1553; Nan- chang, Hsiung 487; near Kuling, Wilson 1576, Chun 4302; Kan Hsien, Hu 1159; between Tsoongjen and Ihwang, Tsiang 10002, near Lipei- chiao, Tsoongjen, Tstang 10182: Hunan, Changning Hsien, Fan & Li 116; near Tschangscha, Handel-Mazzetti 284: KWANGTUNG, without locality, Ko 50956, Sunyi District, Wang 31075, 38168; open place on bank of Yanfa River, Mell 83 ; Lokchong District, Chun 42053 ; between 236 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX Ren Hua and Ben Shi Ling, Chun 5620; Lien-Hsien, Yao-Shan, Tso 22615; North River Region, Wang & Liang 31508, Chun 42850; be- tween Bei Shen and Nan Shung, Chun 5688; south of Nam Hsiung, Chun 5712; Yam Na Shan (Yit Nga Shan), Mei (Kaying) District, Tsang 21369, 21513; Lin District, Levine 3462; Tsing Leung Shan, McClure 268 (C. C. C. 6742); Lung T’au Shan, To & Ts’ang (L. U. 12388, 12786): Kwancst, Pingnan, Wang 40366. The second group is perhaps intermediate between the typical and var. austrosinense Merr. & Perry. The leaves are a little larger and slightly more acuminate. CHEKIANG, S. Yentang, Hu 126: Kuiancst, Oo Chi Shan, Lingnan District, Lau 4707: Kwanctunc, North River Region, Wang & Liang 31520: Kwancst, Tou Ngok Shan, Waitsap District, Tsang 23118; Tong Shan, Tsang 22837; Shap Man Taai Shan, Shang-sze District, Tsang 22401; Mekon Seh-feng, Dar Shan, S. Nanning, Ching 8226, 8359. Syzygium buxifolium var. austrosinense, var. nov. Foliis anguste ellipticis, basi obtusiusculis, apice obtuse acuminatis, 4-7 cm. longis, 1.7—3 cm. latis, copiose glanduloso-punctatis, venis primariis utrinque 16—23, 2—3 mm. remotis. Hupen, Enshih Hsien, Chow 1854: Szecuuan, Pa Hsien, Fang 5612: Kiancst, Oo Chi Shan, Lingnan District, Law 4477: Kwet- cHow, Miao Wang, Kiangkou Hsien, Steward, Chiao & Cheo 545 (type in Herb. Arnold Arb.), September 27, 1931, on bushy slope at 600 m. alt.; Tushan, Tsiang 6653: KwaNnctunc, Wong Chuk I and vicinity, Wung Yuen District, Law 2089; Fan Shiu Au and vicinity, Lau 2769; Lung T’au Shan, Iu, To & Ts’ang 12653: Kwanesi, In-tung, Miu Shan, N. Luchen, Ching 6198, Kweichow border; Bako Shan, W. Poseh, Ching 7475. These collections are practically all in some fruiting stage and, since we have found descriptions of fruiting specimens rather difficult to inter- pret, it seems preferable to leave them as a variety of S. buxifolium H. & A. with which they have been associated and to which they are evidently related although probably specifically distinct. They are all fairly large shrubs (or trees?) and the foliar characters are strikingly dissimilar. In addition to the differences mentioned in the description, the lower surface of the dried leaves of the variety shows no tendency toward shrinkage. In a majority of the specimens of S. buxifolium H. & A. the lower surface of the leaves appears as if there had been a trivial shrinkage; this is probably owing to a difference in the texture of the leaves of the two entities. 1938 ] MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 237 This species is the type of the genus Syllisium Meyen & Schauer, but its type-species, Syllisium buxifolium Meyen & Schauer (1843) was not based on the slightly earlier Syzygium buxifolium Hook. & Arn. (1841), although the material from which both were described came from the same general region, the neighborhood of Macao. The species was first described by Abel in 1818 as Eugenia microphylla but his specific name is invalidated in Syzygium by S. microphyllum Gamble which was based on Eugenia microphylla Beddome, a species very different from E. microphylla Abel. 34. Syzygium salwinense sp. nov. Arbor vel arbuscula, 3-15 m. alta; ramulis 4-angulatis interdum sul- catis, cinereis; foliis anguste ellipticis, 4-8 cm. longis, 1.2—3.5 cm. latis, basi cuneatis, apice obtuse acuminatis, coriaceis, siccis supra badiis vel olivaceis, subtus pallidioribus, utrinque punctatis, costa supra impressa, venis primariis et vena submarginali impressis, costa subtus elevata, venis primariis circiter 25, prominulis, subpatulis, venulis laxe reticulatis, vena intramarginali saepissime circiter 2 mm. a margine distante; petiolo 3-10 mm. longo; paniculis axillaribus terminalibusque, 2—4 cm. longis, saepissime foliatis, ramis adscendentibus, floribus sessilibus saepe ternis in apice ramulorum; alabastris + 5 mm. longis, apice 2.5-3 mm. diametro; calycis ‘ih pyriformi, lobis vix 0.5 mm. longis, circiter 1.5 mm. latis, petalis singulatim deciduis, staminibus circiter 5 mm. longis, antheris ellipticis, vix 0.5 mm. longis, glanduloso-mucronatis; fructibus globoso-urceolatis, + 1 cm. diametro. YUNNAN, hills to the northeast of Tengyueh, Forrest 9323, at about 2100 m. alt.; N’Maikha-Salwin Divide, lat. 26° 30’ N., Forrest 18163 (type in Herb. Arnold Arb.), July, 1919, open situations in thickets at + 2400 m. alt.; Shweli-Salwin Divide, lat. 25° 45’ N., long. 98° 40’ E., Forrest 24439, 26089 ; Shweli Valley, lat. 25° 45’ N., long. 98° 58’ E., Forrest 29688. Described in the field-notes as an evergreen shrub (8—20 feet) or tree (30-50 feet) with fragrant creamy-white flowers and dull crimson or purple-red fruits. This is the only species of Syzygium in China which is apparently characterized by a leafy inflorescence; probably the flowers and the leaves appear together on the new growth or, if not, the bracts which ordinarily subtend the branches of the inflorescence are large and leaf- like but later caducous. The pattern on the upper leaf-surface formed by the impressed and loosely anastomosing veins and the punctations is distinctive enough to separate this species from S. szemaoense Merr. & Perry which it resembles in general habit and leaf-outline. 238 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. XIX 35. Syzygium szemaoense Merr. & Perry, Jour. Arnold Arb. 19: 105. YUNNAN, Szemao, Henry 12138 (type in Herb. New York Bot. Gard.), 12895; Lung-ling Hsien, Tsai 56689. Indo-China. This species may be allied to E. campylocarpa Gagnep. In that species, however, the leaves are much thinner and obscurely pellucid- punctate; the fruits are inequilateral and slightly curved. Further material is needed to clarify this species. In our species the leaves are thicker and the fruit is regularly formed. Two collections closely allied, but perhaps not conspecific with the above, are: Hainan, Po-ting, How 72922, 73422. 36. Syzygium Bullockii (Hance) Merr. & Perry, Jour. Arnold Arb. 19: 107. 1938. Eugenia Bullockit Hance, Jour Bot. 16: 227. 1878; Forbes & Hemsl. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 23: 296. 1887; Merr. Philip. Jour. Sci. 15: 249. 1919; Gagnep. in Enanie Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine 2: 817. 1920; Merr. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 5: 136. 1927, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 24(2): 284, 1935. sas androsaemoides sensu Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 312. 1790, ed. Willd. . 1793, non Linn. ee Chung Shan District, Nga Iu Mountain, Tsang 15 (L. U. 19254); Tong Ka Wan, Fung 2-71 (L. U. 18677); Pon-tan, Luichow, Tsiang 2528; Canton, Tsoong 2671: HaAtnan, Wang 33934, 34008, 36442, 36486 ; Hoihow, Bullock 20289 (type in Herb. Brit. Mus.; carbon imprint of leaf), Herb. Carles; Po-ting, How 72083, June 24, 1935, grassy slope about 330 m. alt.; Kacheck, Khéng-dong, Moninger 53; Pak Shik Ling and vicinity, Ching Mai District, Lei 827, 1022; Yaichow, Liang 62860, in thickets near the seashore. Indo-China. Only two other Chinese species of Syzygium, S. tephrodes (Hance) and S. Boisianum (Gagnep.) Merr. & Perry, have subsessile leaves with rounded bases. These are readily separable on various characters. Both have 4-angled branchlets; S. tephrodes usually has glaucous calyces and S. Boisianum slenderly clavate flower-buds. On the other hand, S. Bullockii is characterized by slightly compressed branchlets and turbinate flower-buds. 37. Syzygium Forrestii sp. nov. Arbor + 10 m. alta; ramulis compressis vel obscure tetragonis, atro- brunneis, circiter 2 mm. crassis; foliis coriaceis, ellipticis, 6-11 cm. longis, 2.5-4 cm. latis, utrinque angustatis, basi acutis, apice obtuse acuminatis, acumine 1—2.5 cm. longo, supra minute et sparse punctatis venis primariis subtus prominulis, gracilibus, creberrime penninerviis, 1938 | MERRILL AND PERRY, THE MYRTACEAE OF CHINA 239 reticulatis, in venam submarginalem a margine 0.5-1 mm. distantem confluentibus; petiolo 12-18 mm. longo; paniculis axillaribus terminali- busque, multifloris, 3-8 cm. altis, ramulis 0.5-3 cm. longis, divaricatis; alabastris sessilibus vel subsessilibus, 5 mm. longis, apice globosis, 3.5 mm. diametro, abrupte in stipitem crassiusculum contractis; calycibus obscure lobatis vel truncatis, petalis calyptratim vel singulatim caducis, staminibus numerosis, ad 6 mm. longis, antheris 0.6 mm. longis, ellipticis, apice glanduloso-mucronatis; fructibus ellipsoideis, circiter 8 mm. longis, 6 mm. diametro. YUNNAN, Tsiang 3400 (S. Y. U. 75250); Mingkwong Valley, Forrest 9243 ; Shweli-Salwin Divide, Forrest 11750; Shweli Valley, lat. 25° 20’ N., Forrest 16086 (type in Herb. Arnold Arb.), in thickets at about 2100 m, alt.; Szemao, Henry 11764, 11764A, 12764, 12764A.